Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout75-10 RESOLUTIONRESOLUTION NO. 75-10 A RESOLUTION AWARDING BID #10-23 AND APPROVING A CONTRACT WITH DEAN CROWDER CONSTRUCTION, INC. IN THE AMOUNT OF $4,963,386.00 FOR CONSTRUCTION OF BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT SOLAR. DRYERS, WSIP SUBPROJECT BIO -1, AND APPROVAL OF A $150,000.00 CONTINGENCY BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS: Section 1. That the City Council of the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas hereby awards bid # 10-23 and approves a contract with Dean Crowder Construction, Inc. in the amount of $4,963,386.00 for construction of biosolids management solar dryers, WSIP Subproject Bio -1. A copy of the contract marked Exhibit "A" is attached hereto and made a part hereof. Section 2. That the City Council of the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas hereby approves a project contingency in the amount of $150,000.00. PASSED and APPROVED this 4th day of May, 2010. APPROVED: By: ATTEST: By: SO DRA E. SMITH, City Cler reasurer ,FF!!N/��,, `kvitIr �RKITR c� �� �OoG,TY of Gi! :FAYETTEVILLEt\IS -1` ti 1.°°'Z/VGT6A.8 O0,'`� David Jurgens Submitted By City of Fayetteville Staff Review Form City Council Agenda Items and Contracts, Leases or Agreements 5/4/2010 City Council Meeting Date Agenda Items Only Utilities Capital Projects Division Action Required: Utilities Department Approval of a Construction contract with Dean Crowder Construction, Inc., for $4,963,386.00, for the construction of Biosolids Management Solar Dryers WSIP Subproject BIO -1, Bid 10-23, and approval of a 3% contingency of $150,000.00. 5,133,386 Cost of this request 4520.9530.5315.00 Account Number 02133.0600 Project Number Budgeted Item 11,309,875 Category / Project Budget $ 2,486,434 Funds Used to Date 8,823,441 Remaining Balance Budget Adjustment Attached Biosolids Processing Phase 1 Program Category / Project Name Wastewater Sys Impry Project Program / Project Category Name Water and Sewer Fund Name Finance and Internal Services Director Date 1/- /0 Date 9 -2.i-tots Date Previous Ordinance or Resolution # Original Contract Date: Original Contract Number: Received in Mayor's Office Comments: Revised January 15, 2009 tvll1e CITY COUNCIL AGENDA MEMO MEETING DATE OF MAY 4, 2010 THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS ARKANSAS www.accessfayetteville.org To: Fayetteville City Council Thru: Mayor Lioneld Jordan Don Marr, Chief of Staff From: David Jur ens, Utilities Director Fayetteville Water and Sewer Co ee Date: April 7, 2010 Subject: Construction contract with Dean Crowder Construction, Inc., for $4,963,386.00, for the construction of Biosolids Management Solar Dryers WSIP Subproject BIO -1, Bid 10-23 RECOMMENDATION City Administration recommends approval of a construction contract with Dean Crowder Construction, Inc., for $4,963,386.00, for the construction of Biosolids Management Solar Dryers, WSIP subproject BIO -1, Bid 10-23, and approval of a 3% contingency of $150,000.00. BACKGROUND The City currently hauls an average of 15 tractor trailer loads of biosolids weekly to either the Prairie View Landfill in Lamar, or the Ozark Ridge Landfill in Russellville. Fuel prices and tipping fees make the current landfill operation much more expensive than when selected in 2003. It also represents a waste of a potentially valuable biosolids product. Finally, there are several significant risks inherent in landfilling, as demonstrated by the American Environmental Landfill's sudden refusal to accept biosolids on 26 August, 2008. The solar dryer units are expected to dry the material to a range of 40 — 70% solids, depending upon weather conditions. With this first phase of biosolids processing, we believe we can save a minimum of $480,000 in the first twelve months. Additionally, we will investigate a number of possible beneficial reuses for the dried biosolids after the first batch is processed. DISCUSSION The Contract provides for the construction of six solar drying houses at the Noland farm site, to dry biosolids from both wastewater treatment plants. Upon installation, we will immediately begin drying biosolids in the houses and will stop hauling biosolids to landfills. After solar drying, we will be working the phase 2 portion of the work whereby the biosolids will be dried to over 90% solids. The City received 6 bids on April7. Contractor Bid Price Dean Crowder Const (low bid) $ 4,963,386 VEI General Contractor $ 5,349,600 Branco Enterprises $ 5,475,000 Crossland Heavy $ 5,499,726 Edwards Design & Const $ 5,499,998 Seven Valley's Concrete $ 5,536,846 Engineer's Estimate $ 5,500,000 Dean Crowder construction has successfully completed a variety of projects for the City in recent years. BUDGET IMPACT Funds are available in the WSIP project budget. Telecommunications Device for the Deaf TDD (479) 521-1316 113 West Mountain - Fayetteville, AR 72701 RESOLUTION NO. A RESOLUTION AWARDING BID #10-23 AND APPROVING A CONTRACT WITH DEAN CROWDER CONSTRUCTION, INC. IN THE AMOUNT OF $4,963,386.00 FOR CONSTRUCTION OF BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT SOLAR DRYERS, WSIP SUBPROJECT BIO -1, AND APPROVAL OF A $150,000.00 CONTINGENCY BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS: Section 1. That the City Council of the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas hereby awards bid # 10-23 and approves a contract with Dean Crowder Construction, Inc. in the amount of $4,963,386.00 for construction of biosolids management solar dryers, WSIP Subproject Bio -1. A copy of the contract marked Exhibit "A" is attached hereto and made a part hereof. Section 2. That the City Council of the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas hereby approves a project contingency in the amount of $150,000.00. PASSED and APPROVED this 4th day of May, 2010. APPROVED: ATTEST: By: By: LIONELD JORDAN, Mayor SONDRA E. SMITH, City Clerk/Treasurer a171)'17ettyille BID: 10-23 DATE: 04/07/10 TIME: 2:00 PM CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE Bid 10-23, Construction of Biosolids Management - Solar Dryers 1 Branco Enterprises, Inc. $5,475,000.00 2 Crossland Heavy Contractors, inc. $5,449,726.00 3 Dean Crowder Construction, Inc. $4,963,386.00 4 Edwards Design & Construction, Inc. $5,499,998.98 5 Seven Valley's Concrete, LLC $5,536,846.00 6 VEI General Contractors $5,349,600.00 *NOTICE: Bid award is contingent upon vendor meeting minimum specifications and formal authorization by City officials. • ':{�=i `:: '::.z; •�yg�,k✓[,�:. • sG'x�^:�`i'- _ --`�i�s•. ��'sil:� .. fir,. ; •� .a; : uY , •'_�:t;:�7�>f�'�`�,. ,,. �..'.?r'•�b gcT, �•: "°.,�' ::� ��;- nx�:3a � �3 . r:�.:_ - : �-:K;,: � � �:.�-:n�'�;: s�,�'..it��.= ��- e• '? ,:;' � � .'r' ' ^;-: , �...�J"fir.." .. �;. ,, . ,;� ,:�;� ;:i;_ . sdion Re ur No.: q L7ats: 51612470 ��gyx �: :;y„�k��ti.s�: -:,;:5:: : i:. .2'. -[.,;, :5�= ::r:�•• e'�.�'.}"..�v�'x.:a: _?a. .�':?= .r :f`m:;-� _ %}"��x: . [;':: • - :+rr. a::w.v-t ._?<•�;s.:'+_k.;.�' �: • , ar; : -.�c" ,u ...�'- .: :i`%5 - u�rakr::P .�.t .'' .may_, zum.-r: xpaC[ed Uelnaryu ASAP V6ndor # 18508 en • • r Name: Dean Crowder Construction Inc. Mail Yes: x No. AddreSS: 804 BE 21st Bt Fob Point 1400 P113 W Mountain Fayetteville, AR 72701 Ta bI Ye : No:__ quotes Attached Yea_ No:: x City: Bentonville State- AR Tip Code- 'Ship (o code; 72712 D Head Approval: Requester: David Jargons Requester's Employee #: 490 Exte n: 330 Item Description quantity Unit of issue Unit Cost Extended Cost Account Numbers Project/Subproject # Inventory 8 Fixed Asset 8 1 2 3 4 5 5 7 8 9 10 BiosolidsMesagamerrt- Soler Dryers Std 10.23 1 ea 4.773,386.00 44,963,388.00 4520.9530.5015-00 02133.0600' 1 190,000.00 1190,000.00 4520.9520.5818.00 02133.0600' $0.00 80.00 80.90 $0.00 80.90 $0.00 80.00 80.00 • Shipping/Handling -Special Lot 50.00 - instructions: Subtotal' 88.153,386-00 Tax: Total: 45,153,388.00 Approvals: �I{ Mayor: Department Director: 0 dry} o Purchasing Manager: Finance & interval Services Director: Budget Manager: IY IT Manager. DispatchManager: utilities Manager: Other rxerieae irzrrzoos PROJECT MANUAL BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT SOLAR DRYERS ayc xvi ARKANSAS FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS PROJECT NO. SIO -1 02133.0600 MARCH, 2010 00001.doc No.1 '1053 ,c9 171'MIle THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT 113 West Mountain Fayetteville, AR 72701 P (479) 575-8330 F (479) 575-8257 ARKANSAS www.accessfayetteville.org March 31, 2010 RE: Addendum Number 1 Biosolids Management - Solar Dryers Fayetteville, AR All Prospective Bidders: The following items shall be included as part of the bid package as Addendum Number 1. 1. One-half size Drawing Sheet 1 shall be replaced with Drawing Sheet 1R -- Site Plan 2. One-half size Drawing Sheet EC2 — Sediment Control Plan 3. Two (2) 1" PVC conduits shall be supplied between the Automatic Transfer Switch and the Generator. The contractor shall supply and install the necessary wires for controlling the generator and a branch circuit for battery charging and a block heater. 4. Drawing Sheet 20 — Two 2", One 1-1/2", and One 1" SCH80 PVC conduits shall be supplied per chamber. S. The Contractor shall be responsible for all interconnection wires, conduits, and sizing per National Electric Code. 6. The Contractor shall provide and install the 1000A, NEMA 3R, service rated, automatic transfer switch. Upon loss of line power, the transfer switch shall start the generator and switch power to the generator. Once line power is restored, the transfer switch shall switch back to line power and tum off the generator. 7. RLF-96 — DBE/MBE/WBE COMPLIANCE shall be added to the bid package. The evaluation form is not required to be submitted with the bids. However, the contractor who enters into an agreement for the work with the City shall be required to document any and all efforts Jo comply with DBE/MBE/WBE participation. The City of Fayetteville, Arkansas encourages all general contractors to subcontract portions of their contract to qi alified small, minority, and women business enterprises as part of the Invitation to Bid. Full size drawing sheets shall be distributed with the contract documents upon award of the contract. 8. An electronic copy of the Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan is included on the enclosed CD. Telecommunications Device for the Deaf TDD (479)521-1316 113 West Mountain - Fayetteville, AR 72701 AddendumNol,doc THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS The following items are listed for clarification of the drawings and/or the specifications. 9. The power feed is owned by the City of Fayetteville, and will not be metered. 10. The City of Fayetteville shall supply and install the 450KVA pole mounted transformer. The Contractor shall be responsible for supplying the conduit and cable for the connection to the transformer. This shall include the necessary conduit and cable up the pole to the transformer. 11. Conduit #106 is for a fiber optic cable. The Contractor shall supply a pull line for this conduit, The City of Fayetteville will install the fiber optic cable, 12. The Contractor shall be responsible for the installation of all other mechanical and electrical equipment furnished by the manufacturer. The Contractor is encouraged to get clarification from all manufacturers for all items to be supplied/installed by manufacturers. CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE Shannon W. Jones, P.E. Telecommunications Device for the Deaf TDD (479) 521-1316 113 West Mountain - Fayetteville, AR 72701 AddendumNol.doc v' attvlliee THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT 113 West Mountain Fayetteville, AR 72701 P (479) 575-8330 F (479)575-8257 ARKANSAS www.accessfayetteville.org April 2, 2010. RE: Addendum Number 2 Biosolids Management - Solar Dryers Fayetteville, AR All Prospective Bidders: The following items shall be included as part of the bid package as Addendum Number 2. Both Addendum Number 1 and Addendum Number 2 shall be acknowledged in Section 00310 — Bid Proposal. 1. Drawing Sheet CI — Concrete Details shall be replaced with Revised Drawing Sheet C1 — Concrete Details. A full size drawing sheet shall be distributed with the contract documents upon award of the contract. 2. The interior floor slabs for the drying chambers shall be reinforced with #5s at 12" O.C. each way. 3. The unload ramp shall be reinforced with #5s at 12" O.C. each way. 4. Waterstop as indicated on the drawings shall be Greenstreak 701, or equal. 5. All concrete shall be reinforced as noted on the drawings. Minimum thickness of concrete shall be 6 -inches. The 36' wide, 8 -inch thick unreinforced concrete access drive is the only concrete that is not reinforced. 6. All rebar splice laps shall be 24 -inches. CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE Shannon W. Jones, P. . Telecommunications Device for the Deaf TOD (479) 521-1316 113 West Mounta(n - Fayetteville, AR 72701 AddendumNo2.doc SECTION TABLE OF CONTENTS TITLE NO. OF PAGES 00001 Title Pages 2 00010 Table of Contents 2 00020 Invitation to Bid 2 00100 Information For Bidders 8 00212 Supplemental Information for Bidders 2 00310 Bid Proposal 4 00311 Bidder's Statement of Subcontractors 2 00312 Bid Bond 2 00420 Statement of Bidder's Qualifications 2 00500 Agreement Between City of Fayetteville and Contractor 4 00600 Arkansas Statutory Performance and Payment Bond 2 00640 Warranty Bond 2 00700 General Conditions 24 00820 OSHA 40 00830 Prevailing Wage Rates 6 00840 Notice of Award 2 00845 Notice to Proceed 2 00900 Description of Lump Sum Price 2 01000 General Requirements and Procedures 2 01005 Active Solar Biosolids Drying System 8 02102 Clearing, Grubbing, and Stripping 4 02200 Earthwork, Trench Excavation, and Backfill 8 02218 Landscape Grading 2 02270 Environmental Specifications 20 02485 Finish Grading and Grass 4 02610 Pipe and Fittings 6 02730 Sanitary Sewer Pipelines 10 00010.doc 1 SECTION TABLE OF CONTENTS TITLE NO. OF PAGES 02734 Inspection and Testing Of Sanitary Sewer Pipelines, Manholes, and Service Lines . 8 03210 Reinforcing Steel 4 03300 Concrete 14 03400 Manholes 8 16000 General Electrical Provisions 18 16109 Identification 2 16111 Conduit 4 16120 Wires and Cables 4 16134 Outlet and Pull Boxes 2 16141 Wall Switches 2 16145 Receptacles 2 16147 Plate Covers 2 16160 Panelboards 2 16170 Motor and Circuit Disconnects 2 16180 Overcurrent Protective Devices 4 16190 Supporting Devices 4 16420 Transformers 4 16450 Grounding 2 16510 Light Fixtures 4 Appendix A — Geotechnical Report, 25 END OF SECTION 00010 00010.doc SECTION 00020 CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE INVITATION TO BID BID 10-23, BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT — SOLAR DRYERS The City of Fayetteville will receive sealed bids for the construction of a Biosolids Management Facility. Work will include site grading, concrete work, installation of solar drying structures and equipment, driveway construction, electrical, and drainage structures. Any questions concerning the bidding process should be addressed to Andrea Foren, at aforen@ci.fayetteville.ar.us or by calling (479)575-8220. Bids must be submitted in a sealed envelope or package labeled "Bid 10-23, Biosolids Management — Solar Dryers". All bids shall be received on or before 2:00 PM on April 7th, 2010 to the address listed below: City of Fayetteville Purchasing — Room 306 113 West Mountain Street Fayetteville, AR 72701 Bidding Documents may be examined at the Purchasing Office and at the following Plan Rooms: Southern Reprographics 2905 Point Circle Fayetteville, AR 72704 (479) 582-4022 NWA Planning Room 200 S. Bloomington- Suite G Lowell, AR 72745 (479) 750-7704 Copies of the Bidding documents may be purchased through the Plan Rooms above in accordance with the Information for Bidders. Return of documents is not required, and amount paid for documents is not refundable. Partial sets are not available. A non -mandatory pre-bid meeting will be held on Thursday. March 25. 2010 at 11:00 AM in Room 326 at. City Hall, 113 W. Mountain, Fayetteville, AR 72701. All interested parties are strongly encouraged to attend. Each Plan Holder shall register with the City of Fayetteville Purchasing Department as a plan holder. The City may issue addendums and/or clarifications prior to the bid opening. Failure to register with the City may prevent plan holders from receiving all necessary information. 00020.doc 1 The City will not be responsible for misdirected and/or incomplete bids. Bidders should call the Purchasing Office at (479) 575-8220 to insure receipt of their bid documents prior to opening time and date listed on the bid form. Each Bid must be submitted on the prescribed form and accompanied by a certified check or bid bond executed on the prescribed form, payable to the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas in an amount not less than 5 percent of the amount bid. For information concerning the proposed work, contact Shannon Jones, P. E. at shjones@ci.fayetteville.ar.us or by calling (479) 444-3452. The attention of the Bidder is directed to the applicable federal and state requirements and conditions of employment to be observed and minimum wage rates to be paid under this contract. "Pursuant to Arkansas Code Annotated 22-9-203, the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas encourages all qualified small, minority and women business enterprises to bid on and receive contracts for goods, services, and construction. Also, the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas encourages all general contractors to subcontract portions of their contract to qualified small, minority, and women business enterprises." The Owner reserves the right to waive irregularities and to reject bids and to postpone the award of the Contract for a period of time which shall not exceed beyond 90 days from the bid opening date. NOTICE TO ALL BIDDERS — ALL BIDDERS SHALL REGISTER AS A PLAN HOLDER: All vendors intending on bidding SHALL register as a plan holder by notifying Andrea Foren, Purchasing Agent, via e-mail at aforen@ci.fayetteville.ar.us. When registering as a plan holder, vendors shall submit primary contact information including name of contractor, primary contact, phone number, fax number, and physical address. FAILURE TO REGISTER AS A PLAN HOLDER CAN RESULT IN YOUR BID BEING REJECTED. Bidder assumes all responsibility for receiving updates and any addenda issued to this project by monitoring www accessfayetteville.org (Business section, Bids RFP's & RFQs). Failure to acknowledge addenda issued as instructed could result in rejection of such bid. A non mandatory pre-bid meeting will be held in Room 306 at City Hall,113 W. Mountain, Fayetteville, AR on Thursday. March 25, 2010 at 11:00 AM. All parties are strongly encouraged to attend The City of Fayetteville will answer any questions and update all registered plan holders. CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS By: Andrea Foren, Purchasing Agent 00020.doc END OF SECTION 00020 2 1. DEFINED TERMS 1.1 SECTION 00100 INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS Terms used in these Information for Bidders which are defined in the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract have the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions. The term "Bidder" means one who submits a Bid directly to City of Fayetteville, as distinct from Sub -Bidder, who submits a Bid to a Bidder. The term "Successful Bidder" means the lowest, qualified, responsible and responsive Bidder to whom City of Fayetteville (on the basis of City of Fayetteville's evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an award. The term "Bidding Documents" included the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, Information for Bidders, the Bid Form, and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). 2. COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 2.1 Complete sets of Bidding Documents in the number and for the deposit sum, if any, stated in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid may be obtained from the Plan Rooms. Deposit for Bidding Documents are non refundable. 2.2 Complete sets of Bidding Documents shall be used in preparing Bids; the City of Fayetteville does not assume any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of the incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. 2.3 The City of Fayetteville in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work and do not confer a license or grant for any other use. 3. QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS 3.1 Each Bid must contain evidence of Bidder's qualifications to do business in the state where the Project is located or covenant to obtain such qualification prior to award of the Contract. 3.2 Qualifications . shall . be submitted in a separate sealed envelope at the date and time listed on the Bid Proposal. Refer to Section 00420 — Statement of Bidder's Qualifications. 4. EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE 4.1 It is the responsibility of each Bidder before submitting a Bid, to (a) examine the Contract Documents thoroughly, (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work, (c) 00100.doc 1 consider Federal, State and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work, (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and (e) notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents. 4.2 In the preparation of Contract Documents, the Engineer has relied on the report of soil and subsurface investigation listed in the Supplemental Information For Bidders. A copy of this report is appended (If Provided). The report is not a part of the Contract Documents and is provided for informational purposes only. Neither the City of Fayetteville nor the engineer guarantees the accuracy of the report. The Bidder shall make further investigations and tests as the Bidder deems necessary in order to provide the Work at the Contract Price, within Contract Time, and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 4.3 Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based upon information and data furnished to the City of Fayetteville by owners of such Underground Facilities or others, and City of Fayetteville does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof unless it is expressly provided otherwise in the Supplementary Conditions. 4.4 Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to the prospective Bidders on subsurface conditions, Underground Facilities and other physical conditions, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to differing conditions appear in Paragraph 4.2 and 4.3 of the General Conditions. 4.5 Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder will be responsible to make or obtain such explorations, tests and data concerning physical conditions (surface, subsurface and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise, which may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing the Work in accordance with the time, price and other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 4.6 On request in advance, City of Fayetteville will provide each Bidder access to the site to conduct such explorations and tests as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. Bidder shall fill all holes, clean up and restore the site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations. A representative of the City of Fayetteville shall be present during all tests. 4.7 The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights of way and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by Contractor in performing the Work are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing structures are to be obtained and paid for by City of Fayetteville. OO100.doo 2 5. INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 5.1 All questions about the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed in writing to Engineer. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda mailed or delivered to all parties recorded by Engineer as having received the Bidding Documents. Questions received less than ten (10) days prior to the data for opening of Bids may not be answered. Only questions answered by formal, written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. 5.2 Prior to the deadline for receiving Bids, Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by City of Fayetteville or Engineer. 6. BID SECURITY 6.1 Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid security made payable to City of Fayetteville in an amount of five (5) percent of the Bidder's maximum Bid price and in the form of a certified or bank check or a Bid Bond (on form attached, if a form is prescnbed), issued by a surety. 6.2 The Bid security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until Bidder has executed the Agreement and fiimished the required Contract security, whereupon the Bid security will be returned. If the successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Agreement and furnish the required Contract security within ten (10) days after the Notice of Award, City of Fayetteville may annul the Notice of Award, and the Bid security of that Bidder will be forfeited. The Bid security of other Bidders whom City of Fayetteville believes to have a reasonable chance, of receiving the award may be retained by City of Fayetteville until the earlier of the seventh (7th) day after the Effective Date of the Agreement or the sixty-first (61st) day after the Bid opening, whereupon Bid security furnished by such Bidders will be returned. Bid security with Bids which are not competitive will be returned within seven (7) days after the Bid opening. 7. CONTRACT TIME 7.1 The number of days within which the Work is to be substantially completed and also .completed . and ready for final .payment . (the. Contract . Time) are set forth in the Agreement and these Contract Documents. 00100.doc 3 8. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 8.1 Provisions for liquidated damages, if any, are set forth in the Agreement. 9. SUBSTITUTE OR "OR EQUAL" ITEMS 9.1 The Bid shall be based on the specified products or their approved equal described on the Drawings or written in the Specifications. Any product may be used which is specified by the referenced standards (such as ASTM) and which meets those standards For products which are specified by naming one or more manufacturers preceded by "equal to" or followed by 'tor equal," a written request for substitution shall be submitted for approval by the Engineer. Such written requests will be considered up to ten (10) days prior to the scheduled Bid opening. 10. SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS 10.1 Subcontractors and suppliers shall be listed, if required, on the Bid Form. 11. BID FORM 11.1 The Bid Form is included . with the Bidding Documents; additional copies may be obtained from Engineer. 11.2 All blanks on the Bid Form must be completed in ink or by typewriter. 11.3 Unit prices and lump sum amounts shall be shown in both words and figures. In case of discrepancy, the amount shown in words will govern and the unit price will govern over the extended amount. 11.4 Bids by corporations must be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal must be affixed and attested by the secretary or an assistance secretary. The corporate address and state of incorporation must be shown below the signature. 11.5 Bids by partnerships must be executed in the partnership name and signed by a partner, whose title must appear under the signature and the official address of the partnership must be shown below the signature. 11.6 All names must be typed or printed below the signature. 11.7 The Bid shall contain an acknowledgment of receipt of all Addenda (the numbers of which must be filled in on the Bid Form). 00100.doc 4 11.8 The address, telephone number, and fax number if applicable for communications regarding the Bid must be shown. 12. SUBMISSION OF BIDS 12.1 Bids shall be submitted at the time and place indicated in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid. Bids shall be bound in the original project manual and shall be enclosed in an opaque sealed envelope, marked with the Project Title (and, if applicable, the designated position of the Project for which the Bid is submitted) and name, address, and contractor's license number of the Bidder, and accompanied by the Bid security and other required documents. If the Bid is sent through the mail or other delivery system, the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate envelope with the notation "BID ENCLOSED" on the face of it. 13. MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 13.1 Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in the manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered to the place where Bids are to be submitted at any time prior to the opening of Bids. 13.2 It within twenty-four (24) hours after Bids are opened, any Bidder files a duly -signed, written notice with the City of Fayetteville and promptly thereafter demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of City of Fayetteville that there was a material and substantial mistake in the preparation of its Bids, that Bidder may withdraw its Bid and the Bid security will be returned. Thereafter, that Bidder will be disqualified from further bidding on the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents. 14. OPENING OF BIDS .14..1 .- . Bids._ will . be . opened ..and. (unless ,obviously non -responsible) .read aloud publicly. An abstract of the amounts of the base Bids and major alternates (if any) will be made available to the Bidders after the opening of Bids. Bids will be returned without being read aloud if all applicable portions of the Contract Documents are not met by the Bidder. 15. BIDS TO REMAIN SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE 15.1 All Bids will remain subject to acceptance for sixty (60) days after the day of the Bid opening, but City of Fayetteville may, in its sole discretion, release any Bid and return the Bid securityprior to tht'date:'' 00100.doc 16. AWARD OF CONTRACT 16.1 City of Fayetteville reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, to waive any and all informalities and to negotiate Contract terms with the Successful Bidder, and the right to disregard all nonconforming, nonresponsive, unbalanced or conditional Bids. Also, City of Fayetteville reserves the right to reject the Bid of any Bidder if City of Fayetteville believes that it would not be in the best interest of the Project to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by City of Fayetteville. Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of Work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. 16.2 In evaluating Bids, City of Fayetteville will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, and such alternates, unit prices and other data, as may be requested in the Bid Form or prior to the Notice of Award. City of Fayetteville may accept any such alternatives in any order or combination, whether in the order in which they are listed in the Bid Form or not. 16.3 City of Fayetteville may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations proposed for those portions of the Work as to which the identity of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations must be submitted as provided in the Supplementary Conditions. City of Fayetteville also may consider the operating costs, maintenance requirements, performance data and guarantees of major items of materials and equipment proposed for incorporation in the Work when such data is required to be submitted prior to the Notice of Award. 16.4 City of Fayetteville may conduct such investigations as City of Fayetteville deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to City of Fayetteville's satisfaction within the prescribed time. 16.5 If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest Bidder whose evaluation by City of Fayetteville indicates to City of Fayetteville that the award will be in the best interest of the Project. 16.6 If the Contract is to be awarded, City of Fayetteville will give the successful Bidder a Notice of Award within ninety (90) days after the day of the Bid opening. 00100.doc 6 17. CONTRACT SECURITY 17.1 The General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions set forth City of Fayetteville's requirements as to performance and payment Bonds and a Warranty Bond. When the successful Bidder delivers the executed Agreement to City of Fayetteville, it must be accompanied by the required performance and payment Bonds. At the time of Final Acceptance, the Contractor shall provide the City of Fayetteville the Warranty Bond. 18. SIGNING OF AGREEMENT 18.1 When City of Fayetteville gives a Notice of Award to the successful Bidder, it will be accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Agreement and all other written Contract Documents attached. Within ten (10) days thereafter Contractor shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Agreement and attached documents to City of Fayetteville with the required Bonds. Within ten (10) days thereafter, City of Fayetteville shall deliver one fully -signed counterpart to Contractor. Each counterpart is to be accompanied by a complete set of the Drawings with appropriate identification. 19. PRE-BID CONFERENCE 19.1 NONE 20. RETAINAGE 20..1 Provisions concerning retainage are set forth in the Agreement. 21. SPECIAL LEGAL REQUIREMENTS 21.1 Attention of Bidders is called to Act 150, Acts of Arkansas 1965, concerning the licensing of contractors to do business in Arkansas. 21.2 It is conclusively presumed that Bidders have familiarized themselves with Arkansas laws which may be applied to a Contract for the Work proposed herein as the aforementioned Acts are not exclusive. It is further conclusively presumed that Bidders have familiarized themselves with Federal and local laws, ordinances and regulations pertaining to the Work .proposed herein. 00100.doc 7 (THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) END OF SECTION 00100 r 00100.doc 8 SECTION 00212 SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS 1. BIDDER'S FORMS The BIDDER'S attention is called to the following additional forms which shall be filled out and submitted with the BID: SECTION 00420 - STATEMENT OF BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS BIDDER SHALL HAVE COMPLETED A MINIMUM OF THREE (3) PROJECTS OF SIMILAR SIZE AND SCOPE WITHIN THE PAST FIVE (5) YEARS. 2. SPECIAL CONDITIONS The BIDDER'S attention is called to all Conditions relating to the Work of this Contract especially Document 00700 - General Conditions. 3. PRE-BID CONFERENCE A Pre-bid conference will be held at the time, date & location shown below: March 25, 2010 —11:00 A.M. LOCAL TIME City of Fayetteville Room 326- 113 West Mountain Street Fayetteville, AR 72701 4. EXCESS ENGINEERING COSTS A. General Excess engineering costs shall be applicable only during the Contract Time provided in the Agreement: B. Overtime The City of Fayetteville shall charge the Contractor for all engineering and construction observation expenses incurred by City of Fayetteville in connection with any overtime work. For any such overtime during the regular specified Contract Time beyond the regular eight hour clay and for any time worked on Saturday, Sunday, or holidays. 00212.doc 1 ii. These charges for excess engineering will be deducted from the Contractor's monthly payment request. iii. The Contractor shall not work over a 10 -hour day without written permission from the City of Fayetteville. v. The Engineer shall determine when observation of construction activities beyond the regular eight-hour day is required. END OF SECTION 00212 00212.doc 2 SECTION 00310 BID PROPOSAL LOCATION: CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ROOM 306 113 W. MOUNTAIN FAYETTEVILLE, AR 72701 DATE: April 7, 2010, 2:00 p.m. LOCAL TIME Proposal of r G1z.s. D 1, � U n �. ik16 Address: '0/ )7,14'1. `rr ' �a r~ /i L Li✓ Bid For: BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT— SOLAR DRYERS Bid Submitted to: The City of Fayetteville Purchasing — Room 306 113 W. Mountain Fayetteville, AR 72701 BIDDER will complete the Work for the lump sum price listed below. Total Base Bid: �v1,1a muaa riiive auluni7' itry -1146 .Amount in Words Figures The undersigned BIDDER proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an Agreement with CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE in the form included in these Contract Documents to complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents for the Contract Price and within the Contract Time indicated in these Contract Documents. BIDDER accepts the provisions of the 00310.doc Agreement as to Liquidated Damages in the event of failure to complete the Work in the Contract Time specified. BIDDER accepts all of the tennis and conditions of the Information for Bidders, including without limitation those dealing with the disposition of BID SECURITY. This Bid will remain open for ninety (90) days after the day of Bid Opening. BIDDER will sign the Agreement required by these Contract Documents within ten (10) days after the date of CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE'S Notice of Award. in submission of this Bill, BIDDER represents, as more fully set forth in the Agreement, that BIDDER has examined all CONTRACT DOCUMENTS (including but not limited to Advertisement, Invitation to Rid and the Information for Bidders) and the following ADDENDA: j Dom. i '5`3f . 7otC j 4 •2, Zfo Failure to list all necessary Agenda issued by the OWNER or the ENGINEER could mean the BID submitted by the BIDDER may be deemed unresponsive and not read publicly. In submission of the BID, BIDDER represents, that they have examined the site and locality where the Work is to be performed, the legal requirements (Federal, State and Local Laws, Ordinances, Rules and Regulations) and the conditions affecting cost, progress or performance of the Work and has made such independent investigations as BIDDER deems necessary. In submission of the BID, BIDDER represents, that this BID is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed person, firm or corporation and is not submitted in conformity with any agreement or rules of any group, association, organization or corporation. The BIDDER represents that they have not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other BIDDER. to submit a false or sham BID. The BIDDER represents that they have not solicited or induced any person, firm or corporation to refrain from ,bidding and have not sought by collusion to obtain for themselves any advantage over any other BIDDER or over the CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE. All terms used in the BID are defined and have the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions of these Contract Documents. Attached to this BID FORM is the required Bid Security in the form of Bid Bond or Certified Check in the amount of five (5) percent of the Total Bid Amount. 00310.doc 2 BIDDER submitting this SID is: VjA Corporation, incorporated in the State of�� A Partnership, consisting of the fallowing partners, whose Miall names are: An Individual whose full nave is: eneral Contractor (Firm Name) VI Title 4-i,lo Date 'a4- 4e Address '301~rb11\1 11-1-lsO- 411. Z15. 3t) Telephone Number & Fax 003/(40;11 Contractor's License Number 00310.doc 3 ■ 1 1 ■ r 1 1 w 1 1 I SECTION 00311 BIDDER'S STATEMENT 0.1< SUBCONTRACTORS The undersigned BIDDER proposes and agrees, if this Bll) is accepted, to use the following proposed subcontractors on this Work: NAME 1. Will l y' 2. V 3. WwJ ("Miger6 4. 5. 6. BUSINESS ADDRESS 44, Vita 0414 AI 0 1r Po. Sod111eo tirz�wr�T �,s, /vez-17f� WORK TO BE PERFORMED 1 4. 044 11N61)-Lg, A,2-12.74 c. -fic, The undersigned BIDDER agrees that sixty percent (60%) of the Work will be required to be performed with his own forces unless a variance is requested and granted from the CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE. Date: • —1 • 10 Signed: 00311.doc 1 SECTION 00312 BID BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we, the undersigned, DEAN CROWDER CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, INC. as Principal, and as Surety, are CINCINNATI INSQRANCE COMPANY hereby held and firmly bound unto the City of Fayetteville, hereinafter called the OWNER in. the penal sum of FIVE PERCENT (5%) OF TOTAL AMOUNT OF BID for payment of which, well and truly to he made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, successors and assigns, The Condition of the above obligation is such that whereas the Principal has submitted to the Owner a certain BJD, attached hereto and hereby made a part hereof to enter into a contract in writing, for Project No. BIO -I, BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT — SOLAR DRYERS NOW, TIi3REPOR, (a) (b) If said DID shallbe rejected, or If said BID shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver a contract in the Form of Contract attached hereto (properly completed in accordance with said BID) and shall furnish a BOND for his faithful performance of said contract, and for the payment of all persons performing labor or furnishing materials in connection therewith, and shall in all other respects perform the agreement created by the acceptance of said BID, then this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall remain in force and effect; it being expressly understood and agreed that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall, in no event, exceed the penal amount ofthis obligation as herein stated. 00312.doo 1 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have hereunto set their hands and seals, and such of them as are corporations have caused their corporate seals to be hereto affixed and these presents to be signed by their proper officers, the day and year first set forth above. Signed, this 7th day of APR cPt;t " . ar Attorney -in -Fact 00312.doc END OF SECTION 00312 2 „2010 THE -CINCINNATI INSURANCE COMPANY Fairfield, Ohio POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That THE CINCINNATI INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Ohio, and having its principal office in the City of Fairfield, Ohio, does hereby constitute and appoint Marty C. Clark; Sam B. Hiller; Larry R. Clark; Scott R. Clark; Janice A. Butler; Becky Tipton and/or Lynne Stinson of Fort Smith, ' Arkansas its true and lawful Attomey(s)-in.Fact to sign, execute, seal and deliver on its behalf as Surety, and as its act and deed, any and all bonds; policies, undertakings, or other like instruments, as follows: Any such obligations in the United States, up to Twenty Million and No/100 Dollars ($20,000,000.00). This appointment is made under and by authority of the following resolution passed by the Board of Directors of said Company at a meeting held in the principal office of the Company, a quorum being present and voting, on the 6's day of December; 1958, which resolution is still in effect: "RESOLVED, that the President or any Vice President be hereby authorized, and empowered to appoint_ Attorneys -in - Fact of the Company to execute any and all bonds, policies, undertakings, or other like instruments on behalf of the Corporation, and may authorize any officer or any such Attorney -in -Fact to affix the corporate seal; and may with or without cause modify or revoke any such appointment or authority Any such writings so executed by such Attorneys -in - Fact shall be binding upon the Company as if they had been- duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the Company." This Power of Attorney is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company at a meeting duly called and held on the 7th day of December, 1973. "RESOLVED, that the signature of the President • or a Vice President and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile on any power of attorney granted, and the signature of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any certificate of any such power and any such power of certificate bearing such facsimile signature and seal shall be valid and binding on the Company. Any such power so executed and sealed and certified by certificate so executed and sealed shall, with respect to any .bond or undertaking to which it is attached, continue to be valid and binding on the Company." - IN WITNESS WHEREOF, THE CINCINNATI INSURANCE COMPANY has caused these presents to be sealed with its corporate seal, duly attested by its Vice President this 10th day of October, 2008, . •- THE crbIcrN1Mx INSURANCE COMPANY CORPEIRAIE A SEAL Ollie . ' Vita I'resid STATE OF OHIO :)• ss: • - • COUNTY OF BUTLER ) . On this 10th d4y of October, 2008, before me came the above -named Vice President of TIM CINCINNATI INSURANCE COMPANY, to me personally known to be the officer described herein, and acknowledged that the seal affixed to. the preceding instrument is the corporate seal of said Company and the corporate seal and the signature of the officer were duly axed and subscribed to said instrument by the authority and direction, of said corporation. . , • -4 :2// OJ • . • • . 1/MARK J. • NOTARY PUBLIC. STATE OF OHIO at tow qT �4 My commission has no expiratlan date. Section •147,08 O.R.C. I, the undersigned Secretary or Assistant Secretary of THE CINCINNATI INSURANCE COMPANY, hereby certify that the above is a true and correct copy of the Originat'Power of Attorney issued by said Company, and do hereby further certify that the said Power of Attorney is still in full force and effect. ' • GIVEN under my hand and seal'of said Company at Fairfield, Ohio. • this • 7th_ day of Apr .l 201O coxwRnrs `� a SEAL 94I ecretary BN;1005 (10/08) SECTION 00420 STATEMENT OF BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS All requests must be addressed in writing and the data given must be clear and comprehensive. This statement must be notarized. If necessary, questions may be answered on separate attached sheets. The BIDDER may submit any additional information he/she desires. A. REQUESTS REGARDING BIDDER 1. Name of Bidder. 2. Permanent main office address. 3. When organized. 4. If a corporation, where incorporated. 5. How many years have you been engaged in the contracting business under your present firm or trade name? 6. Contracts on hand: (Schedule these, showing amount of each contract and the anticipated dates of completion.) 7. General character of work performed by your company. 8. Have you ever failed to complete any work awarded to you. (If so, where and why?) 9. Have you ever defaulted on a contract? (If so, where and why?) 10. List similar project of the size and magnitude of this Project which were completed by your company, stating the cost for each and the month and year completed. Include the entity for which the work was performed with names, titles, and phone numbers. 11. List your major equipment currently available for this contract and designate whether owned or leased. 12. Background and experience of field personnel currently employed by your • organization who will perform the. work. 13. Background and experience of the principal members (officers) of your organization. Include president, vice president, secretary, treasurer, etc. 14. Give Bank reference. 15. Will you, upon request, fill out a detailed financial statement and furnish any other information that may be required by the OWNER. • 1 6. Give bonding agent and limit. 17. If subcontractor is to be used for this contract, state the percentage of work anticipated to be completed by subcontractor. If subcontractor is to perform -work, a separate Statement of Bidder's Qualifications regarding subcontractor and the method used by the subcontractor. Refer to Section 00100 &Section 00311. 00420.doc 1 Submit this notarized Statement of Bidders Qualifications to the Engineer. Qualifications shall be submitted in a separate sealed envelope at the date and time listed on the Bid Proposal. (Name of Bidder) State of County of being duly sworn deposes and says that he of and that the answers to the foregoing questions and all statements therein contained are true and correct. Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of , 20 Notary Public My Commission expires END OF SECTION 00420 11 00420.doc 2 SECTION 00500 AGREEMENT BETWEEN CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE AND DEAN CROWDER CONSTRUCTION, INC. THIS AGREEMENT is dated as of the day of in the year 2010 by and between the CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE and DEAN CROWDER CONSTRUCTION, INC. 1. The DEAN CROWDER CONSTRUCTION, INC. shall commence and complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The WORK is generally described as follows: BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT — SOLAR DRYERS 2. The DEAN CROWDER CONSTRUCTION, INC. shall furnish all materials, supplies, tools, equipment, labor and other service necessary for the completion of the WORK described herein. 3. The DEAN CROWDER CONSTRUCTION, INC. shall commence the WORK required by the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS on or before a date to be specified in the NOTICE TO PROCEED and completed and ready for final payment within 240 calendar days. DEAN CROWDER CONSTRUCTION, INC. shall pay the CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, as liquidated damages, the sum of $1000 for each calendar day thereafter that the WORK is not complete. 4. The DEAN CROWDER CONSTRUCTION, INC. agrees to perform all of the WORK described in the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS and comply with the terms therein as shown in the BID PROPOSAL. 5. The term CONTRACT DOCUMENTS shall mean and include the following: 5.1 Invitation to Bid 5.2 Information for Bidders 5.3 Supplemental Information for Bidders 5.4 Bid Proposal 5.5 Bid Bond 5.6 Agreement Between City of Fayetteville and DEAN CROWDER CONSTRUCTION, INC. 5.7 Performance and Payment Bond 5.10 General Conditions 5.13 Prevailing Wage Rates 5.14 Notice of Award 5.15 Notice to Proceed 5.16 Project Manual for Biosolids Management -- Solar Dryers 5.18 Addenda Numbers I to 2. 00500.doc 1 5.19 Change Orders 6. The CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE shall pay DEAN CROWDER CONSTRUCTION, INC. in the manner and at such times as set forth in the General . Conditions such amounts as required by the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 7. This Agreement shall be binding upon all parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns. 8. MISCELLANEOUS 8.1. Terms used in the Agreement which are defined in Article 1 of the General Conditions will have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions. 8.2. No assigmnent by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and, specifically but without limitation, moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents. 8.3. City of Fayetteville and DEAN CROWDER CONSTRUCTION, INC. each binds itself, it partners, successors, assigns, and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns, and legal representatives in respect to all covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. 8.4. Any provision or part of the Contract Documents held to be void or• unenforceable under any Law or Regulation shall be deemed stricken and all remaining provisions shall continue to be valid and binding upon stricken provision or part thereof with a valid and enforceable provision that comes as close as possible expressing the intention of the stricken provision. 8.5. Changes, modifications, or amendments in scope, price or fees to this contract shall not be allowed without a prior formal contract amendment approved by the Mayor and the City Council in advance of the change in scope, cost or fees. 8.6. Freedom of Information Act. City of Fayetteville contracts and documents prepared while performing city contractual work are subject to the Arkansas Freedom of Information Act. If a Freedom of Information Act request is presented to the City of Fayetteville, DEAN CROWDER CONSTRUCTION, INC. will do everything possible to provide the documents in a prompt and timely manner as prescribed in the Arkansas Freedom of Information Act (A.C.A. §25-19-101 et. seq.). Only legally authorized photocopying costs pursuant to the FOIA may be assessed for this compliance. 00500.doc 2 8.7. This contract must be interpreted under Arkansas Law. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE and DEAN CROWDER CONSTRUCTION, INC. have signed this Agreement in triplicate. One counterpart each has been delivered to City of Fayetteville and Engineer, and one counterpart has been delivered to DEAN CROWDER CONSTRUCTION, INC. All portions of the Contract Documents have been signed, initialed, or identified by City of Fayetteville and DEAN CROWDER CONSTRUCTION, INC. or identified by Engineer on their behalf. CONTRACTOR CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE Mayor Lioneld Jordan [CORPORATE SEAL] ATTEST Address for giving notices: 113 W. Mountain Fayetteville, AR 72701 DEAN CROWDER CONSTRUCTION INC. l - (Print Name) [CORPORATE SEAL] ATTEST Address for giving notices: 804 SE 21st Street Bentonville, AR 72712 License No. 0031610311 (If DEAN CROWDER CONSTRUCTION, INC. is a corporation, attach evidence of authority to sign.) 00500.doc 3 (THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) END OF SECTION 00500 00500.doc 4 PROJECT MANUAL BYOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT SOLAR DRYERS f FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS PROJECT NO. BIO-1 02133.0600 L I INo.11053 _ ON \$j. MARCH, 2010 0000Ldoc 1 PROJECT MANUAL BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT SOLAR DRYERS vffle I ARKANSAS MARCH, 2010 rm 00001.doc THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS RKANSAS April 2, 2010 RE: Addendum Number 2 Bloso lds Management - Solar Dryers Fayetteville, AR All Prospective Bidders: UTILITIES DEPARTMENT 113 West Mountain Fayetteville, AR 72701 P (479) 575=8330 F (479) 575-8257 The following items shall be included as part of the bid package as Addendum Number 2. Both Addendum Number 1 and Addendum Number 2 shall be acknowledged in Section 00310 — Bid Proposal. 1. Drawing Sheet Cl — Concrete Details shall be replaced with Revised Drawing Sheet C1 — Concrete Details. A full size drawing sheet shall be distributed with the contract documents upon award of the contract. 2. The interior floor slabs for the drying chambers shall be reinforced with #5s at 12" O.C. each way. I 3. The unload ramp shall be reinforced with #5s at 12" Q.C. each way. 4. Waterstop as indicated on the drawings shall be Greenstreak 701, or equal. 5. All concrete shall be reinforced as noted on the drawings. Minimum thickness of concrete shall be 6 -inches. The 36' wide, 8 -inch thick unreinforced concrete access drive is the only concrete that is not reinforced. 6. All rebar splice laps shall be 24 -inches. CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE Shannon W. Jones. P. . Telecommunications Device for the Deaf TDD (479) 521-1316 113 West Mountain - Fayetteville; AR 72701 AddendumNo2.doc THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT 113 West Mountain Fayetteville AR 72701 P(479)575-8330 F(479)575-8257 March 31, 2010 RE: Addendum Number I Biosolids Management - Solar Dryers Fayetteville, AR All Prospective Bidders: The following items shall be included as part of the bid package as Addendum Number 1. 1. One-half size Drawing Sheet 1 shall be replaced with Drawing Sheet I R — Site Plan 2. One-half size Drawing Sheet EC2 — Sediment Control Plan 3. Two (2) 1" PVC conduits shall be supplied between the Automatic Transfer Switch and the Generator. The contractor shall supply and install the necessary wires for controlling the generator and a branch circuit for battery charging and a block heater. 4. Drawing Sheet 20 — Two 2", One 1-1/2", and One 1" SCHS0 PVC conduits shall be supplied per chamber. S. The Contractor shall be responsible for all interconnection wires, conduits, and sizing per National Electric Code. 6. The Contractor shall provide and install the I000A, NEMA 3R, service rated, automatic transfer switch. Upon loss of line power, the transfer switch shall start the generator and switch power to the generator. Once line power is restored, the transfer switch shall switch back to line power and turn off the generator. 7. RLF-96 — DBE/MBE/WBE COMPLIANCE shall be added to the bid package. The evaluation form is not required to be submitted with the bids. However, the contractor who enters into an agreement for the work with the City shall be required to document any and all efforts to comply with DBE/MBE/WBE participation. The City of Fayetteville, Arkansas encourages all general contractors to subcontract portions of their contract to qualified small, minority, and women business enterprises as part of the Invitation to Bid. Full size drawing sheets shall be distributed with the contract documents upon award of the contract. 8. An electronic copy of the Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan is included on the enclosed CD. Telecommunications Device for the Deaf TDD (479) 521-1315 113 West Mountain - Fayetteville, AR 72707 Addend►mNol.doc THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS The following items are listed for clarification of the drawings and/or the specifications. 9. The power feed is owned by the City of Fayetteville, and will not be metered. 10. The City of Fayetteville shall supply and install the 45QKVA pole mounted transformer. The Contractor shall be responsible for supplying the conduit and cable for the connection to the transformer. This shall include the necessary conduit and cable up the pole to the transformer. 11. Conduit #106 is for a fiber optic cable. The Contractor shall supply a pull line for this conduit. The City of Fayetteville will install the fiber optic cable. 12. The Contractor shall be responsible for the installation of all other mechanical and electrical equipment furnished by the manufacturer. The Contractor is encouraged to get clarification from all manufacturers for all items to be supplied/installed by manufacturers. CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE Shannon W. Jones, P.E. Telecommunications Device for the Deaf TDD.{479) 521-1316 113 West Mountain - Fayetteville, AR 72701 A.ddendumNo l.doc RLF-96 (R-9/09) DBE/MBE/WBE COMPLIANCE EVALUATION FORM SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS OF THE REVOLVING LOAN FUND (Bid Package Documentation) Bidders are to complete this form and submit with the bid proposal. A condition for remaining in competition for award is the satisfactory completion of this form. The undersigned submits the following data with respect to the firm's efforts to meet the Arkansas Natural Resources Commission's goal for DBE/MBE/WBE participation. If you have any questions please contact Mr. Keith Sanders, Environmental Program Manager at (501) 682-0554 or email keith.sanders@arkansas.gov. - Prime Contractors that are DBE firms are not exempt from conducting the "good faith efforts" as described in 40 CFR Part 33, Subpart C- Good Faith Efforts. Subcontracting is to be defined as subcontracts for construction, supplies, equipment and services. It is very infrequent that a Prime Contractor can do the job without hiring for construction, equipment, supplies, and services. If Prime Contractor does not sub-contract/procure for any of the categories mentioned above, the Prime Contractor must indicate that on this form. 1. Name of Project: 2. Name of General Contractor: 3. DBE/MBE/WBE Firm: (Address) (Phone Number) Project No: CS -050 (Name) (Complete a separate form for each DBEIMBE/WBE to be used as a subcontractor) (City, State, Zip Code) (Fax Number) 4. Describe Work to be performed by the DBE/MBE/WBE, provide dollar amount of the subcontract. DOCUMENTATION OF AFFIRMATIVE STEPS TAKEN TO OBTAIN DBE/MBE/WBE PARTICIPATION 5. Documentation that DBE/MBE/WBE quotes were solicited through direct communication and documentation of responses received (Direct communication includes: faxes, phone calls, letters, e -mails). Newspaper ads/public notice ads alone will not be considered sufficient to meet the good faith effort requirements. The omission of a newspaper advertisement/public notice is not grounds for the bid to be rejected as well. 6. What sources were used to identify potential DBE/MBE/WBE firms. (Arkansas Highway and Transportation Department; Arkansas Economic Development Commission's Minority Business Development Division; U.S. Small Business Administration; other sources, please specify and provide documentation) 7. Describe steps taken to divide work items into small tasks in an effort to maximize DBE/MBE/WBE participation. 8. List reasons for rejecting a DBE/MBE/WBE that indicated a desire to participate and/or submitted bids. The undersigned hereby certified, having provided responses or documentation to the questions in the foregoing -affirmative steps taken to obtain DBE/MBE/WBE participation, that they are true and correct to the best of her/her knowledge, information and belief. Name of General Contractor: Signature: Title/Date: OMB Control No: 2090-0030 Approved: 05/01/2008 Approval Expires: 01/31/2011 • Environmental Protection Agency Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Program DBE Subcontractor Participation Form NAME OF SUBCONTRACTOR' PROJECT NAME ADDRESS CONTRACT NO. TELEPHONE NO. EMAIL ADDRESS PRIME CONTRACTOR NAME Please use the space below to report any concerns regarding the above EPA -funded project e( reason for termination by prime contractor, late payment, etc.). ITEM OF WORK OR DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES RECEIVED FROM THE PRIME CONTRACTOR AMOUNT SUBCONTRACTOR WAS PAID BY PRIME CONTRACTOR Subcontractor Signature Title/Date 'Subcontractor is defined as a company, firm, joint venture, or individual who enters into an agreement with a contractor to provide services pursuant to an EPA award of financial assistance. EPA FORM 6100-2 (DBE Subcontractor Participation Form) OMB Control No: 2090-0030 Approved: 05/01/2008 Approval Expires: 01/31/2011 Environmental Protection Agency Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Program DBE Subcontractor Participation Form The public reporting and recordkeeping burden for this collection of information is estimated to average fifteen (15) minutes. Burden means the total time, effort, or financial resources expended by persons to generate, maintain, retain, or disclose or provide information to or for a Federal agency. This includes the time needed to review instructions; . develop, acquire, install, and utilize technology and systems for the purposes of collecting, validating, and verifying information, processing and maintaining information, and disclosing and providing information; adjust the existing ways to comply with any previously applicable instructions and requirements; train personnel to be able to respond to a collection of information; search data sources; complete and review the collection of information; and transmit or otherwise disclose the information. An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. Send comments on the Agency's need for this information, the accuracy of the provided burden estimates, and any suggested methods for minimizing respondent burden, including the use of automated collection techniques to the Director, Collection Strategies Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (2822), 1200 Pennsylvania Ave., NW, Washington, D.C. 20460. Include the OMB control number in any correspondence. Do not send the completed EPA DBE Subcontractor Participation Form to this address. EPA FORM 6100-2 (DBE Subcontractor Participation Form) OMB Control No: 2090-0030 Approved: 05/01/2008 Approval Expires; 01/31/2011 Environmental Protection Agency Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Program DBE Subcontractor Performance Form NAME OF SUBCONTRACTOR, PROJECT NAME ADDRESS BID/PROPOSAL NO. TELEPHONE NO. E-MAIL ADDRESS PRIME CONTRACTOR NAME CONTRACT ITEM NO. ITEM OF WORK OR DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES BID TO PRIME PRICE OF WORK SUBMITTED TO PRIME CONTRACTOR Currently certified as an MBE or WBE? Yes No Signature of Prime Contractor Print Name Signature of Subcontractor Print Name Date Title . Date Title 'Subcontractor is defined as a company, firm, joint venture, or individual who enters into an agreement with a contractor to provide services pursuant to an EPA award of financial assistance. EPA FORM 6100-3 (DBE Subcontractor Performance Form) OMB Control No: 2090-0030 Approved: 05/01/2008 Approval Expires: 01/31/2011 Environmental Protection Agency Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Program DBE Subcontractor Performance Form The public reporting and recordkeeping burden for this collection of information is estimated to average fifteen (15) minutes. Burden means the total time, effort, or financial resources expended by persons to generate, maintain, retain, or disclose or provide information to or for a Federal agency. This includes the time needed to review instructions; develop, acquire, install, and utilize technology and systems for the purposes of collecting, validating, and verifying information, processing and maintaining information, and disclosing and providing information; adjust the existing ways to comply with any previously applicable instructions and requirements; train personnel to be able to respond to a collection of information; search data sources; complete and review the collection of information; and transmit or otherwise disclose the information. An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. Send comments on the Agency's need for this information, the accuracy of the provided burden estimates, and any suggested methods for minimizing respondent burden, including the use of automated collection techniques to the Director, Collection Strategies Division,. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (2822), 1200 Pennsylvania Ave., NW, Washington, D.C. 20460. Include the OMB control number in any correspondence. Do not send the completed EPA DBE Subcontractor Performance Form to this address. EPA FORM 6100-3 (DBE Subcontractor Performance Form) OMB Control No: 2090-0030 Approved: 05/01/2008 Approval Expires: 01/31/2011 Environmental Protection Agency Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Program DBE Subcontractor Utilization Form BID/PROPOSAL NO. PROJECT NAME NAME OF PRIME BIDDER/PROPOSER E-MAIL ADDRESS ADDRESS TELEPHONE NO. FAX NO. The following subcontractorsi will be used on this project: COMPANY NAME, ADDRESS, PHONE TYPE OF WORK TO BE ESTIMATE CURRENTLY NUMBER, AND E-MAIL ADDRESS PERFORMED D DOLLAR CERTIFIED AS AN AMOUNT MBE OR WBE? I certify under penalty of perjury that the forgoing statements are true and correct. In the event of a replacement of a subcontractor, I will adhere to the replacement requirements set forth in 40 CFR Part 33 Section 33.302(c). Signature of Prime Contractor Date Print Name Title 'Subcontractor is defined as a company, firm, joint venture, or individual who enters into an agreement with a contractor to provide services pursuant to an EPA award of financial assistance. EPA FORM 6100-4 (DBE Subcontractor Utilization Form) OMB Control No: 2090-0030 Approved: 05/01/2008 Approval Expires: 01/31/2011 Environmental Protection Agency Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Program DBE Subcontractor Utilization Form The public reporting and recordkeeping burden for this collection of information is estimated to average fifteen (15) minutes. Burden means the total time, effort, or financial resources expended by persons to generate, maintain, retain, or disclose or provide information to or for a Federal agency. This includes the time needed to review instructions; develop, acquire, install, and utilize technology and systems for the purposes of collecting, validating, and verifying information, processing and maintaining information, and disclosing and providing information; adjust the existing ways to comply with any previously applicable instructions and requirements; train personnel to be able to respond to a collection of information; search data sources; complete and review the collection of information; and transmit or otherwise disclose the information. An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. Send comments on the Agency's need for this information, the accuracy of the provided burden estimates, and any suggested methods for minimizing respondent burden, including the use of automated collection techniques to the Director, Collection Strategies Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (2822), 1200 Pennsylvania Ave., NW, Washington, D.C. 20460. Include the OMB control number in any correspondence. Do not send the completed EPA DBE Subcontractor Utilization Form to this address. EPA FORM 61004 (DBE Subcontractor Utilization Form) TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION TITLE NO. OF PAGES 00001 Title Pages 2 00010 Table of Contents 2 00020 Invitation to Bid 2 00100 Information For Bidders 8 00212 Supplemental Information for Bidders 2 00310 Bid Proposal 4 00311 Bidder's Statement of Subcontractors 2 00312 Bid Bond 2 00420 . Statement of Bidder's Qualifications 2 00500 Agreement Between City of Fayetteville and Contractor 4 00600 Arkansas Statutory Performance and Payment Bond 2 00640 Warranty Bond 2 00700 General Conditions 24 00820 OSHA 40 00830 Prevailing Wage Rates 6 00840 Notice of Award 2 ...00845 . Notice to Proceed 2 00900 Description of Lump Sum Price 2 01000 General Requirements and Procedures 2 01005. Active Solar. Biosolids Drying System . 8 02102 Clearing, Grubbing, and Stripping 4 02200 Earthwork,. Trench Excavation, and Backfill. , 8 02218 Landscape Grading 2 02270 Environmental Specifications 20 .02485 . Finish Grading and Grass 4 02610 Pipe and Fittings 6 02730 Sanitary Sewer Pipelines 10 0001a:doc 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION TITLE NO. OF PAGES 02734 Inspection and Testing Of Sanitary Sewer Pipelines, Manholes, and Service Lines 8 03210 Reinforcing Steel 4 03300 Concrete 14 03400 Manholes 8 16000 General Electrical Provisions 18 16109 Identification 2 16111 Conduit 4 16120 Wires and Cables 4 16134 Outlet and Pull Boxes 2 16141 Wall Switches 2 16145 Receptacles 2 16147 Plate Covers 2 16160 Panelboards 2 16170 Motor and Circuit Disconnects 2 16180 Overcurrent Protective Devices 4 16190 Supporting Devices 4 16420 Transformers 4 16450 Grounding 2 16510 Light Fixtures 4 Appendix A — Geotechnical Report 25 END OF SECTION 00010 00010.doc 2 SECTION 00020 CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE INVITATION TO BID BID 10-23, BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT — SOLAR DRYERS The City of Fayetteville will receive sealed bids for the construction of a Biosolids Management Facility. Work will include site grading, concrete work, installation of solar drying structures and equipment, driveway construction, electrical, and drainage structures. Any questions concerning the bidding process should be addressed to Andrea Foren, at aforen.@ci.fayetteville.ar.us or by calling (479)575-8220. Bids must be submitted in a sealed envelope or package labeled "Bid 10-23, Biosolids Management — Solar Dryers". All bids shall be received on or before 2:00 PM on April 7th, 2010 to the address listed below: City of Fayetteville Purchasing — Room 306 113 West Mountain Street Fayetteville, AR 72701 Bidding Documents may be examined at the Purchasing Office and at the following Plan Rooms: Southern Reprographics 2905 Point Circle Fayetteville, AR 72704 (479) 582-4022 NWA Planning Room 200 S Bloomington — Suite G Lowell, AR 72745 (479) 750-7704 Copies of the Bidding documents may be purchased through the Plan Rooms above in accordance with the Information. for Bidders. - Return of documents is not required, and amount paid for documents is :.not refundable. Partial sets are not.available.. Anon -mandatory pre -bid meeting will be held on Thursday. March 25, 2010 at 11:00 AM in Room 326 at City. Hall, 113 W. Mountain, Fayetteville, AR •72701. All interested. parties are strongly encouraged to attend. Each Plan.:.Holder shall. register with the City. of Fayetteville. Purchasing Department as a plan holder. The City may issue addendums and/or clarifications prior to the bid opening. Failure to register with the City may prevent plan holders from receiving all necessary information. 00020.doc 1 . The City will not be responsible for misdirected and/or incomplete bids. Bidders should call the Purchasing Office at (479) 575-8220 to insure receipt of their bid documents prior to opening time and date listed on the bid form. Each Bid must be submitted on the prescribed form and accompanied by a certified check or bid bond executed on the prescribed form, payable to the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas in an amount not less than 5 percent of the amount bid. For information concerning the proposed work, contact Shannon Jones, P. E. at sh'ones ci.fa etteville.ar.us or by calling (479) 444-3452. The attention of the Bidder is directed to the applicable federal and state requirements and conditions of employment to be observed and minimum wage rates to be paid under this contract. "Pursuant to Arkansas Code Annotated 22-9-203, the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas encourages all qualified small, minority and women business enterprises to bid on and receive contracts for goods, services, and construction. Also, the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas encourages all general contractors to subcontract portions of their contract to qualified small, minority, and women business enterprises." The Owner reserves the right to waive irregularities and to reject bids and to postpone the award of the Contract for a period of time which shall not exceed beyond 90 days from the bid opening date. NOTICE TO ALL BIDDERS — ALL BIDDERS SHALL REGISTER AS A PLAN HOLDER: All vendors intending on bidding SHALL register as a plan holder by notifying Andrea Foren, Purchasing Agent, via e-mail at aforen@ci.fayetteville.ar.us. When registering as a plan holder, vendors shall submit primary contact information including name of contractor, primary contact, phone number, fax number, and physical address. FAILURE TO REGISTER AS A PLAN HOLDER CAN RESULT IN YOUR BID BEING REJECTED. Bidder assumes all responsibility for receiving updates and any addenda issued to this project by monitoring www.accessfayetteville.org (Business section, Bid's RFP's &RFQ's). Failure to acknowledge addenda issued as instructed could result in rejection of such bid. A non -mandatory pre -bid meeting will be held in Room 306 at City Hall, 113 W. Mountain, Fayetteville, AR on Thursday. March 25 2010 at 11:00 AM. All parties are strongly encouraged to attend The City of Fayetteville will answer any questions and update all registered plan holders. CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS By: Andrea Foren, Purchasing Agent END OF SECTION 0O02O 00020.doc 2 SECTION 00100 WIM111 0 BEM DTI ..\ _. 1 _.....I3 11J 1 1._ . 1. DEFINED TERMS 1.1 Terms used in these Information for Bidders which are defined in the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract have the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions. The term "Bidder" means one who submits a Bid directly to City of Fayetteville, as distinct from Sub -Bidder, who submits a Bid to a Bidder. The term "Successful Bidder" means the lowest, qualified, responsible and responsive Bidder to whom City of Fayetteville (on the basis of City of Fayetteville's evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an award. The term "Bidding Documents" included the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, Information for Bidders, the Bid Form, and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). 2. COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 2.1 Complete sets of Bidding Documents in the number and for the deposit sum, if any, stated in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid may be obtained from the Plan Rooms. Deposit for Bidding Documents are non refundable. 2.2 Complete sets of Bidding Documents shall be used in preparing Bids; the City of Fayetteville does not assume any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of the incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. 2.3 The City of Fayetteville in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work and do not confer a license or grant for any other use. 3. QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS 3.1 Each Bid must contain evidence of Bidder's qualifications to do business in the state where the Project is located or covenant to obtain such qualification prior to award of the Contract. 3.2 Qualifications shall be submitted in a separate sealed envelope at the date and time listed on the Bid Proposal. Refer to Section 00420 — Statement of Bidder's • Qualifications. 4. EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE 4.1 It is the responsibility of each Bidder before submitting a Bid, to (a) examine the Contract Documents thoroughly, (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work, (c) 00100.doe 1 consider Federal, State and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work, (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and (e) notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents. 4.2 In the preparation of Contract Documents, the Engineer has relied on the report of soil and subsurface investigation listed in the Supplemental Information For Bidders. A copy of this report is appended (If Provided). The report is not a part of the Contract Documents and is provided for informational purposes only. Neither the City of Fayefteville nor the engineer guarantees the accuracy of the report The Bidder shall make further investigations and tests as the Bidder deems necessary in order to provide the Work at the Contract Price, within Contract Time, and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 4.3 Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based upon information and data furnished to the City of Fayetteville by owners of such Underground Facilities or others, and City of Fayetteville does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof, unless it is expressly provided otherwise in the Supplementary Conditions. 4.4 Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to the prospective Bidders on subsurface conditions, Underground Facilities and other physical conditions, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to differing conditions appear in Paragraph 4.2 and 4.3 of the General Conditions. 4.5 Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder will be responsible to make or obtain such explorations, tests and data concerning physical conditions (surface, subsurface and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise, which may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing the Work in accordance with the time, price and other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 4.6 On request in advance, City of Fayetteville will provide each Bidder access to the site to conduct such explorations and tests as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. Bidder shall fill all holes, clean up and restore the site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations. A representative of the City of Fayetteville shall be present during all tests. 4.7 The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights of way and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by Contractor in performing the Work are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing structures are to be obtained and paid for by City of Fayetteville. 00100.doc 2 5. INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 5.1 All questions about the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed in writing to Engineer. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda mailed or delivered to all parties recorded by Engineer as having received the Bidding Documents. Questions received less than ten (10) days prior to the data for opening of Bids may not be answered. Only questions answered by formal, written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. 5.2 Prior to the deadline for receiving Bids, Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by City of Fayetteville or Engineer. 6. BID SECURITY 6.1 Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid security made payable to City of Fayetteville in an amount of five (5) percent of the Bidder's maximum Bid price and in the form of a certified or bank check or a Bid Bond (on form attached, if a form is prescribed), issued by a surety. 6.2 The Bid security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until Bidder has executed the Agreement and furnished the required Contract security, whereupon the Bid security will be returned. If the successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Agreement and furnish the required Contract security within ten (10) days after the Notice of Award, City of Fayetteville may annul the Notice of Award, and the Bid security of that Bidder will be forfeited. The Bid security of other Bidders whom City of Fayetteville believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award may be retained by City of Fayetteville until the earlier of the seventh (7th) day after the Effective Date of the Agreement or the sixty-first (61st) day after the Bid opening, whereupon Bid security furnished by such:Bidders will be retaned. Bid security with Bids which are not competitive will be returned within seven (7) days after the Bid opening. 7. CONTRACT TIME • 7.1 The number of days within' which the Work is to be substantially completed and also • completed and ready for final payment (the Contract Time) are set forth in the Agreement and these Contract Documents. • 001 oo:doc 3 8. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 8.1 Provisions for liquidated damages, if any, are set forth in the Agreement. 9. SUBSTITUTE OR "OR EQUAL" ITEMS 9.1 The Bid shall be based on the specified products or their approved equal described on the Drawings or written in the Specifications. Any product may be used which is specified by the referenced standards (such as ASTM) and which meets those H. standards. For products which are specified by naming one or more manufacturers preceded by "equal to" or followed by "or equal," a written request for substitution shall be submitted for approval by the Engineer. Such written requests will be considered up to ten (10) days prior to the scheduled Bid opening. 10. SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS 10.1 Subcontractors and suppliers shall be listed, if required, on the Bid Form. 11. BID FORM 11.1 The Bid Form is included with the Bidding Documents; additional copies may be obtained from Engineer. 11.2 All blanks on the Bid Form must be completed in ink or by typewriter. 11.3 Unit prices and lump sum amounts shall be shown in both words and figures. In case of discrepancy, the amount shown in words will govern and the unit price will govern over the extended amount. 11.4 Bids by corporations must be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal must be affixed and attested by the secretary or an assistance secretary. The corporate address and state of incorporation must be shown below the signature. 11.5 Bids by partnerships must be executed in the partnership name and signed by a partner, whose title must appear under the signature and the official address of the partnership must be shown below the signature. 11.6 All names must be typed or printed below the signature. 11.7 The Bid shall contain an acknowledgment of receipt of all Addenda (the numbers of which must be filled in on the Bid Form). oo100.doc 4 11.8 The address, telephone number, and fax number if applicable for communications regarding the Bid must be shown. 12. SUBMISSION OF BIDS 12.1 Bids shall be submitted at the time and place indicated in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid. Bids shall be bound in the original project manual and shall be enclosed in an opaque sealed envelope, marked with the Project Title (and, if applicable, 'the designated position of the Project for which the Bid is submitted) and name, address, and contractor's license number of the Bidder, and accompanied by the Bid security and other required documents. If the Bid is sent through the mail or other delivery system, the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate envelope with the notation "BID ENCLOSED" on the face of it. 13. MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 13.1 Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in the manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered to the place where Bids are to be submitted at any time prior to the opening of Bids. 13.2 If, within twenty-four (24) hours after Bids are opened, any Bidder files a duly -signed, written notice with the City of Fayetteville and promptly thereafter demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of City of Fayetteville that there was a material and substantial mistake in the preparation of its Bids, that Bidder may withdraw its Bid and the Bid security will be returned. Thereafter, that Bidder will be disqualified from further bidding on the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents. 14. OPENING OF BIDS 14.1 Bids will be opened • and (unless obviously nofi responsible) read aloud publicly. An abstract of the amounts of the base Bids and major alternates (if any) will be made available to the Bidders after the opening of Bids. Bids will be returned without being read aloud if all applicable portions of the Contract Documents are not met by the Bidder. 15. ' BIDS" TO REMAIN SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE 15.1.. All Bids will remain subject to acceptance for sixty (60) days after the day of the Bid opening; but City of Fayetteville may, in its sole discretion, release any Bid and return the Bid security prior .to that date. 00100.doc 5 16. AWARD OF CONTRACT 16.1 City of Fayetteville reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, to waive any and all �. informalities and to negotiate Contract terms with the Successful Bidder, and the right to disregard all nonconforming, nonresponsive, unbalanced or conditional Bids. Also, City- of Fayetteville reserves the right to reject the Bid of any Bidder if City of Fayetteville believes that it would not be in the best interest of the Project to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by City of Fayetteville. Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of Work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. 16.2 In evaluating Bids, City of Fayetteville will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, and such alternates, unit prices and other data, as may be requested in the Bid Form or prior to the Notice of Award. City of Fayetteville may accept any such alternatives in any order or combination, whether in the order in which they are listed in the Bid Form or not. 16.3 City of Fayetteville may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations proposed for those portions of the Work as to which the identity of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations must be submitted as provided in the Supplementary Conditions. City of Fayetteville also may consider the operating costs, maintenance requirements, performance data and guarantees of major items of materials and equipment proposed for incorporation in the Work when such data is required to be submitted prior to the Notice of Award. • 164 City of Fayetteville may conduct such investigations as City of Fayetteville deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to City of Fayettevillds satisfaction within the prescribed time. 16.5 If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest Bidder whose evaluation by City of Fayetteville indicates to City of Fayetteville that the award will be in the best interest of the Project. 16.6 If the Contract is to be awarded, City of Fayetteville will give the successful Bidder a Notice of Award within ninety (90) days after the day of the Bid opening. 00100.dac 6 17. CONTRACT SECURITY 17.1 The General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions set forth City of Fayetteville's requirements as to performance and payment Bonds and a Warranty Bond. When the successful Bidder delivers the executed Agreement to City of Fayetteville, it must be accompanied by the required performance and payment Bonds. At the time of Final Acceptance, the Contractor shall provide the City of Fayetteville the Warranty Bond. 18. SIGNING OF AGREEMENT 18.1 When City of Fayetteville gives a Notice of Award to the successful Bidder, it will be accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Agreement and all other written Contract Documents attached. Within ten (10) days thereafter Contractor shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Agreement and attached documents to City of Fayetteville with the required Bonds. Within ten (10) days thereafter, City of Fayetteville shall deliver one fully -signed counterpart to Contractor. Each counterpart is to be accompanied by a complete set of the Drawings with appropriate identification. 19. PRE -BID CONFERENCE 19.1 NONE 20. RETAINAGE 20.1 Provisions concerning retainage are set forth in the Agreement. 21. SPECIAL LEGAL REQUIREMENTS 21.1 Attention of Bidders is called to Act 150, Acts of Arkansas 1965, concerning the licensing of contractors to do business in Arkansas. 21.2 It is conclusively presumed that Bidders have familiarized themselves with Arkansas laws which may be applied to a Contract for the Work proposed herein as the aforementioned Acts are not exclusive. It is further conclusively presumed that Bidders have familiarized themselves . with Federal and local laws, ordinances and regulations pertaining to the Wark'propos'ed-herein. 00100.doc 7 (THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) END OF SECTION 00100 00100.doc 8 SECTION 00212 SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS 1. BIDDER'S FORMS The BIDDER'S attention is called to the following additional forms which shall be filled out and submitted with the BID: SECTION 00420 - STATEMENT OF BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS BIDDER SHALL HAVE COMPLETED A MINIMUM OF THREE (3) PROJECTS OF SIMILAR SIZE AND SCOPE WITHIN THE PAST FIVE (5) YEARS. 2. SPECIAL CONDITIONS The BIDDER'S attention is called to all Conditions relating to the Work of this Contract especially Document 00700 - General Conditions. 3. PRE -BID CONFERENCE A Pre -bid conference will be held at the time, date & location shown below: March 25, 2010— 11:00 A.M. LOCAL TIME City of Fayetteville Room 326 113 West Mountain Street Fayetteville, AR 72701 4. EXCESS ENGINEERING COSTS General Excess.engineering costs shall be applicable only during the Contract Time provided in the Agreement. B. Overtime i. The City of Fayetteville shall charge the Contractor for all engineering and construction observation expenses incurred by City of Fayetteville in connection with any overtime work. For any such overtime during the regular specified Contract Time beyond the regular eight hour day and for any time worked on Saturday, Sunday, or holidays. 00212.doc 1 ii. These charges for excess engineering will be deducted from the Contractor's monthly payment request. iii. The Contractor shall not work over a 10 -hour day without written permission F . from the City of Fayetteville. v. The Engineer shall determine when observation of construction activities beyond the regular eight -hour day is required. END OF SECTION 00212 00212.doe 2 SECTION 00310 BID PROPOSAL LOCATION: CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE:-ROOM 306 113 W. MOUNTAIN 72701... FAYETTEViZ,LE, AR 72701...............................,.. . DATE: April 7.2010.2:00 p.m. LOCAL TIME Proposal of:eFL?H2i L_J4pz.tfi j, Address: 1 4T Bid For: BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT -- SOLAR DRYERS Bid Submitted to: The City of Fayetteville Purchasing — Room 306 113 W. Mountain Fayetteville, AR 72701 BIDDER will complete the Work for the lump sum price listed below. Total Base Bid: fZ F.4IWo4iii Otty-rUR i'k47-d4a f1uiy( 4 O $ . oc) Amount in Words �— Figures The undersigned BIDDER proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an Agreement with CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE in the form included in these Contract Documents to complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents for the Contract Price and within the Contract Time indicated in these Contract Documents. BIDDER accepts the provisions of the 00310.doc I Agreement as to Liquidated Damages in the event of failure to complete the Work in the Contract Time specified. BIDDER accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Information for Bidders, including without limitation those dealing with the disposition of BID SECURITY. This. Bid will remain open for ninety (90) days after the day of Bid Opening. BIDDER will sign the Agreement required by these Contract Documents within ten (10) days after the date of CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE'S Notice of Award. In submission of this BID, BIDDER represents, as more fully set forth in the Agreement, that BIDDER has examined all CONTRACT DOCUMENTS . (including but . ndt limited to Advertisement, invitation to Bid and the Information for Bidders) and the following AD111i'NDA Jj flU33t 7.od' ; '•2='2ot6 Failure to list all necessary Agenda issued by the OWNER or the ENGINEER could mean the BID submitted by the BIDDER may be deemed unresponsive and not read publicly. In submission of the BID, BIDDER represents, that they have examined the site and locality where the Work is to be performed, the legal requirements (Federal, State and Local Laws, Ordinances, Rules and Regulations) and the conditions affecting cost, progress or performance of the Work and has made such independent investigations as BIDDER deems necessary. In submission of the BID, BIDDER represents, that this BID is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed person, firm or corporation and is not submitted in conformity with any agreement or rules of any group, association, organization or corporation. The BIDDER represents that they have not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other, BIDDER,to spbmit a false or sham BID. The BIDDER represents that they .have not solicited or induced any person, firm or corporation to refrain frombiddmg and have 'not sought .by dolhi ion• to obtain. -poi• themselveg any advantage over any other BIDDER or over the CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE. All terms used in the BID are defined and have the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions of these Contract Documents. Attached to this BID FORM is the required Bid Security in the form of a Bid Bond or Certified Check in the amount of five (5) percent of the Total Bid Amount. 00310.doc 2 BIDDER submitting this BID is: IZJ A Corporation, incorporated in the State of A iyn!,Ac5 A Partnership, consisting of the following partners, whose full names are: ❑ An Individual whose full name is: 11iG enerai Contractor (Firm Name) J LJ1J i y VI1t 62r1 Title Date ...,..._ '4 5may' Address l 01 M —7z-1 1 Z, 11q_• Z13 • X30 k Telephone Number & Fax OO31(,[a;1l Contractor's License Number 00310.doc 3 00310 doc 4 SECTION 00311 BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF SUBCONTRACTORS { The undersigned BIDDER prof subcontractors on this Work NAME 1. G• 2. `�l.l 6�1lyS 3. U er.iJ1 4. 5. 6. ,oses and agrees, if this BID is accepted, to use the following proposed BUSINESS ADDRESS WORK TO BE PERFORMED P.o. BD( )-iLgo Sztwi.., ArZ27C4 k4 -fl The undersigned BIDDER agrees that sixty percent (60%) of the Work will be required to be performed with his own forces unless a variance is requested and granted from the CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE. Tl�4a• � a Signed: 00311.doc 1 (THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) END OF SECTION 00311 a 00311.doc 2 i SECTION 00312 BID -BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we, the undersigned, DEAN CROWDER CONSTRUCTION COMPAINY, INC.? as Principal, and CINCINNATI INSURANCE 4J)A as Surety, are hereby held and firmly bound unto the City of Fayettevifle, hereinafter called the OWNER in the penal sum of FIVE PERCEI T (5%) OF TOTAL AMOUNT OF BID for payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severalty bind ourselves, successors and assigns. The Condition of the above obligation is such that whereas the Principal has submitted to the Owner a certain BID, attached hereto and hereby made apart hereof to enter into a contract in writing, for Project No. BIO-1. BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT — SOLARDR ERS__ NOW, TBEREFORE, (a) If said BID shall be rejected, or (b) If said BID shallbe accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver a contract in the Form of Contract attached hereto (properly completed in accordance with said BID) and shall furnish a BOND for his faithful performance of said contract, and for the payment of all persons performing labor or famishing materials in connection therewith, and shall in all other respects perform the agreement created by the acceptance of said BID, then this obligation shall be -void, otherwise the same shall remain in force and effect; it being expressly understood and agreed that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall, in no event, exceed the penal amount of this obligation as herein stated. 00312.doc 1 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have hereunto set their hands and seals, and such of them as are corporations have caused their corporate seals to be hereto affixed and these presents to be signed by their proper officers, the day and year first set forth above. Signed, this 7th day of APRIL ,20_10 Dean C$yzdr/ co�rstrdction, Inc. L nazi insurance t; Scott R. Clark Attorney -in -Fact END OF SECTION 00312 003124oc 2 THE , CINCINNATI INSURANCE COMPANY Fairfield, Ohio POWER OF ATTORNEY ]KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That THE CINCINNATI INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation organized under the lawsof the State of Ohio, and having its principal office in the City of Fairfield, Ohio, does hereby constitute and appoint Marty C. Mark;Sam B. Hiller, Larry R. Clark; Scott R. Clark; Janice, A. Butler; Becky Tipton and/or Lynne Stinson of Fort Smith, ' Arkansas its true and lawful Attome si -n--Pact to sign and deliver on its behalf as Surety, and as its act and de) execute, seal ell, any and all bondsfpolicies, itndertalvings, or other like instruments, as follows: ' Any such obligations in the United States, up to Twenty Million and'No/1.00 Dollars. ($20,000,000.00). This appointment is made under and by authority. of the following resolution passed by the Board of Directors of said Company at a meeting held in the principal office of the Company, a quorum being present and voting, on the 6m day of December; 1958, which resolution is still• in effect: "SOLVED, that the President or any Vice President be hereby authorized, and empowered to appoint Attorneys -in - Fact of the Company ₹o execute any and all, bonds, policies, undertakings, or other like instruments on behalf of the Corporation, and may authorize any officer or any such Attorney -in -Fact to affix the corporate seal; and may with or without cause modify or revoke any such appointment or authority. Any such writings so executed by such Attorneys -in - Fact shall be binding upon the Company as if they had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the Company." This Power of Attorney is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolution adopted 'by the Board of Directors of the Company at a meeting duly called and held on the 7' day of December, 1973. `RESOLVED, that the signature of the President. or a Vice President and the seal of the 'Company may be affixed by facsimile on any power of attorney granted, and the signature of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any certificate of any such power and any such power of certificate bearing such facsimile signature and seal shall be valid and binding on the Company. Any such power so executed and sealed and certified by certificate so executed and sealed shall, with respect to any .bond or undertaking to which it is attached, continue to be valid and binding on the Company." IN WITNESS WHEREOF, THE CINCINNATI INSURANCE COMPANY has caused these presents to be sealed with its corporate seal, duly attested by its Vice President this 10th day of October, 2008. CORPONtE a ••il COMPANY axso STATE OF OHIO ) as: Vice Presider • COUNTY OF BUTL-ER ) On this 10' day of October, 2008, before me came the above -named Vice President of THE CINCINNATI INSURANCE COMPANY, to me personally known to be the officer described herein, and acknowledged that the seal affixed to- the preceding instrument is the corporate seal of said Company and the corporate seal an4 the •signature of the officer were duly affixed and subscribed to said instrument by the authority and direction of said corporation. i' MARK J. H LLER, Attorney at Law ,i� �,► NOTARY PUBLIC - STATE OF OHIO ` OF• ' N*+p My Commission has no expiration • date. Section 147.03 O.R.C. I, the undersigned Secretary or Assistant Secretary of THE CINCINNATI INSURANCE COMPANY, hereby certify that the above is a true and correct copy of the Original Power of Attorney issued by said Company, and do hereby further certify that the said Power of Attorney is still in full force and effect. GIVEN under my hand and seal of said Company at Fairfield, Ohio. this • 7th- day of Aprii .. 2010 r3 CQRiORRrE aSEAL� ' OHIO BN-1005 (10108) SECTION 00420 STATEMENT OF BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS All requests must be addressed in writing and the data given must be clear and comprehensive. This statement must be notarized. If necessary, questions may be answered on separate attached sheets. The BIDDER may submit any additional information he/she desires. A. REOUESTS REGARDING BIDDER 1. Name of Bidder. 2. Permanent main office address. 3. When organized. 4. If a corporation, where incorporated. 5. How many years have you been engaged in the contracting business under your present firm or trade name? 6. Contracts on hand: (Schedule these, showing amount of each contract and the anticipated dates of completion.) 7. General character of work performed by your company. 8. Have you ever failed to complete any work awarded to you. (If so, where and why?) 9. Have you ever defaulted on a contract? (If so, where and why?) 10. List similar project of the size and magnitude of this Project which were completed by your company, stating the cost for each and the month and year completed. Include the entity for which the work was performed with names, titles, and phone numbers. 11. List your major equipment currently available for this contract and designate whether owned or leased. 12. Backgroundand experience.of field personnel currently employed by your organization who will perform the work. 13. Background and experience of the principal members (officers) of your organization. Include president, vice president, secretary, treasurer, etc. 14. Give Bank reference. 15. Will. you, upon request, fill out a detailed financial statement and furnish any other information -that maybe required by the OWNER. 16. Give bonding .agent and limit.. 17. If subcontractor is to be used for this contract, state the percentage of work anticipated. to -be completed by subcontractor. If subcontractor is to perform work, a separate Statement. of Bidder's. Qualifications regarding subcontractor and the method used by the subcontractor. Refer to Section 00100 & Section 00311. 00420.doc 1 Submit this notarized Statement o€ Bidders Qualifications to the Engineer. Qualifications shall be submitted in a separate sealed envelope at the date and time listed on the Bid Proposal. (Name of Bidder) By Title: State of County of of being duly sworn deposes and says that he is and that the answers to the foregoing questions and all statements therein contained are true and correct. Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of , 20 00420.doc Notary Public My Commission expires END OF SECTION 00420 2 20 SECTION 00500 AGREEMENT BETWEEN CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE AND DEAN CROWDER CONSTRUCTION, INC. THIS AGREEMENT is dated as of the Lbth- day of in the year 2010 by and between the CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE andUDEAN CROWDER CONSTRUCTION, INC. 1. The DEAN CROWDER CONSTRUCTION, INC. shall commence and complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The WORK is generally described as follows: BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT — SOLAR DRYERS 2. The DEAN CROWDER CONSTRUCTION, INC. shall furnish all materials, supplies, tools, equipment, labor and other service necessary for the completion of the WORK described herein. 3. The DEAN CROWDER CONSTRUCTION, INC. shall commence the WORK required by the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS on or before a date to be specified in the NOTICE TO PROCEED and completed and ready for final payment within 240 calendar days. DEAN CROWDER CONSTRUCTION, INC. shall pay the CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, as liquidated damages, the sum of $1000 for each calendar day thereafter that the WORK is not complete. 4. The DEAN CROWDER CONSTRUCTION, INC. agrees to perform all of the WORK described in the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS and comply with the terms therein as shown in the BID PROPOSAL. 5. The term CONTRACT DOCUMENTS shall mean and include the following: 5.1 Invitation to Bid 5.2 Information for Bidders 5.3 Supplemental Information for Bidders 5.4 Bid Proposal 5.5 Bid Bond 5.6 Agreement Between City of Fayetteville and DEAN CROWDER CONSTRUCTION, INC. 5.7 Performance and Payment Bond 5.10 General Conditions 5.13 Prevailing Wage Rates 5.14 Notice of Award 5.15 Notice to Proceed 5.16 Project Manual for Biosolids Management — Solar Dryers 5.18 Addenda Numbers 1 to 2. 00500.doc 1 5.19 Change Orders 6. The CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE shall pay DEAN CROWDER CONSTRUCTION, INC. in the manner and at such times as set forth in the General Conditions such amounts as required by the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 7. This Agreement shall be binding upon all parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns. 8. MISCELLANEOUS 8.1. Terms used in the Agreement which are defined in Article 1 of the General Conditions will have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions. 8.2. No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and, specifically but without limitation, moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents. 8.3. City of Fayetteville and DEAN CROWDER CONSTRUCTION, INC. each binds itself, it partners, successors, assigns, and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns, and legal representatives in respect to all covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. 8.4. Any provision or part of the Contract Documents held to be void or unenforceable under any Law or Regulation shall be deemed stricken and all remaining provisions shall continue to be valid and binding upon stricken provision or part thereof with a valid and enforceable provision that comes as close as possible expressing the intention of the stricken provision. 8.5. Changes, modifications, or amendments in scope, price or fees to this contract shall not be allowed without a prior formal contract amendment approved by the Mayor and the City Council in advance of the change in scope, cost or fees. 8.6. Freedom of Information Act. City of Fayetteville contracts and documents prepared while performing city contractual work are subject to the Arkansas Freedom of Information Act. If a Freedom of Information Act request is presented to the City of Fayetteville, DEAN CROWDER CONSTRUCTION, INC. will do everything possible to provide the documents in a prompt and timely manner as prescribed in the Arkansas Freedom of Information Act (A.C.A. §25-19-101 et. seq.). Only legally authorized photocopying costs pursuant to the FOIA may be assessed for this compliance. 00500.doc 2 8.7. This contract must be interpreted under Arkansas Law. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE and DEAN CROWDER CONSTRUCTION, INC. have signed this Agreement in triplicate. One counterpart each has been delivered to City of Fayetteville and Engineer, and one counterpart has been delivered to DEAN CROWDER CONSTRUCTION, INC. All portions of the Contract Documents have been signed, initialed, or identified by City of Fayetteville and DEAN CROWDER CONSTRUCTION, INC. or identified by Engineer on their behalf. OWNER CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE BY.� Mayor Lid Jordan [CORPORATE SEAL] CONTRACTOR DEAN CROWDER CONSTRUCTION, INC. BY coo b (Print Name) [CORPORATE SEAL] ATTEST ATTEST Address for giving notices: 113 W. Mountain Fayetteville, AR 72701 Address for giving notices: 804 SE 21st Street Bentonville, AR 72712 License No. 0031 b 10311 (If DEAN CROWDER CONSTRUCTION, INC. is a corporation, attach evidence of authority to sign.) 00500.doc (THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) END OF SECTION 00500 00500.doc SECTION 00600 ARKANSAS STATUTORY PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND WE, as Principal, hereinafter called Principal, and Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto City of Fayetteville (Owner) amount of Dollars ($ ) for the payment whereof Principal and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, personal representatives, and successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, and firmly by these presents. Principal has by written agreement dated entered into a contract with Owner for which contract is by reference made a part hereof, and is hereinafter referred to as the Contract. The condition of this obligation is such that if the Principal shall faithfully perform the Contract on his part and shall"fully indemnify and save harmless the Owner- from all cost and damage which he may suffer by reason of failure so to do and shall fully reimburse and repay the Owner all outlay and expense which the Owner may incur in making good any such default, and, further, that if the Principal shall pay all persons'all indebtedness for labor or materials furnished or performed under said contract failing which such persons shall have a direct right of action against the Principal and Surety jointly and severally under this obligation, subject to the Owner's priority, then this obligation shall be null and void;otherwiseit shall remain in full force and effect. 00600.doc I No suit, action or proceeding shall be brought on this bond outside the State of Arkansas. No suit, action or proceeding shall be brought on this bond except by the Owner after six months from the date final payment is made on the Contract, not shall any suit, action or proceeding be brought by the Owner after two years from the date on which the final payment under the Contract falls due. Any Alterations which may be made in the terms of the contract or in the work to be done under it, or the giving by the Owner of any extension of time for the performance of the Contract, or any other forbearance on the part either of the Owner or Principal to the other _shall not in any way release thc Principal and the Surety or Sureties, or either or any of them, their heirs, personal representatives, successors, or assigns from their liability hereunder, notice to the Surety of Sureties of any such alteration, extension, or forbearance being hereby waived. In no event shall the aggregate liability of the Surety exceed the sum set herein. Executed on the day of 20 I� eal) Principal Witness: ) Attest: ) (Seal) Surety This Bond is given in Compliance with Act 351 of 1953, as amended. END OF SECTION 00600 00600.doc 2 SECTION 00640 / \ 1 m and as principal ("Principal"), as surety ("Surety"), are hereby jointly and severally held and firmly bound unto the City of Fayetteville, as Obligee ("Owner"), for the payment of Dollars ($ ), subject to the terms and conditions provided herein. WHEREAS, Principal executed and entered into that certain Agreement with Owner for dated , 20 (the "Contract"), the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference, and unless otherwise defined herein all defined terms used or referred to herein shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Contract. In addition to other obligations and liabilities, the Contract required Principal to perform the Work for the Project and to furnish this Bond to Owner in compliance with Article 5 of the General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions. NOW. THEREFORE, the obligations, of Principal and Surety herein shall remain in full force and effect as provided herein, subject to becoming null and void upon the occurrence of either or both of the conditions that (a) Principal shall fully perform and satisfy all obligations and liabilities of Principal, under the warranty and guarantee provisions of Sections,13.1 and 13.12 of the General Conditions, as modified or supplemented by the Supplementary Conditions or any other applicable Contract Documents, at any time within two years after the date of Final Acceptance or such longer period of time as. may be prescribed therein(the " Warranty Period"), all of which includes without limitation either correcting the defective Work, or removing and replacing it with nondefective Work, or paying all direct, indirect or consequential costs of such correction or removal and replacement, all as provided therein, or (b) Owner shall fail to institute a lawsuit, action or other proceeding under this Bond before the expiration of three (3) months following the end of the Warranty Period. 00640.doc 1 FURTHER PROVIDED, that (a) any changes, modifications, amendments, alterations or supplementations in or to the Contract, and Contract Documents or the Work, or the giving by Owner of any extension of time for the performance of the Contract, or any other forbearance on i . the part of either Owner or Principal to the other, shall not in any way release the Principal or Surety, or either of them, from their liability hereunder, notice to the Surety of any of the foregoing being hereby waived, (b) in no event shall the aggregate liability of Surety exceed the amount set out herein, and (c) the rights and obligations hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of Principal, Surety, 7legal , partners, privies, successors and assigns, provided that nothing herein shall authorize the assignment of any such rights and obligations except upon compliance with Section 9.2 of the Contract. Date of project final completion is . The bond shall effective for a period of two years. Executed on the day of 20 By eal) Witness: ) Attest: ) eal) Surety END OF SECTION 00640 00640.doc 2 SECTION 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15, 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. Definitions Additional Instructions and Detail Drawings Schedules, Reports and Records Drawings and Specifications Shop Drawings Materials, Services and Facilities Inspection and Testing Substitutions Patents Surveys, Permits, and Regulations Protection of Work, Property, and Persons Supervision by Contractor Changes in the Work Changes in Contract Price Time for Completion and Liquidated Damages Correction of Work Subsurface Conditions Suspension of Work, Termination and Delay Payments to Contractor Acceptance of Final Payment as Release Insurance Contract Security Assignments Indemnification Separate Contracts Subcontracting Engineer's Authority Land and Rights -of -Way Guaranty Taxes 00700.doc 1 1. DEFINITIONS 1.1 Wherever used in the Contract Documents, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated which shall be applicable to both the singular and plural thereof 1.2 ADDENDA - Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the execution of the Agreement which modify or interpret the Contract Documents, Drawings and Specifications, by additions, deletions, clarifications or corrections. 1.3 BID - The offer or proposal of the Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work to be performed. 1.4 BIDDER - Any qualified person, firm or corporation submitting a Bid for the Work. 1.5 BONDS - Bid, Performance and Payment Bonds and, other instruments of security, furnished by the Contractor and his surety in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.6 CHANGE ORDER - A written order to the Contractor authorizing an addition, deletion or revision in the Work within the general scope of the Contract Documents, or authorizing an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Time. 1.7 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS - The contract, including Advertisement For Bids, Information For Bidders, Bid Proposal, Bid Bond, Agreement, Payment Bond, Performance Bond, Notice Of Award, Notice To Proceed, Change Order, Drawings, Specifications, and Addenda. 1.8 CONTRACT PRICE - The total monies payable to the Contractor under the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 1.9 CONTRACT TIME - The number of calendar days stated in the Contract Documents • for the completion of the Work. 1.10 CONTRACTOR - The person, firm or corporation with whom the CityofFayetteville has executed the Agreement. 1.11 DRAWINGS - The part of the Contract Documents which show the characteristics and scope of the Work to be performed and which have been prepared or approved by the Engineer. 1.12 ENGINEER— The Utility Department of the City ofFayetteville, or their authorized representative. 00700.doc 2 1.13 FIELD ORDER - A written order effecting a change in the Work not involving an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, issued by the Engineer to the Contractor during construction. 1.14 NOTICE OF AWARD - The written notice of the acceptance of the Bid from the City of Fayetteville to the successful Bidder. 1.15 NOTICE TO PROCEED - Written communication issued by the City of Fayetteville to the Contractor authorizing the Contractor to proceed with the Work and establishing the date of commencement of the Work. 1.16 OWNER -- The City of Fayetteville. 1.17 PROVIDE — Furnish and install, complete in place, operating, tested and approved. 1.18 PROJECT - The undertaking to be performed as provided in the Contract Documents. 1.19 PRODUCTS — The materials, systems, and equipment provided by the Contractor. 1.20 PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE - The authorized representative of the City of Fayetteville who is assigned to the Project site or any part thereof 1.21 SHOP DRAWINGS - All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, brochures, schedules and other data which are prepared by the Contractor, a Subcontractor, Manufacturer, Supplier or Distributor, which illustrate how specific portions of the Work shall be fabricated or installed. 1.22 SPECIFICATIONS - A .part of the Contract Documents consisting of written descriptions of a technical nature of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship. 1.23 SUBCONTRACTOR - An individual, firm or corporation having a direct contract with the Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the site. 1.24 SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS - Modifications to General Conditions required by a Federal agency for participation in the Project and approved by the agency in writing prior to inclusion in the Contract Documents. 1.25 SUPPLIERS - Any person, supplier or organization who supplies materials or equipment for the Work, including that fabricated to a special design, but who does not perform labor at the site. 00700.doc 3 1.26 WORK - All labor necessary to produce the construction required by the Contract Documents, and all materials and equipment incorporated or to be incorporated in the Project. 1.27 WRITTEN NOTICE - Any notice to any party of the Agreement relative to any part of this Agreement in writing and considered delivered and the service thereof completed, when posted by certified or registered mail to the said party at his last given address, or delivered in person to said party or his authorized representative on the Work. 2. ADDITIONAL INSTRUCTIONS AND DETAIL DRAWINGS 2.1 The Contractor may be furnished additional instructions and detail drawings, by the Engineer, as necessary to carry out the Work required by the Contract Documents. 2.2 The additional drawings and instructions thus supplied will become a part of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall carry out the Work in accordance with the additional detail drawings and instructions. 3. SCHEDULES, REPORTS AND RECORDS 3.1 The Contractor shall submit to the City of Fayetteville such schedule of quantities and costs, progress schedules, payrolls, reports, estimates, records and other data as the City of Fayetteville may request concerning Work performed or to be performed. 3.2 Prior to the first partial payment estimate the Contractor shall submit schedules showing the order in which the Contractor proposes to carry on the Work, including dates at which the Contractor will start the various parts of the Work, estimated date of completion of each part and, as applicable: 3.2.1 The dates at which special detail drawings will be required; and 3.2.2 Respective dates for submission of Shop Drawings, the beginning of manufacture, the testing and the installation of materials, supplies, and equipment. 3.3 The Contractor shall also submit a schedule of payments that the Contractor anticipates earning during the course of the Work. 4. . DRAWINGS AND, SPECIFICATIONS 4.1 The intent of the Drawings and Specifications is that the Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and transportation necessary for the proper execution of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and all incidental work necessary to complete the Project in an acceptable manner, ready for use, 00700.aoc 4 occupancy or operation by the City of Fayetteville. The Drawings and Specifications are intended to supplement but not duplicate each other. An item of Work indicated in one and not the other shall be performed by the Contractor just as if it had been indicated in both. 4.2 It is understood and agreed that the Contractor has, by careful examination, satisfied himself as to the nature and location o.f the Work, the conformation ofthe ground, the character of the equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the Work, the character, quality and quantity of the materials to be encountered, the general and local conditions, and all other matters which can, in any way, affect the Work under this Contract. 4.3 Figure dimensions on Drawings shall govern over scale dimensions, and detailed Drawings shall govern over general Drawings. The Contractor shall not perform Work based on "scaled" measurements of Drawings, but shall obtain written instructions from the Engineer as to the dimensions to be used before proceeding with the Work. 4.4 Any discrepancies found between the Drawings and Specifications and site conditions or any inconsistencies or ambiguities in the Drawings or Specifications shall be immediately reported to the Engineer, in writing, who shall promptly correct such inconsistencies or ambiguities in writing. Work done by the Contractor after his discovery of such discrepancies, inconsistencies or ambiguities shall be done at the Contractor's risk. 4.5 The Specifications are written in imperative and abbreviated form. The imperative language is directed at the Contractor, unless specifically noted otherwise. Incomplete sentences shall be completed by inserting "shall," "the Contractor shall," "shall be:," and similar mandatory phrases by inference in the same manner as they are applied to notes on the Drawings The words "shall be:" shall be su hed by inference where a colon is g pP� O used within sentences or phrases. Except as worded to the contrary, all indicated requirements shall be performed whether stated imperatively or otherwise. 4.6 Whenever the term "Work Included" is used as an article or paragraph heading in Part 1 of a Specification Section, , it is :merely a listing of the significant items described with the section and is not-intended,to "scope" the section or to imply, trade responsibility." 4.7 Whenever the words "approved," "satisfactory," "directed," "submitted," "inspected," or similar words or phrases are used in the Contract Documents, it shall be assumed that the term "Engineer or his representative" follows the verb as the object ofthe clause, such as "approved by the Engineer or his representative," or "submitted to the Engineer or his representative." 00700.doc 5 5. SHOP DRAWINGS 5.1 The Contractor shall provide Shop Drawings as may be necessary for the prosecution of the Work as required by the Contract Documents. The Engineer shall promptly review all Shop Drawings. The Engineer's approval of any Shop Drawing shall not release the Contractor from responsibility for deviations from the Contract Documents. The approval of any Shop Drawings which substantially deviates from the requirement of the Contract Documents shall be evidenced by a Change Order. 5.2 When submitted for the Engineer's review, Shop Drawings shall bear the Contractofs certification that the Contractor has reviewed, checked and approved the Shop Drawings and that they are in conformance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 5.3 Portions of the Work requiring a Shop Drawing or sample submission shall not begin until the Shop Drawing or submission has been approved by the Engineer. A copy of each approved Shop Drawing and each approved sample shall be kept in good order by the Contractor at the site and shall be available to the Engineer. 6. MATERIALS, SERVICES AND FACILITIES 6.1 It is understood that, except as otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, labor, tools, equipment, water, light, power, transportation, supervision, temporary construction of any nature, and all other services and facilities of any nature whatsoever necessary to execute, complete, and deliver the Work within the specified time. 6.2 Materials and equipment shall be so stored as to insure the preservation of their quality and fitness for the Work. Stored materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work shall be located so as to facilitate prompt inspection. 6.3 Manufactured articles, materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned as directed by the manufacturer. 6.4 Materials, supplies and equipment shall be in accordance with samples submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. 6.5 Materials, supplies or equipment to be incorporated into the Work shall not be purchased by the Contractor subject to a chattel mortgage or under a conditional sale contract or other agreement by which an interest is retained by the seller. 00700.doc 6 7. INSPECTION AND TESTING 7.1 All materials and equipment used in the construction of the Project shall be subject to adequate inspection and testing in accordance with generally accepted standards. 7.2 The Contractor shall provide at his expense the necessary testing and inspection services required by the Contract Documents, unless otherwise provided. 7.3 The City of Fayetteville shall provide all other inspection and testing services not required by the Contract Documents. 7.4 If the Contract Documents, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of any public authority having jurisdiction require any Work to specifically be inspected, tested, or approved by someone other than the Contractor, the Contractor will give the Engineer timely notice of readiness. The Contractor will then furnish the Engineer the required certificates of inspection, testing or approval. 7.5 Neither observations by the Engineer nor inspections, tests or approvals by persons other than the Contractor shall relieve the Contractor from his obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 7.6 The Engineer and his representatives will at all times have access to the Work. In addition, authorized representatives and agents of any participating Federal or State agency shall be permitted to inspect all work, materials, payrolls, records of personnel, invoices of materials, and other relevant data and records. The Contractor will provide proper facilities for such access and observation of the Work and also for any inspection, or testing thereof. 7.7 If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of the Engineer it must, if requested by the Engineer, be uncovered for his observation and replaced at the Contractor's expense. 7.8 If any Work has been covered which the Engineer has not specifically requested to observe prior to • • its being covered, or if the Engineer considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be inspected or tested by others, the Contractor at the Engineer's request, will uncover; expose or otherwise make -available for observation, inspection or testing as the Engineer may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, materials, tools, and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, the Contractor will bear all expenses of such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory reconstruction. If, however, such Work is not found -to be defective, the Contractor will be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing and reconstruction and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued. 00700.doc 7 8. SUBSTITUTIONS 8.1 Whenever a material, article or piece of equipment is identified on the Drawings or Specifications by reference to brand name or catalogue number, it shall be understood that this is referenced for the purpose of defining the performance or other salient requirements and that other products of equal capacities, quality and function shall be considered. The Contractor may recommend the substitution of a material, article, or piece of equipment of equal substance and function for those referred to in the Contract Documents by reference to brand name or catalogue number, and if, in the opinion of the gineer,such material, article, or piece of equipment is of equal substance and function to that specified, the Engineer may approve its substitution and use by the Contractor. Any cost differential shall be deductible from the Contract Price and the Contract Documents shall be appropriately modified by Change Order. The Contractor warrants that if substitutes are approved, no major changes in the function or general design of the Project will result. Incidental changes or extra component parts required to accommodate the substitute will be made by the Contractor without a change in the Contract Price or Contract Time. 9. PATENTS 9.1 The Contractor shall pay all applicable royalties and license fees. The Contractor shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent rights and save the City of Fayetteville harmless from loss on account thereof, except that the City of Fayetteville shall be responsible for any such loss when particular process, design, or the product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is specified, but if the Contractor has reason to believe that the design, process or product specified is an infringement of a patent, the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless the Contractor promptly gives such information to the Engineer. 10. SURVEYS, PERMITS, REGULATIONS 10.1 The Engineer shall furnish all land surveys and establish all base lines for locating the principal component parts of the Work together with a suitable number of bench marks adjacent to the Work as shown in the Contract Documents. From the information provided by the Engineer, unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall develop and make all detail surveys needed for construction such as slope stakes, batter boards, stakes for pile locations and other working points, lines, elevations and cut sheets. 10.2 The Contractor shall carefully preserve bench marks, reference points and stakes and, in case of willful or careless destruction, the Contractor shall be charged with the resulting expense and shall be responsible for any mistakes that maybe caused by their unnecessary loss or disturbance. 00700.doc 8 10.3 Permits and licenses of a temporary nature necessary for the prosecution of the Work shall be secured and paid for by the Contractor. Permits, licenses and easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities shall be secured and paid for by the City of Fayetteville, unless otherwise specified. The Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all laws, ordinances, rules and regulations bearing on the conduct of the Work as drawn and specified. If the Contractor observes that the Contract Documents are at variance therewith, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Engineer in writing, and any necessary changes shall be adjusted as provided in Section 13, Changes In The Work. 11. PROTECTION OF WORK, PROPERTY AND PERSONS 11.1 The Contractor will be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. The Contractor will take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and will provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to all employees on the Work and other persons who may be affected thereby, all the Work and all materials or equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site, and other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. 11.2 The Contractor will comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and orders of any public body having jurisdiction. The Contractor will erect and maintain, as required by the conditions and progress of the Work, all necessary safeguards for safety and protection. The Contractor will notify owners of adjacent utilities when prosecution of the Work may affect them. The Contractor will remedy all damage, injury or loss to any property caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by the Contractor, any Subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for .whose acts .any of them be liable, except damages or loss attributable to the'faiult of the Contract Documents or to be acts or omissions of the City of Fayetteville or the Engineer or anyone employed by either of them or anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable,, and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, to the fault or negligence of the Contractor. 11.3 In emergencies affecting the safety of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto; the Contractor; Without special instruction'or authorization from the Engineer or City of Fayetteville; shall act to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. The Contractor will give the Engineer prompt Written Notice of any significant changes in the Work or deviations from the Contract Documents caused thereby, and a Change Order shall thereupon be issued covering the changes and deviations involved. 00700.doc G'� 12. SUPERVISION BY CONTRACTOR 12.1 The Contractor will supervise and direct the Work. The Contractor will be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction. The Contractor will employ and maintain on the Work a qualified supervisor or superintendent who shall have been designated in writing by the Contractor as the Contractors representative at the site. The supervisor shall have full authority to act on behalf of the Contractor and all communications given to the supervisor shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. The supervisor shall be coordination of the Work. 13. CHANGES IN THE WORK 13.1 The City of Fayetteville may at any time, as the need arises, order changes within the scope of the Work without invalidating the Agreement. If such changes increase or decrease the amount due under the Contract Documents, or in the time required for performance of the Work, an equitable adjustment shall be authorized by Change Order. 13.2 The Engineer, also, may at any time, by issuing a Field Order, make changes in the details of the Work. The Contractor shall proceed with the performance of any changes in the Work so ordered by the Engineer unless the Contractor believes that. such Field Order entitles him to a change in Contract Price or Time, or both, in which event the Contractor shall give the Engineer Written Notice thereofwithin fifteen (15) days after the receipt of the ordered change, and the Contractor shall not execute such changes pending the receipt of an executed Change Order or further instruction from the City of Fayetteville. 14. CHANGES IN CONTRACT PRICE 14.1 The Contract Price maybe changed only by a Change Order. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any claim for increase or decrease in the Contract Price shall be determined by one or more of the following methods in the order of precedence listed below: 14.1.1 Unit prices previously approved. 14.1.2 An agreed lump sum. 14.1.3 The actual cost for labor, direct overhead, materials, supplies equipment, and other services necessary to complete the work. In addition there shall be added an amount to be agreed upon but not to exceed fifteen (15) percent of the actual cost of the Work to cover the cost of general overhead and profit. 00700.doc 10 14.2 The unit price of an item of Unit Price Work shall be subject to re-evaluation and adjustments under the following conditions: 14.2.1 If the total cost of a particular item of Unit Price Work amounts to five (5) percent or more of the Contract Price and the variation in the quantity of that particular item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs by more than 25 percent from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement; and 14.2.2 If there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and 14.2.3 If Contractor believes that it has incurred additional expense as a result thereof, or 14.2.4 If Engineer believes that the quantity variation entitle it to an adjustment in the Unit Price, either Engineer or Contractor may make a claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with Article 11, if the parties are unable to agree as to the effect of any such variations in the quantity of Unit Price Work performed. 15. TIME FOR COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 15.1 The date of beginning and the time for completion of the Work are essential conditions of the Contract Documents and the Work embraced shall be commenced on a date specified in the Notice -To -Proceed. The Contractor will proceed with the Work at such rate of progress to insure full completion within the Contract Time. It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between the Contractor and the City of Fayetteville, that the contract Time for the completion of the Work described herein is ' a .reasonable time, taking into consideration the average climatic and economic conditions and other factors prevailing in the locality of the Work. If the Contractor shall fail to complete the Work within the Contract Time, or extension of time granted by the City of Fayetteville,. then the Contractor will pay to the City of Fayetteville the amount for liquidated damages as specified in the Agreement Between City of Fayetteville And Contractor for each calendar day that the Contractor shall be in default after the time stipulated in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall not be charged with liquidated damages or any excess cost when the delay in completion of the Work is due to the following, and the Contractor has promptly gives Written Notice of such delay to the City of Fayetteville or Engineer: 00700.doc 11 15.4.1 To any acts of the Government, including controls or restrictions upon or requisitioning of materials, equipment, tools, or labor by reason of war, National Defense, or any other national emergency. 15.4.2 To any acts of the City of Fayetteville not contemplated by this Agreement. 15.4.3 To causes not reasonable foreseeable by the parties of this Contract which are beyond the control and withhold the fault or negligence of the Contractor, including but not restricted to, acts of nature or of the nuhlic enemy, acts of another Contractor in the performance of some other Contract with the City of Fayetteville, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes, and weather of unusual severity such as hurricanes, tornadoes, cyclones and other extreme weather conditions; and, 15.4.4 To any delay of any subcontractor occasioned by any of the causes specified in Subparagraphs 1, 2, and 3 of this Paragraph 15.4. Provided, however, that the Contractor promptly notifies the City of Fayetteville in writing within ten (10) days of the cause of delay. Upon receipt of such notification, the City of Fayetteville shall ascertain the facts and the cause and extent of delay. If, upon the basis of the facts and terms of the Contract, the delay is properly excusable, the City of Fayetteville shall extend the time for completing the Work for a period of time commensurate with the period of excusable delay. 16. ; CORRECTION OF WORK 16.1 The Contractor shall promptly remove from the premises all Work rejected by the Engineer for failure to comply with the Contract Documents, whether incorporated in the construction or not, and the Contractor shall promptly replace and re -execute the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and without expense to the City of Fayetteville and shall bear the expense of making good all Work of other Contractors destroyed or damaged by such removal or replacement. 16.2 All removal and replacement Work shall be done at the Contractor's expense. If the Contractor does not take action to remove such rejected Work within ten (10) days after receipt of Written Notice, the City of Fayetteville may remove such Work and store the materials at the expense of the Contractor. 17. SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS 17.1 In the preparation of Contract Documents, the Engineer has relied upon the report of soil and subsurface investigations listed in the Supplemental Information For Bidders (If Listed). 00700.doc 12 17.1.1 The above report is not part of the Contract Documents and is provided for information purposes only. Neither the City of Fayetteville nor the Engineer guarantees the accuracy of the report. The Contractor shall make further investigations and tests as deemed necessary. 17.2 The Work included in this Project may require excavation and related activities in close proximity to existing buried and aerial utility lines and facilities, such as water lines, sewer lines, storm drains, natural gas lines, electrical power lines, telephone cables, and TV cables. Where their presence is known, the approximate location of such utilities is shown on the Drawings, but all such utilities and individual service lines are not shown. The Contractor shall be aware of the potential for such utility lines to conflict with intended construction efforts, and the Contractor shall use appropriate precautionary measures to locate and protect such utility lines and services so as to avoid damage and interruptions to service. 17.3 The Contractor shall promptly, and before such conditions are disturbed, except in the event of an emergency, notify the City of Fayetteville by Written Notice of: 17.3.1 Subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site differing materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents; or 17.3.2 Unknown physical conditions at the site, of an unusual nature, differing materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in Work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents. 17.4 The City of Fayetteville shall promptly investigate the conditions, and if the City of Fayetteville finds that such conditions do so materially differ and cause an increase or decrease in the cost of, or in the time required for, performance of the Work, and equitable adjustment shall be made and the Contract Documents shall be modified by a Change Order. Any claim of the Contractor for adjustment hereunder shall not be allowed unless the Contractor has given the required. Written Notice; provided that the City of Fayetteville may, if the City of Fayetteville determines the facts so justify, consider and adjust any such claims asserted before the date -of final payment. SUSPENSION OF WORK, TERMINATION AND DELAY 18.1 The City ofFayetteville may, at any time and without cause, suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety days or such further time as agreed upon by the Contractor, by Written Notice to the Contractor and the Engineer which notice shall fix the date on which Work shall be resumed. The Contractor will resume that Work on the date so fixed. The Contractor will be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, or both, directly attributable to any suspension. 00700.doc 13 18.2 If the Contractor is adjudged as bankrupt or insolvent, or if the Contractor makes a general assignment for the benefit of his creditors, or if a trustee or receiver is appointed for the Contractor or for any of his property, or if the Contractor files a petition to take advantage of any debtor's act, or to reorganize under the bankruptcy or applicable laws, or if the Contractor repeatedly fails to supply sufficient skilled workmen or suitable materials or equipment, or if the Contractor repeatedly fails to make prompt payments to Subcontractors for labor, material or equipment or if the Contractor disregards laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of any public body having jurisdiction of the Work or if the Contractor disregards the authority of the Engineer) or if the Contractor otherwise violates any provision of the Contract Documents, then the City of Fayetteville may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy and after giving the Contractor and his surety a minimum of ten (10) days from delivery of a Written Notice, terminate the services of the Contractor and take possession of the Project and of all materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery thereon owned by the Contractor, and finish the Work by whatever method the City of Fayetteville may deem expedient. In such case the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds the direct and indirect costs of completing the Project, including compensation for additional professional services, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such costs exceed such unpaid balance, the Contractor will pay the difference to the City of Fayetteville. Such costs incurred by the City of Fayetteville will be determined by the Engineer and incorporated in a Change Order. 18.3 Where the Contractor's services have been so terminated by the City of Fayetteville, said termination shall not affect any right of the City of Fayetteville against the Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of monies by the City of Fayetteville due the Contractor will not release the Contractor from compliance with the Contract Documents. 18.4 After ten (10) days from delivery of a Written Notice to the Contractor and the Engineer, the .City of Fayetteville may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, elect to abandon the Project and terminate the Contract. In such case, the Contractor shall be paid for all Work executed and any expense sustained plus reasonable profit. 18.5 If, through no act or fault of the Contractor, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety (90) days by the City of Fayetteville or under an order of court or other public authority, or the Engineer fails to act on any request for payment within - thirty (30) days after it is submitted, or the City of Fayetteville fails to pay the Contractor substantially the sum approved by the Engineer or awarded by arbitrators within thirty (3 0) days of its approval and presentation, then the Contractor may, after ten (10) days from delivery of a Written Notice to the City of Fayetteville and the Engineer, terminate the Contract and recover from the City of Fayetteville payment for all Work executed and all expenses sustained. In addition and in lieu of 00700.doc 14 terminating the Contract, if the Engineer has failed to act on a request for payment or if the City of Fayetteville has failed to make any payment as aforesaid, the Contractor may upon ten (10) days notice to the City of Fayetteville and the Engineer stop the Work until the Contractor has been paid all amounts then due, in which event and upon resumption of the Work, Change Orders shall be issued for adjusting the Contract Price or extending the Contract Time or both to compensate for the costs and delays attributable to the stoppage of the Work. 18.6 If the performance of all or any portion of the Work is suspended, delayed, or interrupted as a result of a failure of the City of Fayetteville or Engineer to act within the time specified in the Contract Documents, or if no time is specified, within a reasonable time, an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, or both, shall be made by Change Order to compensate the Contractor for the costs and delays necessarily caused by the failure of the City of Fayetteville or Engineer. 19. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR 19.1 At least ten days before each progress payment falls due (but not more often than once a month), the Contractor will submit to the Engineer a partial payment estimate filled out and signed by the Contractor covering Work performed during the period covered by the partial payment estimate and supported by such data as the Engineer may reasonably require. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at or near the site, the partial payment estimate shall also be accompanied by such supporting data, satisfactory to the City ofFayetteville, as will establish the City of Fayetteville's title to the material and equipment and protect his interest therein, including applicable insurance. The Engineer will, within ten days after receipt of each partial payment estimate, either indicate in writing his approval of payment and present the partial payment estimate to the City of Fayetteville,. or return the partial payment estimate to the Contractor indicating in writing his reasons for refusing to approve payment. In the latter case, the Contractor may.make the necessary corrections and resubmit the partial payment estimate. The City of Fayetteville will endeavor within thirty (30) days of presentation of an approved partial -payment estimate, pay the Contractor a progress payment the basis of the approved partial payment estimate. The City of Fayetteville shall retain ten (10) percent"'of the amount of each payment until that time, and upon .certification by. the. Engineer, that the work is fifty (50) percent complete; after.which time the city of Fayetteville shall make no further retainage from any subsequent partial payment. estimate. No application for partial payment shall be made when, in the judgement of the Engineer, the total value of the Work done and materials incorporated into the Work under this Contract since the last preceding estimate amount is less than $10,000 unless authorized by Engineer. On completion and acceptance of a part of the Work on which the price is stated separately in the Contract Documents, payment may be made in full, including retained percentages, less authorized deductions. 00700.doc 15 19.2 The request for payment may also include an allowance for the cost of such major materials and equipment which are securely stored either at or near the site. 19.3 All Work covered by partial payment made shall thereupon become the sole property of the City of Fayetteville, but this provision shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor of the sole responsibility for the care and protection of the Work upon which payments have been made or the restoration of any damaged Work, or as a waiver of the right of the City of Fayetteville to require the fulfillment of all terms of the Contract Documents. 19.4 The City of Fayetteville will have the right to enter the premises for the purpose of doing work not covered by the Contract Documents. This provision shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor of thesole responsibility for the care and protection of the Work, or the restoration of any damaged Work except such as may be caused by agents or employees of the City of Fayetteville. 19.5 Upon completion and acceptance of the Work, the Engineer shall issue a certificate attached to the final payment request that the Work has been accepted by him under the condition of the Contract Documents. The entire balance found to be due the Contractor, including the retained percentages, but except such sums as may be lawfully retained by the City of Fayetteville, shall be paid to the Contractor within thirty (30) days of completion and acceptance of the Work. 19.6 The Contractor will indemnify and save the City of Fayetteville or the City of Fayetteville's agents harmless from all claims growing out of the lawful demands of Subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, materialmen, and furnishers of machines and parts thereof, equipment, tools, and all supplies, incurred in the furtherance of the performance of the Work. The Contractor shall, at the City of Fayetteville's request, furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature designated above have been paid, discharged, or waived. If the Contractor fails to do so the City of Fayetteville may, after having notified the Contractor, either pay unpaid bills or withhold from the Contractor's unpaid compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably sufficient to pay any and all such lawful claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged whereupon payment to the Contractor shall be resumed, in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents, but in no event shall the provisions of this sentence be construed to impose any obligations upon the City of Fayetteville to either the Contractor, his surety, or any third party. In paying any unpaid bills of the Contractor, any payment so made by the City of Fayetteville shall be considered as a payment made under the Contract Documents by the City of Fayetteville to the Contractor and the City of Fayetteville shall not be liable to the Contractor for any such payments made in good faith. 00700.aoc 16 20. ACCEPTANCE OF FINAL PAYMENT AS RELEASE 20.1 The Acceptance by the Contractor of final payment shall be and shall operate as a release to the City of Fayetteville of all claims and all liability to the Contractor other than claims in stated amounts as may be specifically excepted by the Contractor for all things done or furnished in connection with this Work and for every act and neglect of the City of Fayetteville and others relating to or arising out of this Work. Any payment, however, final or otherwise, shall not release the Contractor or his sureties from any obligations under the Contract Documents or the Performance Bond and Payment Bonds. 21. INSURANCE 21.1 The Contractor shall purchase and maintain such insurance as will protect the Contractor from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from the Contractor's execution of the Work, whether such execution be by the Contractor or by any Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. 21.1.1 Claim under worker's compensation, disability benefit and other similar employee benefit acts; 21.1.2 Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's employees; 21.1.3 Claims for damages because ofbodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than Contractor's employees; 21.1.4 Claims for damages insured by usual personal injury liability coverage which are sustained (1) by any person as a resultofan offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by the Contractor, or (2) by any other person; . 21.1.5 21,1,6 Claims . for damages because' of injury to or. destruction of tangible property, including loss of use resulting therefrom; Claims arising; out. of operation of Laws, or Regulations for damages because ofbodily injury or death of any person or for damage to property; and 21.1.7 Claims for damages because of bodily injury or death, of any person or ro p ert .. dama a arisin out of the'ownershi maintenance or use of an P p Y'� g.. g p, Y motor vehicle. 21.2 The Contractor shall procure and maintain, at his own expense, during the Contract Time, liability insurance as specified in Paragraph 21.7. 00700.doc 17 21.3 The Contractor shall secure, if applicable, "All Risk" type Builder's Risk Insurance for Work to be Performed. Unless specifically authorized by the City of Fayetteville, the amount of such insurance shall not be less than the Contract Price totaled in the Bid. The policy shall cover not less than the losses due to fire, explosion, hail, lightning, vandalism, malicious mischief, wind, collapse, riot, aircraft, and smoke during the Contract Time, and until the Work is accepted by the City of Fayetteville. The policy shall name as the insured the Contractor, the Engineer, the City of Fayetteville and the Funding Agency. 21.4 The Contractor shall procure and maintain, at the Contractor's own expense, during the Contract Time, in accordance with the provisions ofthe laws ofthe state in which the work is performed, Workman's Compensation Insurance, including occupational disease provisions, for all of his employees at the site of the Project and in case any work is sublet, the Contractor shall require such Subcontractor similarly to provide Workmen's Compensation Insurance, including occupational disease provisions for all of the latter's employees unless such employees are covered by the protection afforded by the Contractor. In case any class of employees engaged in hazardous work under this contract at the site of the Project is not protected under Workmen's Compensation statute, the Contractor shall provide, and shall cause such Subcontractor to provide, adequate and suitable insurance for the protection of his employees not otherwise protected. 21.5 Certificates of Insurance acceptable to the City of Fayetteville shall be filed with the City of Fayetteville prior to commencement of the Work. These Certificates shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under the policies will not be cancelled unless at least fifteen (15) days prior Written Notice has been given to the City of Fayetteville. 21.6 The Contractor shall not commence Work under this Contract or allow any subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly employed by anyone of them to commence Work until the Contractor has obtained all insurance required under this Article 21, and duly executed certificates of such insurance shall have been filed with the Engineer and the City of Fayetteville. Such certificates of insurance shall note that City of Fayetteville, Engineer, and Funding Agency have been endorsed as an additional insured on Contractor's comprehensive general liability policy. 21.7 The limits of liability for the insurance required under this Article 21 of the General Conditions shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by Laws and Regulations: 00700.doc 18 21.7.1 Worker's Compensation A. State: Statutory B. Applicable Federal: Statutory C. Employer's Liability: $500,000 21.7.2 Comprehensive General Liability Insurance, includes Completed Operations: A. Bodily Injury Liability: $1,000,000 Each Occurrence $1,000,000 Annual Aggregate B. Property Damage Liability: $1,000,000 Each Occurrence $1,000,000 Annual Aggregate 21.7.3 Contractual Liability Insurance: A. Bodily Injury Liability: $1,000,000 Each Occurrence $1,000,000 Annual Aggregate B. Property Damage Liability: $1,000,000 Each Occurrence $1,000,000 Annual Aggregate 21.7.4 City of Fayetteville's and Contractor's Protective Liability Insurance: A. Bodily Injury Liability: $1,000,000 Each Occurrence $1,000,000 Annual Aggregate B. Property Damage Liability: $1,000,000 Each Occurrence $1,000,000 Annual Aggregate 21.7.5 Automobile Liability: A. Bodily Injury.Liability: $1,000,000 Each Person $1,000,000 Annual Aggregate B. Property Damage Liability: $ 250,000 Each Occurrence 00700.doc 19 22. CONTRACT SECURITY 22.1 The Contractor shall within ten (10) days after the receipt of the Notice Of Award f irnish the City of Fayetteville with a Performance and Payment Bond in penal sums equal to the amount of the Contract Price, conditioned upon the performance by the Contractor of all undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions and agreements of the Contract Documents, and upon the prompt payment by the Contractor to all persons supplying labor and materials in the prosecution of the Work provided by the Contract Documents. Such Bonds shall be executed by the Contractor and a corporate bonding company licensed to transact such business in the state in which the Work is to be performed and named on the current list of "Surety Companies Acceptable on Federal Bonds" as published in the Treasury Department Circular Number 570. The expense of these Bonds shall be borne by the Contractor. If at any time a surety on any such bond is declared a bankrupt or loses its right to do business in the state in which the Work is to be performed or is removed from the list of Surety Companies accepted on Federal Bonds, Contractor shall within ten (10) days after notice from the ep City of Fayetteville to do so, substitute an acceptable Bond (or Bonds) in such form and sum and signed by such other surety or sureties as may be satisfactory to the City of Fayetteville. The premiums on such Bond shall be paid by the Contractor. No further payments shall be deemed due nor shall be made until the new surety or sureties have furnished an acceptable Bond to the City of Fayetteville. 22.2 At the time of Final. Acceptance of the Work by the City of Fayetteville, the Contractor' shall furnish to the City of Fayetteville a Warranty Bond in the amount of fifty (50) percent of the amount of the final Contract Price. The Warranty Bond shall guarantee the Work in accordance with Article 29 of the General Conditions for the applicable warrantyperiod of one (1) year from the date of Final Payment. It shall be on the form shown in Section 00640 - Warranty Bond. 23. ASSIGNMENTS 23.1 Neither the Contractor nor the City of Fayetteville shall sell, transfer, assign or otherwise dispose of the Contract or any portion thereof, or of his right, title or interest therein, or his obligations thereunder, without consent of the other party. 24. INDEMNIFICATION 24.1 The Contractor will indemnify and hold harmless the City of Fayetteville and the Engineer and their agents and employees from and against all claims, damages, losses and expenses including attorneys' fees arising out of or resulting from the performance of the Work, provided that any such claims, damage, loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property, including the loss of use resulting therefrom; and is caused in whole or in part by any negligent or willful act or omission of the Contractor, any Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any 00700.dac 20 of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not it is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. 24.2 In any and all claims against the City of Fayetteville or the Engineer, or any of their agents or employees, by any employee of the Contractor, any Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or any Subcontractor under workmen's compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefits acts. 24.3 The obligation of the Contractor under this paragraph shall not extend to the liability of the Engineer, his agents or employees arising out of the preparation or approval of maps, Drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, Change Orders, designs or Specifications, or the giving of or failure to give directions or instructions by the Engineer, or his agents, or employees, provided such giving or failure to give is the primary cause of injury or damage. 25. SEPARATE CONTRACTS 25.1 The City ofFayetteville reserves the right to let other contracts in connection with this Project. The Contractor shall afford other Contractors reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of their materials and the execution of their Work, and shall properly connect and coordinate his Work with theirs. If the proper execution or results of any part of the Contractor's Work depends upon the Work of any other Contractor, the Contractor shall inspect and promptly report to the Engineer any defects in such Work that render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. 25.2 The City of Fayetteville may perform additional Work related to the Project, or the City ofFayetteville may let other contracts containing provisions similar to these. The Contractor will afford the other Contractors who are parties to such Contracts (or the City of Fayetteville, if the City of Fayetteville is performing the additional Work himself); reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of Work, and shall properly connect and coordinate his Work with theirs: 25.3 If the performance of additional Work by other Contractors. or the City ofFayetteville is not noted in the Contract Documents prior to the execution of the Contract, written notice thereof shall be given to the Contractor prior to starting any such additional Work. If the Contractor believes that the performance of such additional Work by the City of Fayetteville or others involves him in additional expense or entitles him to an extension of the Contract Time, the Contractor may make a claim therefore as provided in Sections 14 and 15. 00700.doc 21 26. SUBCONTRACTING 26.1 The Contractor may utilize the services of specialty Subcontractors on those parts of the Work which, under normal contracting practices, are performed by specialty Subcontractors. 26.2 The Contractor shall perform a minimum of sixty (60%) of the Work. 26.3 The Contractor shall be fully responsible to the City of Fayetteville for the acts and omissions ofhis Subcontractors, and of persons either directly or indirectly employed by them, as the Contractor is for the acts and omissions of persons directly employed by the Contractor. 26.4 The Contractor shall cause appropriate provisions to be inserted in all subcontracts relative to the Work to bind Subcontractors to the Contractor by the terms of the Contract Documents insofar as applicable to the Work of Subcontractors and to give the Contractor the same power as regards terminating any subcontract that the City of Fayetteville may exercise over the Contractor under any provision of the Contract Documents. 26.5 Nothing contained in this Contract shall create any contractual relation between any Subcontractor and the City of Fayetteville. 27. ENGINEERS AUTHORITY 27.1 The Engineer shall act as the City of Fayetteville's representative during the construction period. The Engineer shall decide questions which may arise as to quality and acceptability of materials furnished and Work performed. The Engineer shall interpret the intent of the Contract Documents in a fair and unbiased manner. The Engineer will make visits to the site and determine if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. 27.2 The Contractor will be held strictly to the intent of the Contract Documents in regard to the quality of materials, workmanship and execution of the Work. Inspections may be made at the factory or fabrication plant of the source of material supply. 27.3 The Engineer will not be responsible for the construction means, controls, techniques, sequences, or construction safety. 27.4 The Engineer shall promptly make decisions relative to interpretation of the Contract Documents. 27.5 The Engineer will have authority to determine the actual quantities and classifications of items of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor, and the written decisions of Engineer on such matters will be final, binding on Engineer and Contractor and not subject to appeal (except as modified by Engineer to reflect changed factual conditions). 00700.doc 22 28. LAND AND RIGHTS -OF -WAY 28.1 Prior to issuance of Notice -To -Proceed, the City of Fayetteville shall obtain all land and rights -of -way necessary for carrying out and for the completion of the Work to be performed pursuant to the Contract Documents, unless otherwise mutually agreed. 28.2 The City ofFayetteville shall provide to the Contractor information which delineates and describes the lands owned and rights -of -way acquired. 28.3 The Contractor shall provide at his own expense and without liability to the City of Fayetteville any additional land and access thereto that the Contractor may desire for temporary construction facilities, or for storage of materials. 29. GUARANTY 29.1 If within one year after the date of Final Payment or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Document, any Work is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to City ofFayetteville and in accordance with City of Fayetteville's written instructions, either correct such defective Work, or if it has been rejected by City of Fayetteville, remove it from the site and replace it with non -defective Work. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, City ofFayetteville may have the defective Work corrected or the rejected Work removed and replace, and all direct, indirect and consequential costs of such correction, removal and replacement (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, surveyors, and other professionals) will be paid by Contractor. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Final Acceptance of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the Specifications or by Written Agreement. 30. TAXES 30.1 The Contractor will pay all sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes required by the law of the place where the Work is performed. 00700.doc 23 (THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) END OF SECTION 00700 00'r00.doc 24 SECTION 00820 29 CFR PART 1926 SUBPART P (OSHA) 00820.doc 1 (THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) 00820.doc 2 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1926.650 If it is necessary to stand at the out- 25059), or 9-83 (48 FR 35736), as applicable, and board or inboard edge of the deckload 29 CFR part 1911. where less than 24 inches of bulwark, SouRcz 54 FR 45959, Oct. 31, 1989, unless rail, coaming, or other protection ex- otherwise noted. ists, all employees shall be provided with a suitable means of protection § 1926.650 Scope, application, and defi- against falling from the deckload. nitions applicable to this subpart. (d) First -aid and lifesaving equipment. (a) Scope and application. This sub - (1) Provisions for rendering first aid part applies to all open excavations and medical assistance shall be in ac- made in the earth's surface. Exea- cordance with subpart D of this part. vations are defined to include trenches. (2) The employer shall ensure that (b) Definitions applicable to this sub - there is in the vicinity of each barge in part. use at least one U.S. Coast Guard-ap- Accepted engineering practices means proved 30 -inch lifering with not less those requirements which are compat- than 90 feet of line attached, and at ible with standards of practice required least one portable or permanent ladder by a registered professional engineer. which will reach the top of the apron Aluminum Hydraulic Shoring means a to the surface of the water. If the above pre-engineered shoring system corn - equipment is not available at the pier, prised of aluminum hydraulic cylinders the employer shall furnish it during (crossbraces) used in conjunction with the time that he is working the barge. vertical rails (uprights) or horizontal (3) Employees walking or working on rails (walers). Such system is designed, the unguarded decks of barges shall be specifically to support the sidewalk of protected with U.S. Coast Guard-ap- an excavation and prevent cave-ins. proved work vests or buoyant vests. Bell-bottom pier hole means a type of (e) Commercial diving operations. Corn- shaft or footing excavation, the bottom mercial diving operations shall be sub- of which is made larger than the cross ject to subpart T of part 1910, section above to form a belled shape. §§ 1910.401-1910.441, of this chapter. Benching (Benching system) means a [39 FR 22801, June 24, 1974, as amended at 42 method of protecting employees from FR 37674, July 22, 1977] cave-ins by excavating the sides of an 1�cable . to excavation to form one or a series of § 1926.646 Definitions. pp horizontal -levels or steps, usually with this subpart. vertical or near -vertical surfaces be - (a) Apron —The area along the water- tween levels. front edge of the pier or wharf. Cave-in means the separation of a (b) Bulwark —The side of a ship above • mass of soil or rock material from the the upper deck. side of an excavation, or the loss of soil (c) Coaming—The raised frame, as from under a trench shield or support around a hatchway in the deck, to keep system, and its sudden movement into out water. the. excavation, either by falling or (d) Jacob's ladder —A marine ladder of sliding, in sufficient quantity so that it rope or chain with wooden or metal could entrap, -bury, or otherwise injure rungs. and, immobilize a -person. (e) Rail, for the purpose of §1926.605, Competent' person means one who is means a light structure serving as a capable of identifying existing and pre - guard at the outer. edge of a. ship's.. dictable hazards in the surroundings, deck. or working conditions which are unsan- itary, hazardous, or dangerous to em - Subpart P—ExcavationS ployees, and who has authorization to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them.. ATYTIIORITY: See. 107, Contract Worker Cross braces mean the horizontal Hours and safety Standards Act (Conetruc- members of a shoring system installed tion Safety Act) (40 U.S.C. 333); Secs. 4, 6, 8, Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 perpendicular to the sides of the exca- (29 U.S.C. 653, 655, 657); Secretary of Labor's vation, the ends of which bear against Order No. 12-71 (36 FR 8754), 8-76 (41 FR either uprights or wales. 373 § 1926.650 29 CPR Ch. XVII (7-1-02 Edition) Excavation means any man-made cut, cavity, trench, or depression in an earth surface, formed by earth re- moval. Faces or sides means the vertical or inclined earth surfaces formed as a re- sult of excavation work. Failure means the breakage, displace- ment, or permanent deformation of a structural member or connection so as to reduce its structural integrity and its supportive capabilities. Hazardous atmosphere means an at- mosphere which by reason of being ex- plosive, flammable, poisonous, corro- sive, oxidizing, irritating, oxygen defi- cient, toxic, or otherwise harmful, may cause death, illness, or injury. Kickout means the accidental release or failure of a cross brace. Protective system means a method of protecting employees from cave-ins, from material that could fall or roll from an excavation face or into an ex- cavation, or from the collapse of adja- cent structures, Protective systems in- clude support systems, sloping and benching systems, shield systems, and other systems that provide the nec- essary protection. Ramp means an inclined walking or working surface that is used to gain ac- cess to one point from another, and is constructed from earth or from struc- tural materials such as steel or wood. Registered Professional Engineer means a person who is registered as a profes- sional engineer in the state where the work is to be performed. However, a professional engineer, registered in any state is deemed to be a "registered pro- fessional engineer" within the meaning of this standard when approving de- signs for "manufactured protective systems" or "tabulated data" to be used in interstate commerce. Sheeting means the members of a shoring system that retain the earth in position and in turn are supported by other members of the shoring system. Shield (Shield system) means a struc- ture that is able to withstand the forces imposed on it by a cave-in and thereby protect•employees within the structure. Shields can be permanent structures or can be designed to be portable and moved along as work pro- gresses. Additionally, shields can be ei- ther premanufactured or job -built in accordance with §1926.652 (c)(3) or (c)(4). Shields used in trenches are usu- ally referred to as "trench boxes" or "trench shields." Shoring (Shoring system) means a structure such as a metal hydraulic, mechanical or timber shoring system that supports the sides of an exca- vation and which is designed to prevent cave-ins. Sides. See "Faces." Sloping (Sloping system) means a method of protecting employees from cave-ins by excavating to form sides of an excavation that are inclined away from the excavation so as to prevent cave-ins. The angle of incline required to prevent a cave-in varies with dif- ferences in such factors as the soil type, environmental conditions of ex- posure, and application of surcharge loads. Stable rock means natural solid min- eral material that can be excavated with vertical sides and will remain in- tact while exposed. Unstable rock is considered to be stable when the rock material on the side or sides of the ex- cavation is secured against caving -in or movement by rock bolts or by an- other protective system that has been designed by a registered professional engineer. Structural ramp means a ramp built of steel or wood, usually used for vehicle access. Ramps made of soil or rock are not considered structural ramps. Support system means a structure such as underpinning, bracing, or shor- ing, which provides support to an adja- cent structure, underground installa- tion, or the sides of an excavation. Tabulated data means tables and charts approved by a registered profes- sional engineer and used to design and construct a protective system. Trench (Trench excavation) means a narrow excavation (in relation to its length) made below the surface of the ground. In general, the depth is greater than the width, but the width of a trench (measured at the bottom) is not greater than 15 feet (4.6 m). If forms or other structures are installed or con- structed in an excavation so as to re- duce the dimension measured from the forms or structure to the side of the ex- cavation to 15 feet (4.6 m) or less 374 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor (measured at the bottom of the exca- vation), the excavation is also consid- ered to be a trench. Trench box. See "Shield." Trench shield. See "Shield." Uprights means the vertical members of a trench shoring system placed in contact with the earth and usually po- sitioned so that individual members do not contact each other. Uprights placed so that individual members are closely spaced, in contact with or interconnected to each other, are often called "sheeting." Wales means horizontal members of a shoring system placed parallel to the excavation face whose sides bear against the vertical members of the shoring system or earth. § 1926.651 Specific excavation require- ments. (a) Surface encumbrances. All surface encumbrances that are located so as to create a hazard to employees shall be removed or supported, as necessary, to safeguard employees. (b) Underground installations. (1) The estimated location of utility installa- tions, such as sewer, telephone, fuel, electric, water lines, or any other un- derground installations that reason- ably may be expected to be encoun- • tered during excavation work, shall be determined prior to opening- an exca- vation. (2) Utility companies or owners shall be contacted within established or cus- tomary local response times, advised of the proposed work, and asked to estab- • lish the location of the utility under- • ground installations prior to the start of actual excavation. When utility conpaniesor owners cannot. respond.. to. • a request to locate underground utility installations within 24. hours .(unless- a longer ' period is required by state or local law), or cannot establish the exact location of these installations, the employer may proceed, provided the employer does so with caution, and provided detection equipment or other acceptable means to locate utility in- stallations are used. (3) When excavation operations ap- proach the estimated location of under- ground installations, the exact loca- tion of the installations shall be deter- mined by safe and acceptable means. § 1926.651 (4) While the excavation is open, un- derground installations shall be pro- tected, supported or removed as nec- essary to safeguard employees. (c) Access and egress —(1) Structural ramps. (i) Structural ramps that are used solely by employees as a means of access or egress from excavations shall be designed by a competent person. Structural ramps used for access or egress of equipment shall be designed by a competent person qualified in structural design, and shall be con- structed in accordance with the design. (ii) Ramps and runways constructed of two or more structural members shall have the structural members con- nected together to prevent displace- ment. (iii) Structural members used for ramps and runways shall be of uniform thickness. (iv) .Cleats or other appropriate means used to connect runway struc- tural members shall be attached to the bottom of the runway or shall be at- tached in a manner to prevent tripping. (v) Structural ramps used in lieu of steps shall be provided with cleats or other surface treatments on the top surface to prevent slipping. (2) Means of egress from trench exca- vations. A stairway, ladder, ramp or other safe means of egress shall be lo- cated in trench excavations that are 4 feet (1.22 m) or more in depth so as to require no more than 25 feet (7.62 m) of lateral travel for employees. (d) Exposure to vehicular traffic. Em- ployees exposed to public vehicular traffic shall be provided with, and shall wear, warning vests or other suitable garments . marked with or made of reflectorized or high -visibility mate- rial. (e) Exposure to falling loads. No em- ployee shall be permitted underneath loads handled by lifting or digging equipment. Employees shall be re- quired to stand away from any vehicle being loaded or unloaded to avoid being struck by any spillage or falling mate- rials. Operators may remain in the cabs of vehicles being loaded or un- loaded when the vehicles are equipped, in accordance with § 1926.601(b)(6), to provide adequate protection for the op- erator during loading and unloading operations. 375 § 1926.551 (f) Warning system for mobile equip- ment. When mobile equipment is oper- ated adjacent to an excavation, or when such cquipmcnt lo rcqu.frcd to ap preach the edge of an excavation, and the operator does not have a clear and direct view of the edge of the exca- vation, a warning system shall be uti- lized such as barricades, hand or me- chanical signals, or stop logs. If pos- sible, the grade should be away from the excavation. (g) Hazardous atmospheres —(1) Testing and controls. In addition to the require- ments set forth in subparts D and E of this part (29 CFR 1926.50-1926.107) to prevent exposure to harmful levels of atmospheric contaminants and to as- sure acceptable atmospheric condi- tions, the following requirements shall apply: (i) Where oxygen deficiency (atmospheres containing less than 19.5 percent oxygen) or a hazardous atmos- phere exists or could reasonably be ex- pected to exist, such as in excavations in landfill areas or excavations in areas where hazardous substances are stored nearby, the atmospheres in the exca- vation shall be tested before employees enter excavations greater than 4 feet (1.22 m) in depth. (ii) Adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent employee exposure to atmospheres containing less than 19.5 percent oxygen and other hazardous atmospheres. These precautions in- clude providing proper respiratory pro- tection or ventilation in accordance with subparts D and E of this part re- spectively. (iii) Adequate precaution shall be taken such as providing ventilation, to prevent employee exposure to an at- mosphere containing a concentration of a flammable gas in excess of 20 per- cent of the lower flammable limit of the gas. .(iv) When controls are used that are intended to reduce the level of atmos- pheric contaminants to acceptable lev- els, testing shall be conducted as often as necessary to ensure that the atmos- phere remains safe. (2) Emergency rescue equipment. (i) Emergency rescue equipment, such as breathing apparatus, a safety harness and line, or a basket stretcher, shall be readily available where hazardous at - 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7-1-02 Edition) mospheric conditions exist or may rea- sonably be expected to develop during work in an excavation. This equipment shall be attended when in use (ii) Employees entering bell-bottom pier holes, or other similar deep and confined footing excavations, shall wear a harness with a life -line securely attached to it. The lifeline shall be sep- arate from any line used to handle ma- terials, and shall be individually at- tended at all times while the employee wearing the lifeline is in the exca- vation. (h) Protection from hazards associated with water accumulation. (1) Employees shall not work in excavations in which there is accumulated water, or in exca- vations in which water is accumu- lating, unless adequate precautions have been taken to protect employees against the hazards posed by water ac- cumulation. The precautions necessary to protect employees adequately vary with each situation, but could include special support or shield systems to protect from cave-ins, water removal to control the level of accumulating water, or use of a safety harness and lifeline. (2) If water is controlled or prevented from accumulating by the use of water removal equipment, the water removal equipment and operations shall be monitored by a competent person to ensure proper operation. (3) If excavation work interrupts the natural drainage of surface water (such as streams), diversion ditches, dikes, or other suitable means shall be used to prevent surface water from entering the excavation and to provide adequate drainage of the area adjacent to the ex- cavation. Excavations subject to runoff from heavy rains will require an in- spection by a competent person and compliance with paragraphs (h)(1) and (h)(2) of this section. (i) Stability of adjacent structures. (1) Where the stability of adjoining build- ings, walls, or other structures is en- dangered by excavation operations, support systems such as shoring, brac- ing, or underpinning shall be provided to ensure the stability of such struc- tures for the protection of employees. (2) Excavation below the level of the base or footing of any foundation or re- taining wall that could be reasonably 376 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor expected to pose a hazard to employees shall not be permitted except when: (i) A support system, such as under- pinning, is provided to ensure the safe- ty of employees and the stability of the structure; or (ii) The excavation is in stable rock; or (iii) A registered professional engi- neer has approved the determination that the structure is sufficently re- moved from the excavation so as to be unaffected by the excavation activity; or (iv) A registered professional engi- neer has approved the determination that such excavation work will not pose a hazard to employees. (3) Sidewalks, pavements, and appur- tenant structure shall not be under- mined unless a support system or an- other method of protection is provided to protect employees from the possible collapse of such structures. (j) Protection of employees from loose rock or soil. (1) Adequate protection shall be provided to protect employees from loose rock or soil that could pose a hazard by falling or rolling from an excavation face. Such protection shall consist of scaling to remove loose ma- terial; installation of protective barri- cades at intervals as necessary on the face to stop and contain, falling mate- rial; or other means that provide equiv- alent protection. (2) Employees shall be protected from excavated or other materials or equip- ment that could pose a hazard by fall- ing or rolling into excavations. Protec- tion shall be provided by placing and keeping such materials or equipment .at least 2 feet (.61 m) from the edge of excavations, o., by the, use of retaining devices that are sufficient to prevent materials or equipment• from falling or rolling into excavations, or by a com- bination of both if necessary. (k) Inspections. (1) Daily inspections. of excavations, the adjacent areas, and protective systems shall be made by a competent person for evidence of a sit- uation that could result in possible cave-ins,' indications 'of failure of 'pro- tective systems, hazardous atmospheres, or other hazardous condi- tions. An inspection shall be conducted by the competent person prior to the start of work and as needed throughout § 1926.652 the shift. Inspections shall also be made after every rainstorm or other hazard increasing occurrence. These in- spections are only required when em- ployee exposure can be reasonably an- ticipated. (2) Where the competent person finds evidence of a situation that could re- sult in a possible cave-in, indications of failure of protective systems, haz- ardous atmospheres, or other haz- ardous conditions, exposed employees shall be removed from the hazardous area until the necessary precautions have been taken to ensure their safety. (1) Walkways shall be provided where employees or equipment are required or permitted to cross over excavations. Guardrails which comply with § 1926.502(b) shall be provided where walkways are 6 feet (1.8 m) or more above lower levels. (54 FR 45959, Oct. 31, 1989, as amended by 59 FR 40730, Aug. 9, 1994) § 1926.652 Requirements for protective systems. (a) Protection of employees in exca- vations. (1) Each employee in an exca- vation shall be protected from cave-ins by an adequate protective system de- signed in accordance with paragraph (b) or (c) of this section except when: (1) Excavations are made entirely in stable rock; or (ii) Excavations are less than 5 feet (1.52m) in depth and examination of the ground by a competent person provides no indication of a potential cave-in. (2) Protective systems shall have the capacity to resist without failure all loads that are intended or could rea- sonably be expected to be applied or transmitted to the..system. (b) Design of sloping and benching sys- tems. The slopes and configurations of sloping and benching systems shall be selected and constructed by, the em- ployer or his designee and shall be in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (b)(1); or, in the alternative, paragraph (b)(2); or, in the alternative, paragraph (b)(3), or, in the alternative, paragraph (b)(4), as follows: (1) Option (I) —Allowable configurations and slopes. (i) Excavations shall be sloped at an angle not steeper than one and one-half horizontal to one vertical 377 § 1926.652 (34 degrees measured from the hori- zontal), unless the employer uses one of the other options listed below. (ii)- Slopes --specified —in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section, shall be exca- vated to form configurations that are in accordance with the slopes shown for Type C soil in Appendix B to this subpart. (2) Option (2) —Determination of slopes and configurations using Appendices A and B. Maximum allowable slopes, and allowable configurations for sloping and benching systems, shall be deter- mined in accordance with the condi- tions and requirements set forth in ap- pendices A and B to this subpart. (3) Option (3) —Designs using other tab- ulated data. (i) Designs of sloping or benching systems shall be selected from and be in accordance with tab- ulated data, such as tables and charts. (ii) The tabulated data shall be in written form and shall include all of the following: (A) Identification of the parameters that affect the selection of a sloping or benching system drawn from such data; (B) Identification of the limits of use of the data, to include the magnitude and configuration of slopes determined to be safe; (C) Explanatory information as may be necessary to aid the user in making a correct selection of a protective sys- tem from the data. (iii) At least one copy of the tab- ulated data which identifies the reg- istered professional engineer who ap- proved the data, shall be maintained at the jobsite during construction of the protective system. After that time the data may be stored off the jobsite, but a copy of the data shall be made avail- able to the Secretary upon request. (4) Option (4) —Design by a registered professional engineer. (i) Sloping and benching systems not utilizing Option (1) or Option (2) or Option (3) under paragraph (b) of this section shall be approved by a registered professional engineer. (ii) Designs shall be in written form and shall include at least the following: (A) The magnitude of the slopes that were determined to be safe for the par- ticular project; 29 CFR Ch. XVii (7-1-02 Edition) (B) The configurations that were de- termined to be safe for the particular project; and pro- fessional engineer approving the de- sign. (iii) At least one copy of the design shall be maintained at the jobsite while the slope is being constructed. After that time the design need not be at the jobsite, but a copy shall be made available to the Secretary upon re- quest. (c) Design of support systems, shield systems, and other protective systems. De- signs of support systems shield sys- tems, and other protective systems shall be selected and constructed by the employer or his designee and shall be in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (c)(1); or, in the alter- native, paragraph (c)(2); or, in the al- ternative, paragraph (c)(3); or, in the alternative, paragraph (c)(4) as follows: (1) Option (1) Designs using appen- dices A, C and D. Designs for timber shoring in trenches shall be determined in accordance with the conditions and requirements set forth in appendices A and C to this subpart. Designs for alu- minum hydraulic shoring shall be in accordance with paragraph (c)(2) of this section, but if manufacturer's tab- ulated data cannot be utilized, designs shall be in accordance with appendix D. (2) Option (2) —Designs Using Manufac- turer's Tabulated Data. (i) Design of sup- port systems, shield systems, or other protective systems that are drawn from manufacturer's tabulated data shall be in accordance with all speci- fications, recommendations, and limi- tations issued or made by the manufac- turer. (ii) Deviation from the specifications, recommendations, and limitations issued or made by the manufacturer shall only be allowed after the manu- facturer issues specific written ap- proval. (iii) Manufacturer's specifications, recommendations, and limitations, and manufacturer's approval to deviate from the specifications, recommenda- tions, and limitations shall be in writ- ten form at the jobsite during con- struction of the protective system. After that time this data may be stored off the jobsite, but a copy shall 378 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor be made available to the Secretary upon request. (3) Option (3) —Designs using other tab- ulated data. (i) Designs of support sys- tems, shield systems, or other protec- tive systems shall be selected from and be in accordance with tabulated data, such as tables and charts. (ii) The tabulated data shall be in written form and include all of the fol- lowing: (A) Identification of the parameters that affect the selection of a protective system drawn from such data; (B) Identification of the limits of use of the data; (C) Explanatory information as may be necessary to aid the user in making a correct selection of a protective sys- tem from the data. (iii) At least one copy of the tab- ulated data, which identifies the reg- istered professional engineer who ap- proved the data, shall be maintained at the jobsite during construction of the protective system. After that time the data may be stored off the jobsite, but a copy of the data shall be made avail- able to the Secretary upon request. (4) Option (4) —Design by a registered professional engineer. (i) Support sys- tems, shield systems, and other protec- tive systems not utilizing Option 1, op- tion 2 or Option 3, above, . shall be ap- proved by a registered professional en-• gineer. (ii) Designs shall be in written form and shall include the following: (A) A plan indicating the sizes, types, and configurations of the materials to be used in the protective. system; and (B) The identity of the registered professional engineer approving the de_ sign. (iii) At least one copy of the design shall be maintained at the jobsite dur- ing construction of the protective sys- tem. After that time, the. design may be stored off the jobsite, buta copy of the design shall be made available to the Secretary upon request. (d) Materials and equipment. (1) Mate- rials and equipment used for protective systems shall be free from damage or defects that might impair their proper function. (2) Manufactured materials and equipment used for protective systems shall be used and maintained in a man- § 1926.652 ner that is consistent with the rec- ommendations of the manufacturer, and in a manner that will prevent em- ployee exposure to hazards. (3) When material or equipment that is used for protective systems is dam- aged, a competent person shall exam- ine the material or equipment and evaluate its suitability for continued use. If the competent person cannot as- sure the material or equipment is able to support the intended loads or is oth- erwise suitable for safe use, then such material or equipment shall be re- moved from service, and shall be evalu- ated and approved by a registered pro- fessional engineer before being re- turned to service. (e) Installation and removal of sup- port —(1) General. (i) Members of sup- port systems shall be securely con- nected together to prevent sliding, fall- ing, kickouts, or other predictable fail- ure. (ii) Support systems shall be in- stalled and removed in a manner that protects employees from cave-ins, structural collapses, or from being struck by members of the support sys- tem. (iii) Individual members of support systems shall not be subjected to loads exceeding those which those members were designed to withstand. - (iv)- Before temporary removal of in- dividual members begins, additional precautions shall be taken to ensure the safety of employees, such as in- stalling other structural members to carry the loads imposed on the support system. (v) Removal shall begin at, and progress from, the bottom of the exca- vation., Members, shall be, released slow- ly so as to note any indication of pos- sible failure of. the remaining -members of the structure or possible cave-in of .the sides of the excavation. (vi) Backfilling shall -progress to- gether with the removal of support sys- tems from excavations. ('2) Additional requirements for support systems for trench excavations. (i) Exca- vation of material to a level ho. greater than 2 feet (.61 m) below the bottom of the members of a support system shall be permitted, but only if the system is designed to resist the forces calculated for the full depth of the trench, and OR] Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. A 29 CFR Ch. XV11 (7-1-02 Edition) there are no indications while the trench is open of a possible loss of soil from behind or below the bottom of the support system. (ii) Installation of a support system shall be closely coordinated with the excavation of trenches. (f) Sloping and benching systems. Em- ployees shall not be permitted to work on the faces of sloped or benched exca- vations at levels above other employ- ees except when employees at the lower levels are adequately protected from the hazard of falling, rolling, or sliding material or equipment. (g) Shield systems —(1) General. (i) Shield systems shall not be subjected to loads exceeding those which the sys- tem was designed to withstand. (ii) Shields shall be installed in a manner to restrict lateral or other haz- ardous movement of the shield in the event of the application of sudden lat- eral loads. (iii) Employees shall be protected from the hazard of cave-ins when enter- ing or exiting the areas protected by shields. (iv) Employees shall not be allowed in shields when shields are being in- stalled, removed, or moved vertically. (2) Additional requirement for shield systems used in trench excavations. Exca- vations of earth material to a level not greater than 2 feet (.61 m) below the bottom of a shield shall be permitted, but only if the shield is designed to re- sist the forces calculated for the full depth of the trench, and there are .no indications while the trench is open of a possible loss of soil from behind or below the bottom of the shield. APPENDIX A TO SUBPART P OF PART 1926 —SOIL CLASSIFICATION (a) Scope and application —(l) Scope. This appendix describes a method of classifying soil and rock deposits based on site and envi- ronmental conditions, and on the structure and composition of the earth deposits. The appendix contains definitions, sets forth re- quirements, and describes acceptable visual and manual tests for use in classifying soils. (2) Application. This appendix applies when a sloping or benching system is designed in accordance with the requirements set forth in § 1926.652(b)(2) as a method of protection for employees from cave-ins. This appendix also applies when timber shoring for exca- vations is designed as a method of protection from cave-ins in accordance with appendix C to subpart P of part 1926, and when alu- minum hydraulic shoring is designed in ac- cordance with appendix D. This Appendix also applies if other protective systems are designed and selected for use from data pre- pared in accordance with the requirements set forth in §1926.652(c), and the use of the data is predicated on the use of the soil clas- sification system set forth in this appendix. (b) Definitions. The definitions and exam- ples given below are based on, in whole or in part, the following: American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) Standards D66l-85 and D2488; The Unified Soils Classification System, The U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) Textural Classification Scheme; and The National Bureau of Standards Report BSS -121. Cemented soil means a soil in which the par- ticles are held together by a chemical agent, such as calcium carbonate, such that a hand - size sample cannot be crushed into powder or individual soil particles by finger pressure. Cohesive soil means clay (fine grained soil), or soil with a high clay content, which has cohesive strength. Cohesive soil does not crumble, can be excavated with vertical sideslopes, and is plastic when moist. Cohe- sive soil is hard to break up when dry, and exhibits significant cohesion when sub- merged. Cohesive soils include clayey silt, sandy clay, silty clay, clay and organic clay. Dry soil means soil that does not exhibit visible signs of moisture content. Fissured means a soil material that has a tendency to break along definite planes of fracture with little resistance, or a material that exhibits open cracks, such as tension cracks, in an exposed surface. Granular soil means gravel, sand, or silt, (coarse grained soil) with little or no clay content. Granular soil has no cohesive strength. Some moist granular soils exhibit apparent cohesion. Granular soil cannot be molded when moist and crumbles easily when dry. Layered system means two or more dis- tinctly different soil or rock types arranged in layers. Micaceous seams or weakened planes in rock or shale are considered lay- ered. Moist soil means a condition in which a soil looks and feels damp. Moist cohesive soil can easily be shaped into a ball and rolled into small diameter threads before crumbling. Moist granular soil that contains some cohe- sive material will exhibit signs of cohesion between particles. Plastic means a property of a soil which al- lows the soil to be deformed or molded with- out cracking, or appreciable volume change. Saturated soil means a soil in which the voids are filled with water. Saturation does not require flow. Saturation, or near satura- tion, is necessary for the proper use of in- struments such as a pocket penetrometer or sheer vane. 380 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. A Soil classification system means, for the pur- pose of this subpart, a method of catego- rizing soil and rock deposits in a hierarchy of Stable Rock, Type A, Type B, and Type C, in decreasing order of stability. The cat- egories are determined based on an analysis of the properties and performance character- istics of the deposits and the environmental conditions of exposure. Stable rock means natural solid mineral matter that can be excavated with vertical sides and remain intact while exposed. Submerged soil means soil which is under- water or is free seeping. Type A means cohesive soils with an unconfined compressive strength of 1.5 ton per square foot (tsf) (144 kPa) or greater. Ex- amples of cohesive soils are: clay, silty clay, sandy clay, clay loam and, in some cases, silty clay loam and sandy clay loam. Ce- mented soils such as caliche and hardpan are also considered Type A. However, no soil is Type A if: (i) The soil is fissured; or (ii) The soil is subject to vibration from heavy traffic, pile driving, or similar effects; or (iii) The soil has been previously disturbed; or (iv) The soil is part of a sloped, layered system where the layers dip into the exca- vation on a slope of four horizontal to one vertical (4H:1V) or greater; or (v) The material is subject to other factors that would require it to be classified as a less stable material. Type B means: (i) .Cohesive soil with an unconfined com- pressive strength greater than 0.5 tsf (48 kPa) but less than 1.5 tsf (144 kPa); or (ii) Granular cohesionless soils including: angular gravel (similar to crushed rock), silt, silt loam, sandy loam and, in some cases, silty clay loam and sandy clay loam. (iii) Previously disturbed soils except those which would otherwise be classed as. Type C soil. (iv) Soil that meets the unconfined -com- pressive strength or cementation require- ments for Type A, but is fissured or subject to vibration; or. (v) Dry rock that is not stable; or (vi) Material that is part of a sloped, lay- ered system where the layers dip into the ex- cavation on a slope less steep than four hori- zontal to one vertical (4H:1V), but only if the material would otherwise be classified as Type B. Type O means: (i) Cohesive soil with an unconfined coma- pressive strength of 0.5 tsf (48 kPa) or less; or (ii) Granular soils including gravel, sand, and loamy sand; or (iii) Submerged soil or soil from which water is freely seeping; or (iv) Submerged rock that is not stable, or (v) Material in a sloped, layered system where the layers dip into the excavation or a slope of four horizontal to one vertical (4H:1V) or steeper. Unconfined compressive strength means the load per unit area at which a soil will fail in compression, It can be determined by labora- tory testing, or estimated in the field using a pocket penetrometer, by thumb penetra- tion tests, and other methods. Wet soil means soil that contains signifi- cantly more moisture than moist soil, but in such a range of values that cohesive material will slump or begin to flow when vibrated. Granular material that would exhibit cohe- sive properties when moist will lose those co- hesive properties when wet. (c) ,Requirements —(1) Classification of soil and rock deposits. Each soil and rock deposit shall be classified by a competent person as Stable Rock, Type A, Type B, or Type C in accordance with the definitions set forth in paragraph (b) of this appendix. (2) Basis of classification. The classification of the deposits shall be made based on the re- sults of at least one visual and at least one manual analysis. Such analyses shall be con- ducted by a competent person using tests de- scribed in paragraph (d) below, or in other recognized methods of soil classification and testing such as those adopted by the Amer- ica Society for Testing Materials, or the U.S. Department of Agriculture textural classi- fication system, (3) Visual and manual analyses. The visual and manual analyses, such as those noted as being acceptable in paragraph (d) of this ap- pendix, shall be designed and conducted to provide sufficient quantitative and quali- tative information as may be necessary to identify properly the properties, factors, and conditions affecting the classification of the deposits. (4) Layered systems. In a layered system, the system shall be classified in accordance with its weakest layer. However, each layer may be classified individually.. where a more stable layer lies under a less stable layer. (5) Reclassification. If, after classifying a de- posit, the properties, factors, or conditions affecting its classification change in any way, the changes shall be evaluated by a competent person. The deposit shall be re- classified as necessary to reflect the changed circumstances. (d) Acceptable visual and manual tests. —(1) Visual tests. Visual analysis is conducted to determine qualitative information regarding the excavation site in general, the soil adja- cent to the excavation, the soil forming the sides of the open excavation; and the soil taken as samples from excavated material. (i) Observe samples of soil that�are exca- vated and soil In the sides of the excavation, Estimate the range of particle sizes and the relative amounts of the particle sizes. Soil that is primarily composed of fine-grained 381 Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. B material is cohesive material. Soil composed primarily of coarse -grained sand or gravel is granular material. (ii) Observe soil as it is excavated. Soil that remains in clumps when excavated is cohesive. Soil that breaks up easily and does not stay in clumps is granular. (iii) Observe the side of the opened exca- vation and the surface area adjacent to the excavation. Crack -like openings such as ten- sion cracks could indicate fissured material. If chunks of soil spall off a vertical side, the soil could be fissured. Small spalls are evi- dence of moving ground and are indications of potentially hazardous situations. (iv) Observe the area adjacent to the exca- vation and the excavation itself for evidence of existing utility and other underground structures, and to identify previously dis- turbed soil. (v) Observe the opened side of the exca- vation to identify layered systems. Examine layered systems to identify if the layers slope toward the excavation. Estimate the degree of slope of the layers. (vi) Observe the area adjacent to the exca- vation and the sides of the opened exca- vation for evidence of surface water, water seeping from the sides of the excavation, or the location of the level of the water table. (vii) Observe the area adjacent to the exca- vation and the area within the excavation for sources of vibration that may affect the stability of the excavation face. (2) Manual tests. Manual analysis of soil samples is conducted to determine quan- titative as well as qualitative properties of soil and to provide more information in order to classify soil properly. (f) Plasticity. Mold a moist or wet sample of soil into a ball and attempt to roll it into threads as thin as %inch in diameter. Cohe- sive material can be successfully rolled into threads without crumbling. For example, if at least a two inch (50 mm) length of %-inch thread can be held on one end without tear- ing, the soil is cohesive. (ii) Dry strength. If the soil is dry and crumbles on its own or with moderate pres- sure into individual grains or fine powder, it is granular (any combination of gravel, sand, or silt). If the soil is dry and falls into clumps which break up into smaller clumps, but the smaller clumps can only be broken up with difficulty, it may be clay in any combination with gravel, sand or silt. If the dry soil breaks into clumps which do not break up into small clumps and which can only be broken with difficulty, and there is no visual indication the soil is fissured, the soil may be'considered unfissured. (iii) Thumb penetration. The thumb penetra- tion test can be used to estimate the unconfined compressive strength of cohesive soils. (This test is based on the thumb pene- tration test described in American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standard 29 CPR Ch. XVII (7-1=02 Edition) designation D2488 —"Standard Recommended Practice for Description of Soils (Visual — Manual Procedure).") Type A soils with an unconfined compressive strength of 1.5 tsf can e readily indented by the u how- ever, they can be penetrated by the thumb only with very great effort. Type C soils with an unconfined compressive strength of 0.5 tsf can be easily penetrated several inches by the thumb, and can be molded by light finger pressure. This test should be conducted on an undisturbed soil sample, such as a large clump of spoil, as soon as practicable after excavation to keep to a minimum the effects of exposure to drying influences. If the exca- vation is later exposed to wetting influences (rain, flooding), the classification of the soil must be changed accordingly. (iv) Other strength tests. Estimates of unconfined compressive strength of soils can also be obtained by use of a pocket pene- trometer or by using a hand -operated shearvane. (v) Drying test. The basic purpose of the drying test is to differentiate between cohe- sive material with fissures, unfissured cohe- sive material, and granular material. The procedure for the drying test involves drying a sample of soil that is approximately one inch thick (2.54 cm) and six inches (15.24 cm) in diameter until it is thoroughly dry: (A) If the sample develops cracks as it dries, significant fissures are indicated. (B) Samples that dry without cracking are to be broken by hand. If considerable force is necessary to break a sample, the soil has sig- nificant cohesive material content. The soil can be classified as a unfissured cohesive ma- terial and the unconfined compressive strength should be determined. (C) If a sample breaks easily by hand, it is either a fissured cohesive material or a granular material. To distinguish between the two, pulverize the dried clumps of the sample by hand or by stepping on them. If the clumps do not pulverize easily, the mate- rial is cohesive with fissures. If they pul- verize easily into very small fragments, the material is granular. APPENDIX B TO SUBPART P OF PART 1926 —SLOPING AND BENCIIING (a) Scope and application. This appendix contains specifications for sloping and benching when used as methods of protecting employees working in excavations from cave-ins. The requirements of this appendix apply when the design of sloping and bench- ing protective systems is to be performed in accordance with the requirements set forth in § 1926.652(b)(2). (b) Definitions. Actual slope means the slope to which an excavation face Is excavated. Distress means that the soil is in a condi- tion where a cave-in is imminent or is likely 382 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. B to occur. Distress is evidenced by such phe- (2) Maximum allowable slope. The maximum nomena as the development of fissures in the allowable slope for a soil or rock deposit face of or adjacent to an open excavation; shall be determined from Table B-1 of this the subsidence of the edge of an excavation; appendix. the slumping of material from the face or (3) Actual slope. (i) The actual slope shall the bulging or heaving of material from the not be steeper than the maximum allowable bottom of an excavation: the spalling of ma- slope. terial from the face of an excavation; and (ii) The actual slope shall be less steep ravelling, i.e., small amounts of material than the maximum allowable slope, when such as pebbles or little clumps of material there are signs of distress. If that situation suddenly separating from the face of an exca- occurs, the slope shall be out back to an ac- vation and trickling or rolling down into the tual slope which is at least 1/z horizontal to excavation, one vertical (%H:1V) less steep than the Maximum allowable slope means the steep- maximum allowable slope. est incline of an excavation face that is ac- (iii) When surcharge loads from stored ma- ceptable for the most favorable site condi- terial or equipment, operating equipment, or tions as protection against cave-ins, and is traffic are present, a competent person shall expressed as the ratio of horizontal distance determine the degree to which the actual to vertical rise (H:V). slope must be reduced below the maximum Short term exposure means a period of time allowable slope, and shall assure that such less than or equal to 24 hours that an exca- reduction is achieved. Surcharge loads from vation is open. adjacent structures shall be evaluated in ac - (c) Requirements —(1) Soil classification. Soil cordance with §1926.651(1). and rock deposits shall be classified in ac- (4) Configurations. Configurations of slop- cordance with appendix A to subpart P of ing and benching systems shall be in accord - part 1926. ance with Figure B-1. TABLE B-1 MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE SLOPES SOIL OR ROCK TYPE MA<F.MUM ALLOWABLE SLOPES(H:V)t17 FOR EXCAVATIONS LESS THAN 20 FEET STABLE ROCK TYPE A 12] TYPE 8 TYPE C VERTICAL (9t 3/4:1 (53°) 1:1 (451 1½: 1 (34°) • NOTES: 1. Numbers shown in parentheses next to maximum allowable slopes are angles expressed in degrees from -the horizontal- Angles have.been.roufded off. 2. A short-term maximum allasable-slope of 1/2H:lV (63") is allowed in excavations in Type A soil that are 12 feet (3.67 m) or less in depth. Short-term maxilaumallowable slopeg for excavations grater than 12 feet (3.67 m) in depth shall be.3/4H:1V (53°). 3. Sloping or benchinglor excavations greater than 20 feet deep shall be designed by.a registered professional engineer. 383 3Y. Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. B 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7-1-02 Edition) Figure B —I Slope Configurations (All slopes states oeiow are in me norizontal to vertical ratio) B -t.1 Excavations made in Type A soil. 1. All simple slope excavation 20 feet or less in depth shall have a maximum allowable slope of x/4:1. 20' Max. 1 3l4 SIMPLE SLOPE —GENERAL Exception: Simple slope excavations which are open 24 hours or less (short term) and which are 12 feet or less in depth shall have a maximum allowable slope of hi:1. z2: Max. 1 z/2 SIMPLE SLOPE —SHORT TERM 2. All benched excavations 20 feet or less in depth shall have a maximum allowable slope of 9/4 to 1 and maximum bench dimensions as follows: - 384 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. B SIMPLE BENCH 20' Max. 1 MULTIPLE BENCH 3. All excavations 8 feet or less in depth which have unsupported vertically sided lower por- tions shall have a maximum vertical side of 31/2 feet. .8' Max. 3/4 3½' Max, UNSUPPORTED VERTICALLY SIDED LOWER PORTION —MAXIMUM 8 FEET IN DEPTH All excavations more than 8 feet but not more than 12 feet in depth which unsupported vertically sided lower portions shall have a maximum allowable slope of 1:1 and a maximum vertical side of 3½ feet. 385 Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. 6. 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7-1-02 Edition) UNSUPPORTED VERTICALLY SIDED LOWER PORTION —MAXIMUM 12 FEET IN DEPTH All excavations 20 feet or less in depth which have vertically sided lower portions that are supported or shielded shall have a maximum allowable slope of 9/e:l. The support or shield sys- upport or shield system \1 f//" 20' Max. 3/4 8" Mize. Total height of vertical side SUPPORTED OR SHIELDED VERTICALLY SIDED LOWER PORTION . 4. All other simple slope, compound slope, and vertically sided lower portion excavations shall be in accordance with the other options permitted under § 1926.652(b). 5-1.2 Excavations Made in Type B Soil 1. All simple slope excavations 20 feet or less in depth shall have a maximum allowable slope of 1:1. SIMPLE SLOPE 2. All benched excavations 20 feet or less in depth shall have a maximum allowable slope of 1:1 and maximum bench dimensions as follows: 386 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1926, Subpt. P. App. B This bench allowed in cohesive soil only. 1 24' Max Max. i SINGLE BENCH This bench allowed in cohesive soil only � 1 4' tiax. i MULTIPLE BENCH 3. All excavations 20 feet or less In depth which have vertically sided lower portions shall be shielded or supported to a height at least 18 inches above the top of the vertical side. All such excavations shall have a maximum allowable slope of 1:1. Support or shield system 20' Max. —mil Total height -of vertical side VERTICALLY SIDED LOWER PORTION 4. All other sloped excavations shall be in accordance with the other options permitted in §1926.652(b). 387 Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. B 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7-1-02 Edition) B-1.3 EXCAVATIONS MADE IN TYPE C SOIL 1. All simple slope excavations 20 feet or less in depth shall have a maximum allowable slope of 1½:1. YO' E.� t SIMPLE SLOPE 2. All excavations 20 feet or less In depth which have vertically sided lower portions shall be shielded or supported to a height at least 18 inches above the top of the vertical side. All such excavations shall have a maximum allowable slope of 1%:l. Support or shield system 20' Max. l� Total height of vertical side VERTICAL SIDED LOWER PORTION 3. All other sloped excavations shall be in accordance with the other options permitted in 1926.652(b). B-1.4 Excavations Made in Layered Soils 1. All excavations 20 feet or less in depth made in layered soils shall have a maximum al- lowable slope for each layer as set forth below. 388 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1926, Subpt. P. App. B 8 OVER A C OVER A Pt. 1926, Subpt, P, App. C 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7-1-02 Edition) 14i A OVER 8 A OVER C 9 �I G � I B OVER C 2. All other sloped excavations shall be in accordance with the other options permitted in § 1926.652(b). APPENDIX C TO SUBPART P OF PART (b) Soil Classification. In order to use the 1926 —TIMBER SHORING FOR TRENCHES data presented in this appendix, the soil type - or types in which the excavation is made (a) Scope. This appendix contains informa- must first be determined using the soil clas- tion that can be used timber shoring is pro- sification method set forth in appendix A of vided as a method of protection from cave- subpart P of this part. ins in trenches that do not exceed 20 feet (6.1 (c) Presentation of Information. Information m) in depth. This appendix must be used is presented in several forms as follows: when design of timber shoring protective (1) Information is presented in tabular systems is . to be performed in accordance form in Tables C-1.1, C-1.2, and C-1.3, and Ta- with §1926.652(c)(1). Other timber shoring bles C-2.1, C.-2.2 and C-2.3 following para- configurations; other systems of support graph (g) of the appendix. Each table pre - such as hydraulic and pneumatic systems; sents the minimum sizes of timber members and other protective systems such as slop- to use in a shoring system, and each table ing, benching, shielding, and freezing sys- contains data only for the particular soil tems must be designed in accordance with type in which the excavation or portion of the requirements set forth in §1926.652(b) and § 1926.652(c). 390 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. C the excavation is made. The data are ar- ranged to allow the user the flexibility to se- lect from among several acceptable configu- rations of members based on varying the horizontal spacing of the crossbraces. Stable rock is exempt from shoring requirements and therefore, no data are presented for this condition. (2) Information concerning the basis of the tabular data and the limitations of the data is presented in paragraph (d) of this appen- dix, and on the tables themselves. (3) Information explaining the use of the tabular data is presented in paragraph (e) of this appendix. (4) Information illustrating the use of the tabular data is presented in paragraph (f) of this appendix. (5) Miscellaneous notations regarding Ta- bles C-1.1 through C-1.3 and Tables C-2.1 through C-2.3 are presented in paragraph (g) of this Appendix. (d) Basis and limitations of the data. —(1) Di- mensions of timber members. (I) The sizes of the timber members listed in Tables C-1.1 through C-1.3 are taken from the National Bureau of Standards (NBS) report, "Rec- ommended Technical Provisions for Con- struction Practice in Shoring and Sloping of Trenches and Excavations." In addition, where NBS did not recommend specific sizes of members, member sizes are based on an analysis of the sizes required for use by ex- isting codes and on empirical practice. (ii) The required dimensions of the mem- bers listed in Tables 0-1.1 through C-1.3 refer to actual dimensions and not nominal di- mensions of the timber. Employers wanting to use nominal size. shoring.are. directed to Tables C-2.1 through 0-2.3, ' Li' ' have' this choice under §1926.652(c)(3), and are referred to The Corps of Engineers, The Bureau of Reclamation or data from other acceptable sources. (2) Limitation of application. (i) It is not in- tended that the timber shoring specification apply to every situation that may -be. experi-. exited in the field. These data were developed to apply to the situations that are most commonly experienced in, current trenching practice. Shoring systems for use in situa- tions that are -not covered by the data in this, appendix must -be designed as specified in § 1926,652(o). (ii) When any, of. the. follow tQ,pditions are present, the members specified in' the ta- bles are not considered adequate. Either an alternate, timber shoring system must be de- signed or another type of protective system designed in accordance with § 1926.652. (A) When loads' mposed by ttructures"or' by stored material adjacent to the trench weigh in excess of the load imposed by a two - foot soil surcharge. The term "adjacent" as used here.meansthe area within a horizontal distance from the edge of the trench equal to the depth of the trench. (B) When vertical loads imposed on cross braces exceed a 240 -pound gravity load dis- tributed on a one -foot section of the center of the crossbrace. (C) When surcharge loads are present from equipment weighing in excess of 20,000 pounds. (D) When only the lower portion of a trench is shored and the remaining portion of the trench is sloped or benched unless: The sloped portion is sloped at an angle less steep than three horizontal to one vertical; or the members are selected from the tables for use at a depth which is determined from the top of the overall trench, and not from the toe of the sloped portion. (e) Use of Tables. The members of the shor- ing system that are to be selected using this information are the cross braces, the uprights, and the wales, where wales are re- quired. Minimum sizes of members are speci- fied for use in different types of soil. There are six tables of information, two for each soil type. The soil type must first be deter- mined in accordance with the soil classifica- tion system described in appendix A to sub- part P of part 1926. Using the appropriate table, the selection of the size and spacing of the members is then made. The selection is based on the depth and width of the trench where the members are to be installed and, in most instances, the selection is also based on the horizontal spacing of the crossbraces. Instances where a choice of horizontal spac- ing of crossbracing is available, the hori- zontal spacing of the crossbraces must be chosen by the user before the size of any member can be determined. When the soil type, 'the' width and depth of the,tr'ench, and the horizontal spacing of the crossbraces are known, the size and vertical spacing of the crossbraces, the size and vertical spacing of the wales, and the size and horizontal spac- ing of the uprights can be read from the ap- propriate table. - (f) Examples to illustrate the Use of Tables G L.1 through C-1.3. (1) Example 1. A trench dug in Type A soil is 13 feet deep and five feet wide. ,From. ,. Table 0-1.1, for acceptable arrange- ments of timber can be used. Arrangement #Bl Space 4x4 crossbraces at six feet hori- zontally and four feet vertically. ' Wales are not required. ' - Space 3x8 uprights at six feet horizontally. This arrangement Is gomrnonly .called "skip shoring." Arrangement #B2 Space 4x6 crossbraces at eight feet hori- zontally and four feet vertically. Space 8x8 wales at four feet vertically. 391 Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. C 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7-1-02 Edition) Space 2x6 uprights at four feet hori- zontally. Arrangement #B3 Space 6x6 crosabraces at 10 feet hori- zontally and four feet vertically. Space 8x10 wales at four feet vertically. Space 2x8 uprights at five feet hori- zontally. Arrangement #B4 Space . 6x6 crossbraces at 12 feet hori- zontally and four feet vertically. Space 10x10 wales at four feet vertically. Spaces 3x8 uprights at six feet hori- zontally. (2) Example 2. A trench dug in Type B soil in 13 feet deep and five feet wide. From Table C.-1.2 three acceptable arrangements of members are listed. Arrangement #B1 Space 6x6 crossbraces at six feet hori- zontally and five feet vertically. Space 8x8 wales at five feet vertically. Space 2x6 uprights at two feet hori- zontally. Arrangement #B2 Space 6x8 crossbraces at eight feet hori- zontally and five feet vertically. Space 10x10 wales at five feet vertically. Space 2x6 uprights at two feet hori- zontally. Arrangement #B3 Space 8x8 crossbraces at 10 feet hori- zontally and five feet vertically. Space 10x12 wales at five feet vertically. Space 2x6 uprights at two feet vertically. (3) Example 3. A trench dug in Type C soil is 13 feet deep and five feet wide. From Table C-1.3 two acceptable arrange- ments of members can be used. Arrangement #B1 Space 8x8 crossbraces at six feet hori- zontally and five feet vertically. Space 10x12 wales at five feet vertically. Position 2x6 uprights as closely together as possible. If water must be retained use special tongue and groove uprights to form tight sheeting. Arrangement #B2 Space 8x10 crossbraces at eight feet hori- zontally and five feet vertically. Space 12x12 wales at five feet vertically. Position 2x6 uprights in a close sheeting configuration unless water pressure must be resisted. Tight sheeting must be used where water must be retained. (4) Example 4. A trench dug in Type C soil is 20 feet deep and 11 feet wide. The size and spacing of members for the section of trench that is over 15 feet in depth is determined using Table C-1.3. Only one arrangement of mem- bers is provided. Space 8x10 crossbraces at six feet hori- zontally and five feet vertically. Space 12x12 wales at five feet vertically. Use 3x6 tight sheeting. Use of Tables C-2.1 through C-2.3 would fol- low the same procedures. (g) Notes for all Tables. 1. Member sizes at spacings other than in- dicated are to be determined as specified in §1926.652(c), "Design of Protective Systems." 2. When conditions are saturated or sub- merged use Tight Sheeting. Tight Sheeting refers to the use of specially -edged timber planks (e.g., tongue and groove) at least three inches thick, steel sheet piling, or similar construction that when driven or placed in position provide a tight wall to re- sist the lateral pressure of water and to pre- vent the loss of backfill material. Close Sheeting refers to the placement of planks side -by -side allowing as little space as pos- sible between them. 3. All spacing indicated is measured center to center. 4. Wales to be installed with greater di- mension horizontal. 5. If the vertical distance from the center of the lowest crossbrace to the bottom of the trench exceeds two and one-half feet, uprights shall be firmly embedded or a mudsill shall be used. Where uprights are embedded, the vertical distance from the center of the lowest crossbrace to the bot- tom of the trench shall not exceed 36 inches. When mudsills are used, the vertical dis- tance shall not exceed 42 inches. htudsills are wales that are installed at the toe of the trench side. 6. Trench jacks may be used in lieu of or in combination with timber crossbraces. 7. Placement cf crossbraces. When the vertical spacing of crossbraces is four feet, place the top crossbrace no more than two feet below the top of the trench. When the vertical spacing of crossbraces is five feet, place the top crossbrace no more than 2.5 feet below the top of the trench. 392 TABLE C-1.1 TIMBER TRERCi-1 SHORING -- NIRIHLN TIMBER REgUUIREHENTS * SOIL TYPE A Pa = 25 X H t 72 psf (2 ft Surcharge) co DEPTH OF {FEET) {FEET} 00RII. SPACING (FEET) WIDTH OF TRENCH FEET VERT. SPACING {FEET] SIZE [IN) VERT. SPACING (FEET} MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE HORIZORTAL SPACING - FEET UP TO UP To OP TO OP TO 12 LIP TO j5 UP TO Not AXL 4 4 654 656 4 UP TO Rot TO R. 4X4 4X4 4116 6X6 6X6 4 Re 'd --- 2x8 UP. TO 10 OP TO 12 4X6 4I 6X6 6x6 526 4 8X8 4 2X6 UP TO Ilot 10 0 & L 4 UP TO TO U 49 4X6 520 415 020 4 800 4 2X6 UP TO is C 6X6 6X5 61W L 4 L L UP TO 12 6X6 6211 6X6 6x8 550 L2X2 4 UP TO 15 X 6X6 6X6 6X8 000 4 BAB 4 3Xfi UP TO TO 8 6X6 6x6 fiXfi 4 BIB 4 3X6 UP TO 2c"m'. 20 0 1105 1150 800 2O UP rO 2 an 000 R 4 OVER 20 5EE ROTE 1 * Mixed oak or equivalent with a bending strength not less than 860 psi. " Manufactured members of equivalent strength may by substituted for wood. s 9 3 O TABLE 0-1.2 TIMBER TRENCH SNORING -- HO;MIM TIjgER _8_EVIREWNT6 k SOIL TYPE 8 F e - 45 Y K f 72 psf (2 ft. Surchar(1e) ➢EPTKSIZE Mk OFO(1527 BRAJI.27 IPRIGHT5 TE787CN H0EIZ. W CH VEST, �rg�q� MAXIH1R4 ALLEABL8 20R1WNIAL SPA INC SPA[IBG uP TO {fP TO (1P' TO OP TO (FEET) SPACING SIZE SPAaINc {FEET (FEET) 4 6 9 12 15 (FEET) (IH7 (FEET) CLOSE 2 TO 5 6 4X6 4X6 45X6 6X6 6X6 5 6X8 5 2X6 UP TO TO 6X6 6X6 6I6 6X8 8 UP TO lO 10 6X6 6X6 6X6 6X8 67X8 5 10]X10 5 2x6 Sce t� 10 6T0 6X6 6X6 6X6 62 60 S SXS 5 227 uP TO TO 6 6X8 6X8 6X8 SK8 8X8 5 loXlo 5 27X6 uP TO is I 5 10X12 5 2X6 See' Nutt 1 uP TO 15 6K8 6X8 6X8 8X8 8X8 5 8X16 5 3X6 uP TO IS g 9X8 8X8 87[8 SRS 87[10 5 10X12 5 9K6 uP m 10 9110 811 8XIO 92110 15110 5 12012 5 32(6 20 See Note! o2O SEE NOTE I k 81xed eek or equivelexlt .4th a SfO5108 at rensth net Ie.i than 850 psi. wk Manufactured bera of equlvoEenL stree(11li may by cubeiituted for wood. :2 1D P N O 0 O 7O 0 a 0 a TABLE C-13 TINEER TREiCM SHO1iUNU -- ULNIMUN TIMBER 8E4tIREMENTS POLL TYPE C P - 80 X It * 72 p.f (2 ft. Surcharge) 0.2 00 CO. IIEPTH "*e OF CROSS BRIC83 UPRIGHT'S TRSNCtI HORSE 19IOT7[ OP TRffi7C( {FEET) HA0LMpl ALLOItARLE EORISOIFTAL SPACING (UEET SPACING SLEB SPAC117G See e__ 'SPACING UP TO UP TO UP TO UP TO UP TO (FEET) CLOSE (FEET) Ai I UP TO • 6X8 1705 6105 5106 6701 5 87[1❑ 5 2106 • IP TO TO 8 7001 RXS 506 8708 87(10 5 10X12 5 2X6 UP TO 10 k0 22 0X10 87[10 8016 IOX10 5 12X12 5 2X6 5ee. 77OLC l UP TO 10 6 8X0 8X8 808 8X8 8X10 5 16X11 5 206 UP TO TO 8 �C10 8X10 B%10 8XI0 10X10 5 12X12 5 2706 See 15 bete 1 see Note i UP TO 15 6 8010 11010 8X10 61010 10X10 5 12X12 5 37(6 5ee. TO gee 20.tfote 1 S4a: Not: 1 DORR SEE 310TE 1 za • Nfxea Sot. or equivalent. OTG, o S 0100* strength not Less than 850 psi. • Manufactured .embers ❑f yuivalunc atrengch may he substituted for wood. TABLE C-2.1 TIMBER TRTNCR SHORING -- MINIMUH TIARER bb UlRLMENTS SOIL TYPE A Pa 0 25X11 a 72 poE (2 ft. Surcharge) DEPT SIT.R (040) 6110 SF OIN&Oa1001100Rr •0 = OF CROSS 506100 UPRIGHTS TRffilIR • HORIZ. VERT. VERT. HAXXMUH ALLO1AELE HORIZONTAL SP IRS UP TO UP TO 01' TO SPill UP TO (MEET) SPACING FACING SIZE SPACING P PT CLOSE 4 5 6 8 iFE T UP TO Hot Not 5tiP 6 4X4 414 484 4X4 4X6 4 R"'d Req`d 4X6 TO OS. Not TO 6 4X4 404 4x4 416 406 4 rq�4 Reg'a 4X8 LP TO 10 4X6 406 4X6 6X5 40 4 8718 4 4X6 UP12 TO 45.6 406 4106 616 606 4 81(8 4 454 10 m 5 To 454 4X4 4X4 6x6 556 4 ao d Aaq�a 4X10 DF TC .roP 8 4X6 4X6 416 6X6 6X6 4 6X8 4 4x6 TO 15 l0 6X6 506 604 66 616 4 818 4 4x8 TO 12 606 616 606 6706 656 4 8010 4 4X6 4110 P TO 15 6 f+16 6X6 6X6 6X6 6x6 6 6X8 4 3X6 TO TO 8 6X6 6x6 6X6 6X6 6x6 4 858 4 20 :TO IU 636 6X6 616 6706 6X8 4 8X]0 4 L�X64XS2 1Y7 12 636 6X6 606 505 608 4 0012 4 4012 OVER SEE NOTE 1 20 * Houghs fir or equivalent with a bending ocrength not . lass than 1500 psi. *0 Hnmifacture,d meobers of equivalent strength may be Subarituted for wood. 0. N 0 ranrc C_I I TIIIBEII TRENCH SNORING -- MINIMUM. TIMBER II jfIRE0210TS SOIL TYPE 6 F a 45 X H * 72 pcf (2 fr. Surcharge) I DEPTH 01100 54S i C OF MEMBERS Ov 5E15 XAXINON ALLOWAEL0 HORLZONTAL SPACING TRENCH rrosiz. Wjj TRENCH fFEET) pegp. (BEET) SPACING OP TO DP TO UP TO DP TO VP TO SPACING 5ILE SPACING FEET 6 9 12 15 FEET] CLOSE' 2 3 4 uP TO 5 .6 4X6 4X6 4X6' 6X6 6X6 5 ±_ 5 07062 4X12 UP TO TO g 40.4 4X6 fiX8 • fi7I6 6]06 5 8%B 5 AS 4X8 FIP' TO 10 .10' hx6 4x6 6X6. 6X6 6X8 5 881.0 5- 4X8 See - - - Note 1 UP TO 6 6X6 6X6 6X6- 6X8 61[8 5 8X8 5 3506 4X00 .;0 UP TO YO 6X8 698 6X8 8X8 8X8 5 10X10 5__ 3X5 4X10 VP TO —_ — — — — 05 00 698 4103 063 00.0 8%8 5 101(12 5 0104 41010 Naxe 1 VP TO 15 •6 5210 67(8 5216. 6106 8706 5 02110 5 5215 OP TO TO 8 6X8 6X8 6X8 8X8 8X8 5 1OX12 5 4X6 112 T07 20 IO 8%8 8&8 663 ftX8 0 3 5 iZ%33 5 4X6 Bee — — — — Hate I Ott 20 SEE NOTE I +I Douglas fir or equlval eat with a bending strength not less than IS00 psi. •• Naaa(artured members of aquivalaut strength may be substituted For wood. C, Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. D rn 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7-1-02 Edition) a ° F N H N ". 6 O. OH H W a z W H 'O 'O .P m m H * S U C0 A U y 7 7 Pa.S W V1 Ill Vl Vl 11l Y1 O N O N N F H W k' rn w In ul Irl u, � w m EQ H F m X w rWo .xo m LmC w m OHO H O H m IO m m a0 m HD W W a W W H 5 3 O H H H H a � W p H U fd aD m O 01 54J m 41 SKi 0) 411-1Kiullj4i �0 4] ¢u 01 W w .Zmv VQ 111O ii p.. 0'i0 0)O N O O Vi .7 H ES H D E O N A W H,� .Oi D APPENDIX D TO SUBPART P OF PART 1926 -'-ALUMINUM HYDRAULIC SHOR- ING FOR TRENCHES (a) Scope. This appendix contains informa- tion that can be used when aluminum hy- draulic shoring is provided as a method of protection against cave-ins in trenches that do not exceed 20 feet (6.1m) in depth. This ap- pendix must be used when design of the alu- minum hydraulic protective system cannot be performed in accordance With 1926.652(c)(2). (b) Soil Classification. In order to use data presented in this appendix, the soil type or types in which the excavation is made must 398 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1926, Subpt. P. App. D first be determined using the soil classifica- bles are not considered adequate. In this tion method set forth in appendix A of sub- case, an alternative aluminum hydraulic part P of part 1926. shoring system or other type of protective (c) Presentation of Information. Information system must be designed in accordance with is presented in several forms as follows: § 1926.652. (1) Information is presented in tabular (A) When vertical loads imposed on cross form in Tables D-1.1, t-1.2, D-1.3 and 1-1.4. braces exceed a 100 Pound gravity load dis- Each table presents the maximum vertical tributed on a one foot section of the center and horizontal spacings that may be used of the hydraulic cylinder. with various aluminum member sizes and (B) When surcharge loads are present from various hydraulic cylinder sizes. Each table equipment weighing in excess of 20,000 contains data only for the particular soil pounds. type in which the excavation or portion of (C) When only the lower portion or a the excavation is made. Tables D-1.1 and D- trench is shored and the remaining portion 1.2 are for vertical shores in Types A and B of the trench is sloped or benched unless: soil. Tables D-1.3 and D1.4 are for horizontal The sloped portion is sloped at an angle less waler systems in Types B and C soil. steep than three horizontal to one vertical; (2) Information concerning the basis of the or the members are selected from the tables tabular data and the limitations of the data , for use at a depth which is determined from is presented in paragraph (d) of this appen- the top of the overall trench, and not from dix. the toe of the sloped portion. (3) Information explaining the use of the (e) Use of Tables D-1.1, D-1.2, D-1.3 and D - tabular data is presented in paragraph (e) of 1.4. The members of the shoring system that this appendix. are to be selected using this information are (4) Information illustrating the use of the the hydraulic cylinders, and either the tabular data is presented in paragraph (f) of vertical shores or the horizontal wales. When this appendix. a waler system is used the vertical timber (5) Miscellaneous notations (footnotes) re- sheeting to be used is also selected from garding Table D-1.1 through D-1.4 are pre- these tables. The Tables D-1.1 and D-1.2 for sented in paragraph (g) of this appendix, vertical shores are used in Type A and B (6) Figures, illustrating typical installa- soils that do not require sheeting. Type B tions of hydraulic shoring, are included just soils that may require sheeting, and Type C prior to the Tables. The illustrations page is soils that always require sheeting are found entitled "Aluminum Hydraulic Shoring; in the horizontal wale Tables D-1.3 and D-1.4. Typical Installations." The soil type must first be determined in so- d) Basis and limitations of the data. cordance with the soil classification system (1) Vertical shore rails and horizontal described in appendix A to subpart P of part wales are those that meet the Section Mod- 1926. Using the appropriate table, the selec- ulus requirements in the D -1 -Tables. -Alu tion of the size and spacing of -the members minum material is 6061-T6 or material oh" is made. The selection is based do the depth equivalent strength and properties, and width of the trench where the members (2) Hydraulic cylinders specifications. (i) 2- are to be installed. In these tables the inch cylinders shall be a minimum 2 -inch in- vertical spacing is held constant at four feet side diameter with a minimum safe working on center. The tables show the maximum capacity of no less than 18,000 pounds axial horizontal spacing of cylinders allowed for compressive load at maximum extension. each size of wale in the waler system tables. Maximum extension. is to include full range and in the vertical shore tables,. the hydrau- of cylinder extensions, as recommended by .. lie cylinder horizontal spacing is the same as product manufaturer. the vertical shore spacing. (ii) 3 -inch cylinders shall be a, minimum 3- (f). Example to Illustrate the Use, of the Tables: Inch Inside diameter with a safe working ca- (1) Example 1: parity of not less than 30,000 pounds axial -, A. trench dug in Type A soil is. 6 feet deep compressive load at extensions as rec- and 3 feet wide. From Table D -1.l: Find ommended by product manufacturer. vertical shores and 2 inch diameter cylinders (3) Limitation of application.:: .. ... .. spaced.8 feet on center (o,c.) horizontally and -(i) It is not intended that- the aluminum 4 feet on center (o.c.) vertically. (flee Figures hydraulic specification apply to every situa- 1 & 3 for typical installations.) tion . that may be experienced in the field. (2) Example 2: These data were developed to apply to the A trench Is dug in Type B soil that does situations that are most commonly experi- not require sheeting, 13 feet deep and 5 feet enced in current trenching fi'raotide: Shoring wide: From Table D-1:2: Find vertical shores systems for use in situations that are not and 2 inch diameter cylinders spaced 6.5 feet covered by the data in this appendix must be o.c. horizontally and 4 feet o.c. vertically. otherwise designed as specified in (See Figures 1 & 3 for typical installations.) §1926.652(o). (3) A trench is dug in Type -B soil that does (ii) When any of the following conditions not require sheeting, but does experience are present, the members specified in the Ta- some minor raveling of the trench face. The 399 Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. D 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7-1-02 Edition) trench is 16 feet deep and 9 feet wide. From Table D-1.2: Find vertical shores and 2 inch diameter cylinder (with special oversleeves as designated by footnote #B2) spaced 5.5 feet O.C. horizontally and ee o.c. vertically, plywood (per footnote (g)(7) to the D-1 Table) should be used behind the shores. (See Fig- ures 2 & 3 for typical installations.) (4) Example 4: A trench is dug in pre- viously disturbed Type B soil, with charac- teristics of a Type C soil, and will require sheeting. The trench is 18 feet deep and 12 feet wide. 8 foot horizontal spacing between cylinders is desired for working space. From Table D-1.3: Find horizontal wale with a sec- tion modulus of 14.0 spaced at 4 feet. o.c, vertically and 3 inch diameter cylinder spaced at 9 feet maximum o.c. horizontally. 3x12 timber sheeting is required at close spacing vertically. (See Figure 4 for typical installation.) (5) Example 5: A trench is dug in Type C soil, 9 feet deep and 4 feet wide. Horizontal cylinder spacing in excess of 6 feet is desired for working space. From Table D-1.4: Find horizontal wale with a section modulus of 7.0 and 2 inch diameter cylinders spaced at 6.5 feet o.c. horizontally. Or, find horizontal wale with a 14.0 section modulus and 3 inch diameter cylinder spaced at 10 feet o.c. hori- zontally. Both wales are spaced 4 feet o.o. vertically. 3x12 timber sheeting is required at close spacing vertically. (See Figure 4 for typical installation.) (g) Footnotes, and general notes, for Tables D.-1.1, D-.1.2, D-1.3, and D-1.4. (1) For applications other than those listed in the tables, refer to § 1926.652(c)(2) for use of manufacturer's tabulated data. For trench depths in excess of 20 feet, refer 'to § 1926.652(o)(2) and §1926.652(o)(3). (2) 2 inch diameter cylinders, at this width, shall have structural steel tube (3.5x3,5x0.1875) oversleeves, or structural oversleeves of manufacturer's specification, extending the full, collapsed length. (3) Hydraulic cylinders capacities. (i) 2 inch cylinders shall be a minimum 2 -inch in- side diameter with a safe working capacity of not less than 18,000 pounds axial compres- sive load at maximum extension. Maximum extension is to include full range of cylinder extensions as recommended by product man- ufacturer. (ii) 3 -inch cylinders shall be a minimum 3 - inch inside diameter with a safe work capac- ity of not less than 30,000 pounds axial com- pressive load at maximum extension. Max- imum extension is to include full range of cylinder extensions as recommended by product manufacturer. (4) All spacing indicated is measured cen- ter to center. (5) Vertical shoring rails shall have a min- imum section modulus of 0.40 inch. (6) When vertical shores are used, there must be a minimum of three shores spaced equally, horizontally, in a group. (7) Plywood shall be 1.125 in. thick softwood or 0.75 inch. thick, 14 ply, arctic white birch (Finland form). Please note that plywood is not intended as a structural member, but only for prevention of local rav- eling (sloughing of the trench face) between shores. (8) See appendix C for timber specifica- tions. (9) Wales are calculated for simple span conditions. (10) See appendix D, item (d), for basis and limitations of the data. 400 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1926, Subpt, P, App. D ALUMINUM HYDRAULIC SHORING TYPICAL INSTALLATIONS FIGURE NO.1 FIGURE NO.2 YNRYIGL ALUMNINI FIGURAL NlIIJ O. NYO OT lC ACt HH HYDRAYIAC NNOANO LBPOT �RACsgI f1YfI+1 PLYW0001 HORIZONTAL R00.i ZONTAL SPAC1kG SPACING ../ IE" MAX. e n Y VERTICAL S PACT M4 4' MAX. 2' MAX. FIGURE NO. 3 VRAIICAL ALUMNUM NYOAAIAIC NHORNG 18TACNEOI VERTICAL RAIL `VERTICAL RAIL 'I.411 1111111 �HY9 RA ULIC CYLINDER 1"c1 iriui MAX. VERTICAL SPACING 4' MAX. 2' MAX. "• FIGURE NO.4 ALUUMN NYONAULIC NHOR WG WALRA EYIYCM ITYAeAU Y. A I .- - ... .,. ACIG .. .. HORIZONTAL SPN- VERY [CAL - - - - - SPACING - VERTICA-L RAIL 2' MAX. VERTICAL W SPACING n HYDRAULIC CYLINDER PLYV000 UPRIGHT SHEETING HYDRAULIC CYLINDER ro TABLED -1.l ALUMINUM HYDRAULIC SHORING VERTICAL SHORES FOR SOIL TYPE A HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS - WIDTH OF TRENCH (FEET) DEPTH MAXIMUM MAXIMUM OF HORIZONTAL VERTICAL TRENCH SPACING SPACING UP TO S OVER SUP OVER 1 UP TO12 TO! (FEET) (FEET) (FEET) OVER 5 UP TO $ lU OVER 14 g 4 Z INCH 2 INCH 3 IN UP TO DIAMETER DIAMETER DIA 15 NOTE (2) OVER 15 7 UPTO 26 OVER 20 NOTE (1) Footnotes to tables, and general notes on hydraulic sharing, are found in Appendix D, Item (g) Note (1): See Appendix D, Item (g) (1) Note (2); See Appendix D, limo (g) (2) i Cl J. X a TABLED- 12 ALUMINUM HYDRAULIC SHORING VERTICAL SHORES FOR SOIL TYPE If HYDRAULIC CYL1 NDERS WIDTH OF TRENCH (FEET) DEPTH MAXIMUM MAXIMUM OF HORIZONTAL VERTICAL TRENCH SPACING SPACING UP TO 8 OVER 8 UP OVER 12 UP TO12 TO15 (FEET) (FEET) (FEET) OVER 5 UP TO $ 10 OVER 10 0,5 4 2 INCH 2 INCH 3 INCH UP TO DIAMETER DIAMETER DIAMETER l5 NOTE (2) OVER 15 5.5 UP TO 20 OVER 20 NOTE (1) Foomoles to tables, and general notes on hydraulic shoring, are Iouad in Appendix D. Item (g) Note (1). See Appendix D. hem (g) (1) Note (2), See Appendix D, Item (g) (2) TABLE D - 13 ALUMINUM HYDRAULIC SHORING WALER SYSTEMS ORSOIL TYPE B 0 WALES HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS nMOER UP FJTS WIDITI OFIRENCH (FEET) MAX R0K ACING DEPTH [ONCE UP TO S OVER 3 UPTO 12 OVER 12 UP TO15 2 Fp. 3 FT, OF TRENCHSPACING ici. SeCIMN MODULUS HORm CYLUNDwn HDEFL. YLIEDER HORFL YLIHOER (FEET) (FEET) (IN5) SPACING itj C 40 AMMR SPACING OVER 3.50 21N 8A NO1N2 gA 3W 21N 5 4 UPTO 7.0 9.0 21N 9,0 N OTE(2) 9.0 3 1N 3x12 14,0 12A . 3 IN 12.0 31N 12,0 31N 10 21N OVER 3.5 6.0 21N 6.0 N 6.0 3113 7.0 8.0 3 IN 6.0 31N 5.0 31N 10 UPTO 4 3x12 14.0 10.0 315 10.0 3IN 10.0 3IN 15 21N OVER 3S 5.5 21N 5.5 N 2 55 3 1N 7.0 6,0 315 6.0 315 6.0 3IN 15 UP TO 4 3x12 — — 14.0 9.0 315 9.0 SIN 9.0 3IN 20 OVER 20 NOTE (1) Foomotss to tables, and general notes on hydraulic doting, are found in Appendix D. item (g) Notts (1): Sen Appendix 1), item (g) (1) Notes (2): Sec Appendix D, item [g) (2) • Cowuh product manufactures audio r qualif cdengineu for Section Modulus of available wales, TABLED- 1.4 ALUMINUM HYDRAULIC SHORING WALER SYSTEMS FOR SOIL TYPE C WALES HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS 77MBER UPRE]IITS WIDTH OF TRENCH (FEET) MAX.HOR17,SPACIftG DEPTH(ONCE • M) nr■i TRENCH SPACRJG '�" Ma�tn.us UPT08 OVliR S UP TO 12 VER 12UPTO 15 2 FT. 3 FT. HOER, CYLINDER HOWL. mOB NORTL, YII1.tE)Ea (FEET) (FEET) (IN") SPACING DIAMIITH SPACING A SPACING 4AMEIBR OVER . 3.5 5A 2IN 6.9 NO2IN2 6.0 3IN . 21N 4 UP TO . 7.0 6.5 2 IN 6.5 NOTE[2) 6.5 SIN 3x12 --• 14.0 100 3IN 10,0 SIN 10.0 SIN 10 23.5 OVER 4.0 21N 49 NO1N 4.0 3IN 7.0 55 3IN 5.5 31N 5.5 3TN ]0 UP T1O 4 3x12 14.0 8.0 SIN 8,0 SIN 8.0 31N 21N OVER 3.5 3.3 21N 3.5 NOTE 7.0 5.0 5.0 3IN 5.Q 31N 15 UP TO 4 5e12 14.0 6.0 E 6.0 3!N 6-0 31N • OVER 20 NOTTi (1) ... rvouMas to lables, and general notes On hydraulic sharing, ate Cound in Appendix 13, Item(g) Notts (1): See Appendix D. item (g) (1) Notes (2): See Appendix D, Item (g}(2) • Co ult prodact menufacttmr and/or qualified engineer for Section Maduius of available walra Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. E 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7-1-02 Edition) APPENI XX I TO SUBPART P OF PART 1926 —ALTERNATIVES TO TIMBER SHORING Figure 1. Aluminum Hydraulic Shoring 18" N VERT SPAC 41 MA :RTICAL RAIL YDRAULIC CYLINDER Figure 2. Pneumatic/hydraulic Shoring 406 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. F Figure 3. Trench Jacks (Screw Jacks) Figure 4. Trench Shields APPENDIX F TO SUBPART P OF PART 1926 —SELECTION OF PROTECTIVE SYSTEMS The following figures are a graphic sum- mary of the requirements contained in sub- part P for excavations 20 feet or less in depth. Protective systems for use in exca- vations more than 20 feet in depth must be designed by a registered professional engi- neer in accordance with §1826.652 (b) and (c). 407 Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. F 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7-1-02 Edition) Is the excavation more Is there potential NO I vs Is the excavation for cave-in? entirely in stable rock? NO Excavation may. be made with vertical sides. Excavation must be sloped, shored, or shielded. Sloping Shoring or shielding selected, selected. Go to Figure 2 Go to Figure 3 FIGURE 1 - PRELIMINARY DECISIONS 408 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1926, Subpt. P. App. IF Sloping selected as the method of protection Will soil classification be made in accordance with J1926.652 (b)? YES NO Excavation must comply with Excavations must comply one of the following three withs1926.652 (b)(1) which options: requires a slope o€ 1½H:1V (340). Option 1: % 1926.652 (b)(2) which requires Appendices A and B to be followed Option 2: 11926.652 (b)(3) which. ........................... . requires other tabulated data (see definition) to be followed. FIGURE 2. - SLOPING OPTIONS 0 pt ion 3,: ,fl926.652 (b)(4) which requires the excavation to be designed by a registered professional engineer. . Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. F 29 CFP Ch. XVII (7-1-02 Edition) Shoring or shielding selected Soil classification is required when shoring or shielding is used. The excavation must comply with one of tho following four options: Option 1 51926.652 (c)(1) which requires Appendices A and C to be followed (e.g. timber shoring). option 2 §1926.652 (c)(2) which requires manufacturers data to be followed (e.g. hydraulic shoring,trench jacks, air shores, shields). Option 3 .1926.652 (c)(3) which requires tabulated data (see definition) to be followed (e.g. any system as per the tabulated data). Option 4 ,1926.652 (c)(4) which requires the excavation to be designed by a registered professional engineer (e.g. any designed system). FIGURE 3 - SHORING AND SHIELDING OPTIONS 410 SECTION 00830 PREVAILING WAGE RATES 00830.doc 1 (THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) 00830.doc 2 MIKE BEEBE E B E STATE OF ARKANSAS GOVERNOR ARKANSAS DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PREVAILING WAGE DIVISION 10421 WEST MARKHAM • LITTLE ROCK, AR 72205-2190 Phone: 501-682-4536 Fax: 601-682-4508 IRS: 800-285-1131 March 5, 2010 Shannon Jones City of Fayetteville 113 West Mountain Fayetteville, AR 72701 JAMES SALKELD DIRECTOR Re: BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT - SOLAR DRYERS FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS WASHINGTON COUNTY Dear Mr. Jones: In response to your request, enclosed is Arkansas Prevailing Wage Determination Number 09-329 establishing the minimum wage rates to be paid on the above -referenced project. These rates were established pursuant to the Arkansas Prevailing Wage Law, Ark, Code Ann. §§ 22-9-301 to 22-9-315 and the administrative regulations promulgated thereunder. If the work is subject to the Arkansas Prevailing Wage Law, every specification shall include minimum prevailing wage rates for each craft or type of worker as determined by the Arkansas Department of Labor Ark. Code Ann. § 22-9-308 (b) (2). Also, the public body awarding the contract shall cause to be inserted in the contract a stipulation to the effect that not less than the prevailing hourly rate of wages shall be paid to all w.orkers performing work under the contract. Ark. Code Ann. § 22-9-308 (c). Additionally, the scale of wages shall be posted by the contractor in a prominent and easily accessible place at the work site.. Ark. Code Anna §.22-9-309 (a).. Also enclosed is a "Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages" form that should be put in your specifications along with the wage determination. The General/Prime Contractor is responsible for getting this form filled out and returned to this office within 30 days of the Notice to Proceed for this project. When .you issue the Notice to Proceed for this project, please email or fax a copy of the notice to my office. If you have any questions, please call me at (501) 682-4536 or fax (501) 682-4508. Sincerely, Jill Stacy Prevailing Wage Division Enclosures Arkansas Department of Labor Prevailing Wage Determination BUILDING RATES Date: 03/05/2010 Project: Biosolids Management - Solar Dryers Site: City: Fayetteville, Arkansas Project County: Washington Determination #: 09-329 Expiration Date: 09/05/2010 Survey#: 709-AR05 CLASSIFICATION Basic Hourly Rate Fringe Benefits Asbestos Worker/Insulator $11.30 Bricklayer/Pointer, Cleaner, Caulker $19.50 Carpenter $16.25 $3.84 Concrete Finisher/Cement Mason $16.05 Electrician/Alarm Installer $19.15 $3.68 Elevator Mechanic $24.30 $12.18 Glazier $17.20 $2.26 HVACR Mechanic (Excludes Duct Work) $16.40 $1.93 Ironworker (Including Reinforcing Work) $22.15 Laborer $11.30 Marble/Tile/Terrazzo $22.95 $6.41 Metal Building Erector $15.50 Millwright $10.85 $1.65 Painter/Sheet Rock Finisher $13.15 $1.10 Plasterer = $15.55 Plumber/Pipefitter $22.25 $6.89 Roofer $12.65 $2.60 Sheet Metal (Includes Duct Work) $16.75 $2.83 Sprinkler Fitter $22.40. $6.76 Truck Driver $11.30 Waterproofer $16.30 $1.29 Group 1 - Operator $15.10 $3.40 Group 2 - Operator $15.20 $0.56 Group 3 - Operator $13.80 Group 4 - Operator $11.30 Welders -receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. Certified 07/01/2009 Classifications that are required, but not listed above, must be requested in writing from the Arkansas Department of Labor, Prevailing Wage Division. Please call (501) 682-4536 for a request form. 03/05/2010 12:51 PM Page 1 of 1 Operators engaged in operating the following equipment: Cranes, draglines, shovels and piledrivers with a lifting capacity of 50 tons or over, and operators of all tower climbing cranes and derricks required to work 25 feet or over from the ground, blacksmith and mechanics. Group II Operators engaged in operating the following equipment or performing work relative to the engineer's jurisdiction: Hydraulic cranes, cherry pickers, backhoes, and all derricks with a lifting capacity less than 50 tons, as specified by the manufacturer, all backhoes, tractor or truck type, all overhead & traveling cranes, or tractors with swinging boom attachments, gradealls all above equipment irrespective of motive power, leverman (engineer), hydraulic or bucket dredges, irrespective of size. Group III Heavy Equipment Operators. Operators engaged in operating the following equipment: all bulldozers, all front end loaders, all sidebooms, skytracks, forklifts, all push tractors, all pull scrapers, all motor graders, all trenching machines, regardless of size or motive power, all backfillers, all central mixing plants, 10S and larger, finishing machines, all boiler fireman high or low pressure, all asphalt spreaders, hydro truck crane, multiple drum hoist, irrespective of motive power, all rotary, cable tool, core drill or churn drill, water well and foundation drilling machines, regardless of size, regardless of motive power and dredge tender operator. Group IV Light Equipment Operators. Operators engaged in operating the following equipment: Oilerdriver motor crane, single drum hoists, winches and air tuggers, irrespective of motive power, winch or A frame trucks, rollers of all types and pull tractors, regardless of size, elevator operators inside and outside when used for carrying workmen from floor to floor and handling building material, Lad-A-Vator Conveyor, batch plant, and mortar or concrete mixers, below 105, end dump euclid, pumperete spray machine and pressure grout machine, air compressors, regardless of size. All light equipment,. welding machines; light plants, pumps, all well point system dewatering and portable pumps, space heaters, irrespective of size, and motive power, equipment greaser, oiler, mechanic helper,.: drilling machine helper, asphalt distributor and like equipment, safety boat operator and deckhand: STATEMENT OF INTENT TO PAY PREVAILING WAGES PROJECT: BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT - SOLAR DRYERS FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS WASHINGTON COUNTY This is to certify that we, the following listed contractors, are aware of the wage requirements of the Arkansas Prevailing Wage Law and by signature below indicate our intent to pay no less than the rates established b Arkansas Prevailing Wage Determination Number 09-329 for work performed on the above noted public project. I understand that contractors who violate prevailing wage laws, I.e., Incorrect classification/scope of work of workers, improper payments of pre diling wages, etc., are subject to fines and will be required to pay back wages due to workers. Signature and Title Business Name Address P one# of Business Official General/Prime Contractor Electrical Subcontractor Mechanical Subcontractor Plumbing Subcontractor Roofing/ Sheet Metal Subcontractor THE GENERAL/PRIME CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR GETTING THIS FORM FILLED OUT AND R URNING IT TO THE ARKANSAS DEPARTMENT OF LABOR WITHIN 30 DAYS OF THE NOTICE TO PROCEED FOR THIS PROJECT. RETURN COMPLETED FORM TO THE ARKANSAS DEPARTMENT OF LABOR, PREVAILING WAGE DIVISION, 10421 W. MARKHAM, L TLE ROCK, ARKANSAS, 72205. SECTION 00840 NOTICE OF AWARD Dated Month Day, Year TO: (Bidder) ADDRESS: OWNER'S PROJECT NO.: PROJECT: You are notified that your Bid dated Month Day, Year, for the above Project has been accepted. You are the apparent successful Bidder and have been awarded a contract for The Contract Price of your Contract is • Three (3) copies of each of the proposed. Contract- Documents (except Drawings) accompany this Notice of Award. Three (3) sets of the Drawings, will be delivered separately or otherwise made available to you immediately. You must comply with the following conditions precedent within ten (10) days of the date of this Notice of Award, that is by Month Day, Year. 00840.doc 1 1. You must deliver to the Owner three (3) fully -executed counterparts of the Agreement. 2. You must deliver with the executed Agreement three (3) full -executed copies of the Performance and Payment Bonds. 3. You must deliver with the executed Agreement three (3) full executed copies of Certificate of Liability Insurance listing the City of Fayetteville as additional insured. Failure to comply with these conditions within the time specified will entitle Owner to consider your Bid abandoned, to annul this Notice of Award and to declare your Bid Security forfeited. Within ten (10) days after you comply with those conditions, Owner will return to you one fully -signed counterpart of the Agreement with the Contract Documents attached. City of Fayetteville (Owner) BY: (Authorized Signature) (Title) END OF SECTION 00840 00840.doc 2 SECTION 00845 NOTICE TO PROCEED Dated: Month Day. Year TO: ADDRESS: OWNER'S PROJECT NO.: PROJECT: You are notified that the Contract Time under the above Contract will commence to run on Month Day, Year. By that date, you are to start performing your obligations under the Contract Documents. In accordance with Article 3 of the Agreement, the date of Final Completion is Month Day, Year. Before you start any Work at the site, Paragraph 2.7 of the General Conditions provides that you must deliver to the Owner Certificates of Insurance which you are required to purchase and maintain in accordance with the Contract Documents. ACKNOWLEDGED RECEIPT (Contractor) BY: (Authorized Signature) City of Fayetteville (Owner) _(Authorized Signature) - ..:. ... (Title} (Title) 00845.doc 1 (THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) END OF SECTION 00845 00845.doc 2 SECTION 00900 DESCRIPTION OF LUMP SUM PRICE PART 1— GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. The work shall consist of furnishing all plant, labor and material in performing all operations in connection with the Project as listed in Section 00310 — Bid Proposal. B. All work shall be completed in strict accordance with the plans and specifications. PART 2— LUMP SUM PRICE 2.01 GENERAL A. It is the intent of the Lump Sum Price as submitted shall cover all costs for labor, material, equipment, and any other items incidental to the Project, even if not specifically listed below. B. No costs in connection with work required by the Contract Documents for proper and successful completion of the Contract will be paid outside of or in addition to price submitted. C. Each Bid item will be measured and paid for by a Schedule of Values to be submitted prior to the commencement of construction. 00900.doc 1 i.. (THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) END OF SECTION 00900 f 00900.aoc 2 SECTION 01000 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND PROCEDURES PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. These specifications govern the project as identified in the Bid Proposal. B. These Specifications are written in imperative and abbreviated form. The imperative language is directed at the Contractor, unless specifically noted otherwise. Incomplete sentences shall be completed by inserting "shall", "the Contractor shall", "shall be", and similar mandatory phrases by inference in the same manner as they are applied to notes on the Drawings. The words "shall be:" shall be supplied by inference where a colon (:) is used within sentences or phrases. Except as worded to the contrary, all indicated requirements shall be performed whether stated imperatively or otherwise. 1.02 DEFINITIONS 'A.' E .gineer - -T--he•Utilities Department-ofthe-City of Fayetteville. B. Provide - Furnish and install, complete in place, operating, tested and approved. C. Products - The materials, systems, and equipment provided by the Contractor. 1.03 SUBSTITUTIONS Prebid:'Refer to Section..00100.. B. Postbid: Refer to Section 00700. 01000.dec 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Five copies of submittal documents must be sent to the City of Fayetteville. B. Construction procedures other than those outlined in this specification shall be submitted for approval of the City of Fayetteville. C. Complete specifications covering any unusual or special construction procedures _shallr approval roval must be received prior to heginning any construction operations. D. A minimum review time of two (2) weeks shall be required on all submittals. END OF -SECTION 01000 01000.doc 2 SECTION 01005 ACTIVE SOLAR BIOSOLIDS DRYING SYSTEM PART I GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. The Contractor shall provide an active solar drying system consisting of six (6) fully enclosed solar drying chambers, electric mole, festoon system, inlet air flap, exhaust fans, ceiling fans, a control building, instruments, all other equipment or accessories specified herein, and associated programmable logic controller (PLC) to manage the system operations based on environmental conditions in order to ensure optimal environment for drying sludge. B. The specifications are intended to give a general description of what is required, but not to cover all details that will vary in accordance with the requirements of the equipment. It is however, intended to cover the furnishing, delivery, and any required assembly to provide a completely working and functional solar sludge drying system. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Certified copies demonstrating the equipments compliance with the required state within this Specification. B. Provide Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 1.03 SPECIFICATION PRECEDENCE A. The equipment, materials of construction and controls specified under this section, supersedes equipment, materials of construction and controls specified elsewhere in the contract documents. The manufacturer shall specify all hardware and software for the solar dryer system. 1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Basis of Design 1. Application: Active Municipal Biosolids Drying• 2. Average Daily Solids Loading: 5589 dry, lbs per day at 17% solids by weight. 3. Annual Sludge Quantity: 1020 tons of dry solids at 17% solids by weight. 4. Produce biosolids with 75% dry solids without any supplemental heat or additional chemicals (other than already added) Drying performance shall be based on the Manufacturer's experience with biosolids as well as on meteorological data for Fayetteville, AR. 01005.do 1 B. The active solar drying system and all accessories shall be the Thermo -system Solar Sludge Dryer as manufactured by the Parkson Corporation, or approved equal. C. Manufacturer must have built at least 5 similar, operating installations in the United States. 1.05 UNIT RESPONSIBILITY Active solar drying system shall be provided as a unit by the manufacturer of the equipment. Unless otherwise indicated, the Contractor shall cause each system component to be furnished by the manufacturer with unit responsibility. The extent of the manufacturer's responsibilities shall include engineering the specified equipment, preparation of all submittal materials, coordinating manufacture and procurement, compatibility and shipment of all specified components, design of all equipment supports, providing installation and testing specialists to assist the Contractor in completing the installation and commissioning the equipment, furnishing factory certified specialists to train the City's staff, and the production and submission of specified operation and maintenance manuals. The Contractor is responsible to the City for performance of all systems as indicated. 1.06 WARRANTY Solar Sludge Drying System manufacturer shall provide a warranty on all parts and ensure that the system functions properly for a period of twenty-four (24) months after Acceptance Testing. The warranty shall cover all repairs for all systems furnished by the manufacturer. Manufacturer shall repair or replace, at its option, any such equipment found to be defective, provided written notice of the alleged defect is received within twenty-four months after successful completion of Acceptance Testing. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. The Solar Sludge Drying System shall be shipped to the site and protected against damage during shipment B. It is the contractor's responsibility to ensure that all components of the Solar Sludge Drying System are stored properly and in conjunction with manufacturer's recommendation after deliver to the job site to ensure a properly functioning facility free of any defects C. All rotating equipment shall be rotated each month until equipment has been started - up. 01005.doc 2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONSTRUCTION A. FOUNDATION (BY CONTRACTOR) 1. Foundations shall be constructed as shown on structural drawings. 2. Concrete Walls: Concrete to be dry, and structurally sound. Walls are to be level, plumb and true to plane. Finish to be performed by a skilled qualified finisher. Concrete design, material, specifications and associated work is by others. Manufacturer shall provide chamber structural loads and anchoring requirements for concrete design based upon site requirements. 3. Concrete Floors: The surface needs to be free of cracks or voids. Surface finish to be trowel, performed by a skilled qualified finisher and to be flat without deviation exceeding 1/8 -in in any 10 -FT including across all joints. All joints shall be less than 3/ -in wide. Saw cut joints are specified. B. SOLAR DRYER CHAMBER • Structures shall be designed and detailed according to accepted engineering practice •and based on site specific building codes. Framing shall consist of galvanized trusses, on 12'-0" centers spanning the full width of the structure with a 6/12 roof pitch. No castings, either of aluminum or aluminum alloy, shall be permitted for joining structural members at joints subject to stress in which tensile strength is a factor. Anchoring system will be determined and supplied by manufacturer. C. FRAMING 1. Primary framing shall be 50,000 P.S.I. yield strength steel. a) Trusses shall be fabricated of galvanized steel with bolt on connections. All tolerances shall be held to an absolute minimum in order to secure proper fit of the steel members. b) Truss support posts shall be steel tubing meeting site specific requirements and placed at all truss bearing„ locations. Aluminum cast or aluminum alloy connectors are acceptable. c) Trusses shall be bolted to the side wall post galvanized connector. d) Galvanized .steel roof purlins, of size required, . shall be prefabricated before shipment from greenhouse manufacturer. 01005.doc 3 e) Provide all other structural members required to complete the framework of the greenhouse that are not mentioned above such as; bracing, clips, lugs, gins, and fasteners. 2. Secondary framing shall be extruded aluminum, members such as roof bars, ridge, sash, etc... Members shall be mill finish, with appropriate heat treatment of alloy 6063-T6 or 6063-T5. Sheet aluminum shall be of alloy 3003-hl4. D. FASTENERS All structural connections shall e attached with galvanized (ASTM-307 bolts) or stainless steel fasteners. All aluminum to aluminum connections shall have aluminum or stainless steel fasteners. All screws and self tapping screws shall be stainless steel or galvanized. E. GUTTERS Galvanized gutters shall be 12 gauge steel fabricated for connection at the post tops, and also to accept roof and side wall glazing closures. Gutter transitions will be provided by the manufacturer for proper connection of downspouts provided by the Contractor. F. EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION CONTROL All members shall handle expansion individually to prevent an accumulation of expansion in one direction from several members. Roof glazing bars shall incorporate condensation channels to conduct primary condensation to disposal points at gutter. G. GLAZING 1. Exterior walls - Polycarbonate Double -skinned sheets -- 8 mm material shall be glazed into an extruded aluminum glazing system approved by the Polycarbonate manufacturer. Supplementary materials, such as caulking, shall be compatible with Polycarbonate sheets. Expansion and contraction shall be provided for. Polycarbonate sheets shall have UV protection. 2. Interior walls — Polycarbonate corrugated sheets — Supplementary materials (caulking) shall be compatible with Polycarbonate sheets. Expansion and contraction shall be provided for. H. DOORS Chamber Door: Sliding rail mounted type. 16 -FT wide by 10.5 FT high. Allow nominal 16 -FT entry. One door shall be installed on front gable end wall. 01005.doc 4 I. CONTROL BUILDING Control Building: One 12' x 18' with 12' eave, white corrugated steel control building, and gutter transitions at each end will be provided. The building requires an 8" concrete pad. Concrete design, erection, MCC/PLC 4" maintenance pad and anchorage are by others. The building will include fiberglass insulation for the interior walls, and have a 36" x 84" door. The control building is required to have climate -controlled temperatures of 60-85 °F. Heating, air conditioning, gutter down spouts, drains, panel -board, building lighting and building electrical shall be supplied by contractor. J. ELECTRICAL 1. MCC/PLC: Two (2) Siemens NEMA12 rated MCC/PLC enclosures will be provided. Each Control/Motor Enclosure shall contain a Siemens Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) containing the Thermo -System Solar Dryer Software. The manufacturer shall specify all hardware and software to be used within the active solar dryer system. 2. The MCC/PLC enclosure shall contain an Ethernet Port for SCADA monitoring. A standard data list of display points I/O type, logic state, and description native to the PLC shall be provided for allowable monitoring via Ethernet to facility SCADA system. 3. All SCADA hardware and programming for remote monitoring of the Active Solar Drying System by the City of Fayetteville shall be provided by the City of Fayetteville. 4. The MCC/PLC enclosure shall be 460 V AC, 3 phase, 60Hz and120 V AC single phase, -60Hz. An internet connection shall be provided by the City of Fayetteville. The connection shall be made available upon the request of the manufacturer. 5. The MCC/PLC enclosure shall_ be installed in the Control Building outlined above. K. INSTRUMENTATION 1. Outside Instruments: All instruments and enclosure shall be either NEMA 4X or IP 65 rated depending upon device. The manufacturer shall specify which instruments and enclosures to be used. Two outside -instrument rails are to be gable end mounted to the structure as indicated on Manufacturer drawings. One combination temperature/relative humidity sensor, one wind speed and .one solar radiation sensor per instrument rail. One NEMA 4X junction box to be mounted inside each chamber above trusses for outside instrument termination. The Manufacturer shall provide the gable mount instrument rail and rail olao5.do° 5 anchoring. Miscellaneous hardware for sensor mounting shall be supplied by the contractor. 2. Inside Instruments: One combination temperature/relative humidity sensor will • be mounted on the interior of each chamber, in a method and location as shown on Manufacturer's drawings. Instruments will use NEMA 4X junction box for wire terminations. L. CHAMBER I. Electric Mole: One (1) Automated Tilling Machine per chamber. The Electric Mole is a proprietary completely self -automated machine. All metal in contact with Sludge shall be Stainless Steel. All other materials of construction shall be corrosion resistant. 2. Festoon System: One (1) 460 V, 60Hz, 3Phase, cable festoon system as the movable electric power supply for the Electric Mole. Festoon cable, spring real flex cable, cable connector, and NEMA 4X junction box for termination and mounting hardware for festoon system is provided by Manufacturer. 3. Inlet Air Flap Assembly: One automated inlet air flap assembly. Components to include rack system, motor, frame for mounting, opening/closing drive and NEMA 4X controller. 4. Exhaust Fans: Minimum 4 exhaust air fans with mounting brackets. Manufacturer shall select exhaust fans. Their performance is crucial for the proper climatic conditions required of the THS Solar Drying System. 5. Ceiling Fans: Minimum 10 ceiling fans with angle mounting brackets. Manufacturer shall select ceiling fans. Their performance is crucial for the proper climatic conditions required of the THS Solar Drying System. 6. Service Enclosure: One (1) NEMA 4X Service Control enclosure to be mounted on the chamber door. Service enclosure allows the manual operation of the Electric Mole in conjunction with the main chamber door monitoring system. • 7. Chamber Door: 16' wide by —10'-6" high sliding rail mounted type. Allow nominal 16' entry. 8. Door Monitoring Panel Assembly: One (1) door monitoring panel assembly shall contain a captured key interlock unit, keyed rotary disconnect switch, and service enclosure per chamber sliding door. Each door monitoring panel assembly shall be- chamber dependent. An additional spare operator key shall be provided for each chamber. All electrical interconnection shall be by Contractor. 01005.doc 6 9. Remote E -Stop: One (1) remote NEMA 4X inside chamber E -Stop to be mounted in the chamber per Manufacturer drawings 10. Door wooden barrier system: Each chamber door will require a wooden barrier. Door brackets, vertical post bracket, and cast -in -place sleeve shall be provided by the manufacturer. Miscellaneous hardware and wood shall be provided by the Contractor per manufacturer drawings. 2.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION: A. Drying Chamber: The chamber shall be completely enclosed by a well insulating and highly transparent cover made of transparent cellular sheets to prevent the uncontrolled exchange of air and unnecessary heat losses. Provide nominal 16' x -10'-6 high sliding door for nominal 16' wide opening on one end of the drying chamber. Total structure height shall be - 23'-5" at the peak of the roof Miscellaneous building items such as gutter transitions, door handles, doorjambs and flashing shall be provided. B. Fans inside the chamber shall constantly set the optimal velocity of the air -stream over the sludge - irrespective of conditions prevailing outside the plant. Air exchange shall be controlled with the utmost precision by an inlet air flap. If large amounts of air are useful, exhaust fans shall be switched on, thus permitting the use of the drying potential of the ambient air outside of the chamber. C. The Electric Mole, shall mix, aerate and granulate the sludge. It shall till the wet sludge. to the surface where- the drying itself takes- place. Regular mixing and aeration of the sludge shall also take place in order to prevent the formation of anaerobic zones in the sludge layer and to safely prevent the formation of odor. Each chamber is equipped with an Electric Mole so each chamber may function automatically. The. Electric Mole must be self -guided and be able to navigate throughout the chamber without operator input. It must be programmed to cover the entire area of the chamber to ensure complete coverage of the drying sludge. The manufacturer shall specifywhich instruments and -enclosures to be used. D. System automation is performed by a Siemens Programmable Logic Controller, which shall automatically operate each chamber independently, based on analysis of inside and outside chamber conditions and calculate the optimal drying potential. The PLC shall actuate and control the Electric Mole.and air handling components. E. The MCC/PLC Enclosure shall contain the necessary PLC, and Operator Interface Panel to allow interface and automation of each system component. The enclosure shall be populated with required I/O modules, control fuses, motor branch circuit fuse blocks, disconnects, motor starters, over current protection, and all terminal blocks needed to land field interconnection wiring provided by others. The manufacturer shall specify components to be used. . . 2.0.3. SPARE PARTS A. Manufacturer shall supply the following spare parts with Active Solar Drying System: . 01005.doc 7 1. One Spare set of Bearings for each electric mole 2. Three sets festoon reel cabling sufficient to cover each chamber 3. Three sets of all fuses required in MCC 2.04 CONTROLS A. Components such as ceiling and exhaust fans and the electric mole shall all be controlled by a PLC located in the control building. The PLC will control the ceiling and exhaust fans bascd on in3trumcnt readings. B. The Electric Mole is to be programmed to ensure complete coverage of the chamber floor. The electric mole is to be programmed to be automated when in operation, and activated as needed. PART 3 PRODUCTS 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Contractor shall be responsible for all concrete and electrical work for Active Solar Drying System, as detailed herein and as shown in drawings. B. The drying chambers shall be erected by the building manufacturer, by a qualified specialty contractor approved in writing by the manufacturer, or by the Contractor. A greenhouse contractor shall have at least five years experience in building greenhouses of the type specified. The Contractor shall have all site conditions correct and ready prior to greenhouse erection. No masonry, foundation, or footer installation shall be made prior to approval of greenhouse plans. C. The Contractor may elect to erect the solar drying chambers with its own crews. The building manufacturer shall provide adequate field training to the Contractor to ensure that the solar drying chambers are constructed as directed by the manufacturer. Expenses for the building manufacturer representative shall be paid for by the Contractor. The Contractor shall have all site conditions correct and ready prior to chamber erection. No masonry, foundation, or footer installation shall be made prior to approval of greenhouse plans. D. Manufacturer shall provide detailed drawings and send a representative to assist with field startup per equipment quotation. Dates of service to be scheduled upon City of Fayetteville's written request. Time shall be for 10 days total during 2 trips. END OF SECTION 01005 01005.doc SECTION 02102 CLEARING, GRUBBING, AND STRIPPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. This Section covers the work necessary to remove all interfering or objectionable material from the designated areas of work. B. This work shall also include the preservation from injury or defacement of all vegetation and existing objects designated to remain. C. Review with the Engineer's Representative the location, limits, and methods to be used prior to commencing the work under this Section. I7a��1 �TIs 1x11 �7 �►�. _' �I�77�� �.� 2.01 GENERAL A. Provide all materials, suitable and in adequate quantity, required to accomplish the work as specified herein. 2.02 .. CLEARING - DEFINITION A. Clearing shall consist of cutting, removing, and disposing of trees, snags, stumps, shrubs, brush, limbs, and other vegetative growth, and shall be performed in such a manner as to remove all evidence of their presence from the surface and shall be inclusive of sticks and branches greater than 2 inches in diameter or thickness. Clearing shall also include the removal and disposal of trash piles, rubbish, and fencing; and the preservation:of -trees, shrubs; and vegetative growth which are not designated for removal. 2.03 CUTTING TIMBER A. Not required. 2.04 PRESERVATION. OF TREES, SHRUBS AND OTHER VEGETATION A. Protect trees, shrubbery and other vegetation not designated for removal from damage resulting from the Work. Cut and remove tree branches only where, in the opinion of the Engineer, such cutting is necessary to effect construction operation. Remove branches other than those required to effect the work to provide a balanced appearance of any tree, as approved prior to removal. Scars resulting from the removal of branches shall be treated with an approved tree sealant. 02102.doc - I B. Trees and shrubbery adjacent to the water line easements shall be protected and preserved to the maximum extent possible. Damage to vegetation outside the limits of the permanent and construction easements may result in damage claims against the Contractor. C. Ornamental trees, shrubs, fruit trees, etc., shall be protected from damage even ifthey are located within the limits of the pipeline easement. Obtain Engineer's approval to modify the pipe route, it alternative routes will minimize impact on these plantings. If such plantings must be removed, protect and replant the plantings. If plantings are damaged during the process or if they die during the one year warranty period, replace the planting in kind. 2.05 GRUBBING - DEFINITION A. Grubbing shall consist of the removal and disposal ofwood or root matter below the ground surface remaining after clearing and shall include stumps, trunks, roots, or root systems greater than 2 inches in diameter or thickness to a depth of 18 inches below the ground surface. 2.06 CLEARING AND GRUBBING LIMITS A. All areas within the limits of construction upon which fill is to be placed, structures or reservoirs built, excavations made, or, access roads constructed, shall be cleared and grubbed. These areas shall be cleared and grubbed in stages as the construction area is increased, to ensure that no more clearing and grubbing is done than necessary. B. Grubbing may be restricted to those areas defined in Paragraph A, at the Contractor's discretion. Grubbing along water or sewer lines is required only within the limits of the trench width. 2.07 DISPOSAL OF CLEARING AND GRUBBING DEBRIS A. Burning is not allowed. B. Clearing and grubbing debris shall be promptly removed from the site and disposed of in accordance with all local laws, codes, and ordinances. The Contractor shall bear full responsibility for lawful and safe disposal of all cleared and grubbed material. Excess earth and rock shall be disposed of off -site, at the Contractor's sole expense. 2.08 STRIPPING - DEFINITION A. Stripping shall include the removal and disposal of all organic sod, topsoil, grass and grass roots, and other objectionable material remaining after clearing and grubbing •from the areas designated to be stripped. The exact depth of stripping will be determined by the Engineer. Topsoil requirements are specified in Section 02200, EARTHWORK. 02102.doc 2.09 DISPOSAL OF STRIPPINGS A. Topsoil from the strippings shall be stockpiled and used for the finished site grading. Excess topsoil may be graded evenly over the Owner's property, or disposed of off -site at the Contractor's option. 2.10 PAYMENT A. Payment for the work in this Section will be included as part of the lump sum price as stated in the Proposal. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. 02102.doc 3 (THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) END OF SECTION 02102 02102.doc 4 SECTION 02200 EARTHWORK, TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL 1.01 SCOPE A. This Section covers the work necessary for the earthwork, trenching and backfilling complete. 1.02 DEFINITIONS - RELATIVE COMPACTION A. "Relative compaction" is defined as the ratio, in percent, of the as -compacted field dry density to the laboratory maximum dry density as determined by the Standard Proctor Test, ASTM D698. Corrections for oversize material shall be applied as required by the most current version of ASTM D-698 and in accordance with ASTM D-4718. 1.03 DEFINITIONS - OPTIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT A. "Optimum moisture content" is defined as the moisture content of the material for which the maximum dry density is obtained as determined by ASTM D698. Corrections for oversized material shall be applied as required by the most current version of ASTM D-698 and in accordance with ASTM D-4718. WIZ�Yi1�3►1i i111:1111 A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the GENERAL CONDITIONS, Section 01000, General Requirements and Procedures, and the requirements of this section. B. Provide the following submittals: 1. Samples for all imported material. PART 2 2.01 A. 2.02 A. 2.03 MATERIALS .GENERAL Provide all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to accomplish the work specified in this Section. COMMON EXCAVATION Complete all common.excavation.regardless of the type, nature, or condition of the materials encountered. The Contractor shall make his own estimate of the kind and extent of the various materials to be excavated in order to accomplish the work. EARTH FILL 02200.doc 1 A. Excavated material free from roots, organic matter, trash, debris, rocks larger than 3 inches, and other deleterious materials. Suitable material may be obtained by the Contractor from the excavation for the proposed pipelines. Provide imported material of equivalent quality, if required to accomplish the work. Imported material shall be provided at the Contractor's sole expense. 2.04 GRANULAR FILL A. Imported GRANULAR FILL shall be 1 -1/2 -inch minus crushed gravel or crushed free from dirt, clay balls, and organic material, well graded from coarse to fine, containing sufficient finer material for proper compaction, and less than 8 percent by weight passing the No. 200 sieve. Arkansas Highway and Transportation Department classification "Class -7 Base" shall qualify as GRANULAR FILL material. 2.05 SAND Not used. 2.06 GRIT Not used. 2.07 TRENCH STABILIZATION MATERIAL A. Three-inch minus river -run or pit -run gravel, free from clay balls, roots, and organic matter; well crushed gravel or crushed rock graded with less than 8 percent by weight passing the 1/4 -inch sieve. Submit samples for approval prior to delivery of the material to the site. 2.08 GRANULAR PIPE BASE AND PIPE ZONE MATERIAL A. Granular pipe base and pipe zone material for PVC and ductile iron pipe, as required by the typical trench details appended hereto, shall be angular rock not exceeding 3/ - inch maximum size (Class 67). Additionally, Class 7 Base may be used as granular pipe base and pipe zone material with ductile iron pipe. Waste material from mining operations shall not be used. 2.09 NATIVE PIPE BASE AND PIPE ZONE MATERIAL A. Not used. 2.10 BACKFILL ABOVE THE PIPE ZONE A. ' Materials from the excavation containing no particles larger than 6 -inch diameter, free from roots,. debris, and organic material, .when not otherwise specified on Drawings or Details. 02200.doc 2.11 2.12 TOPSOIL A. Selected topsoil at the site, properly stored and protected, free from roots, sticks, hard clay, and stones which will not pass through a 3 -inch square opening. Remove existing grass and overburden before topsoil is excavated. Provide imported topsoil of equal quality if required to accomplish the work. B. Where the trench is located in an existing alley, drive, or street, the trench shall be backfilled with Class -7 Base to the elevation and density indicated on the Drawing details. FLOWABLE SELECT MATERIALS A. The flowable select materials (flowable fill) shall be a plant mixed slurry of sand cement, flyash and water in a ratio of 28001b: 80-1001b: 220.3001b (max). This mixture shall be required to meet the minimum criteria of a compressive strength of 75 psi to 150 psi at 28 days. The specifications for the sand, cement, and flyash are found in Sections 03300 of these specifications. 2.13 A. 2.14 A. B. 2.15 WATER FOR COMPACTION Furnish as required. COMPACTION EQUIPMENT Compaction equipment shall be of suitable type'and'adequate to obtain the densities specified. Compaction equipment shall be operated in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Equipment shall be maintained in such condition that it will deliver the manufacturer's rated compactive effort. Hand -operated equipment shall be capable of achieving the specified densities. MOISTURE CONTROL EQUIPMENT A. Equipment for applying water shall be of a type and quality adequate for the work, shall not leak, and shall be equipped with a distributor bar or other approved device to assure uniform application. Equipment for ,mixing and drying out material shall consist of blades, discs, or other approved equipment. 2.16 ROCK EXCAVATION A. Rock excavation is not a separate pay item and rock quantities will not be measured. Complete all excavation required for the construction of the water and sewer system components without regard to the type of materials to . he. encountered. The Contractor shall make soil investigations as he considers necessary for his own determination of the types of materials existing at the site. PART 3 EXECUTION 02200.doc 3 3.01 CLEARING, GRUBBING, AND STRIPPING A. Complete clearing and grubbing work as specified in Section 02102, CLEARING, GRUBBING, AND STRIPPING, prior to beginning work in this Section. 3.02 STRIPPING TOPSOIL A. Prior to beginning any excavation or fill, strip the topsoil to a depth of at least 6 inches or to a depth sufficient to remove all organic material and stockpile for future use. In general, topsoil shall be removed where structures are to be built, embankments or levees constructed, trenches dug, and roads, parking lots, walks, and _ similar improvements constructed within the areas presently covered with topsoil. Topsoil shall be stored clear of the construction area. Take reasonable care to prevent the topsoil from becoming mixed with subsoil or eroding. 3.03 COMMON EXCAVATION A. Perform all common excavation of every description, regardless of the type, nature, or condition of material encountered, as specified, shown, or required to accomplish the construction. 3.04 TRENCH AND EXCAVATION SAFETY SYSTEM A. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for making the excavation in a safe manner. Provide appropriate measures to retain excavation side slopes to ensure that men working in or near the excavation are protected. B. The current edition of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Standard for Excavation and Trench Safety Systems, 29 CFR 1926, Subpart P, is hereby incorporated into these Specifications by reference and shall be deemed to be included in the Contract the same as though herein written out in full. C. The work included in the Bid Proposal for "Excavation and Trench Safety Systems" shall include the lump sum amount for providing the safety systems required to comply with the OSHA Safety Standard set forth above, in accordance with Act 291 of 1993 of the State of Arkansas. The Contractor shall comply with the provisions of said document for all excavations which equal or exceed 5 feet in depth. 3.05 LIMITS OF EXCAVATION A. Excavate to the depths and widths required. Allow for forms, working space, granular base, and finish topsoil where shown or required. Excavation carried below the grade lines shown or established by the Engineer shall be replaced with the same fill material as specified for the overlying fill or backfill, compacted as required for such overlying fill or backfill. Where the overlying area is not to receive fill or backfall,, replace the over excavated material and compact to a density not less than that of the underlying ground. The Contractor shall correct all over excavated areas at the Contractor's sole expense. 3.06 REMOVAL OF WATER 02200.doc A. Provide and operate equipment adequate to keep all excavations and trenches free of water. Remove all water during period when concrete is being deposited, when pipe is being laid, during the placing of backfill unless water settling is required, and at such other times as required for efficient and safe execution of the work. Removal of groundwater shall be accomplished in a manner that will preserve the strength of the foundation soils, will not cause instability of the excavation slopes, and will not result in damage to existing structures. 3.07 PREPARATIONS FOR PLACING BACKFILLS A. Backfill around concrete structures only after the concrete has attained the specified compressive strength indicated in Section 03300, CONCRETE. Remove all form materials and trash from the excavation before placing any backfill. Obtain the Engineer's acceptance of concrete work and attained strength prior to backfilling. B. Do not operate earth -moving equipment within 5 feet of walls of concrete structures for the purpose of depositing or compacting backfill material. Compact backfill adjacent to concrete walls with hand -operated tampers or similar equipment that will not damage the structure. 3.08 TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL A. Excavate for the installation of piping, utilities, and appurtenances. All obstructions, such as tree roots, stumps, abandoned concrete structures, and other material of any type shall be removed. 3.09 TRENCH WIDTH A. Minimum width ofunsheeted trenches or the minimum clear width of sheeted trenches in soil trenches in which. pipe is to be laid shall be 8 inches greater than the inside diameter of the pipe. Sheeting requirements shall be independent of trench width. The maximum clear width at the top of the pipe or above the pipe will not be limited, except in cases where excess width of excavation would cause damage to adjacent structures. B. Minimum trench width in rock excavation areas shall be 12 -inches greater than the inside diameter of the pipe. C. The maximum width for payment purposes, for Granular Trench Backfill shall be the pipe O.D. plus 24 -inches. 3.10 GRADE A. Carry the bottom ofthe trench to the depths shown, or as established by the Engineer. Allow for pipe thickness and for pipe base or special bedding when specified. Backfill any part .of the trench excavated below:, grade with granular pipe base material or native pipe base material, as required by the details on the Drawings, and compact to a density equal to the undisturbed trench bottom. 3.11 SHORING, SHEETING, AND BRACING OF TRENCHES• 02200.doc A. Erect, maintain, and remove shoring, sheeting, and bracing as required by all federal, state and local laws, codes and ordinances. 3.12 REMOVAL OF WATER A. Removal of water shall be accomplished as specified hereinbefore. 3.13 TRENCH STABILIZATION A. If the material in the bottom of the trench is unsuitable for supporting the pipe, excavate below the flow line to remove the unsuitable material, and backfill to the required grade with TRENCH STABILIZATION MATERIAL as specified hereinbefore. Unsuitable material is material which is not capable of supporting the pipe base material, pipe and/or backfill (i.e., organics, mud, large rocks, trash, etc.). 3.14 BASE FOR PVC AND DUCTILE IRON IN ROCK TRENCH A. Place a minimum 6 -inch thickness of GRANULAR PIPE BASE of the type hereinbefore specified. Place for the full width of the trench with the top of the granular base at flow line grade. Bed the pipe in the granular base so that the flow line is at the required grade and elevation. Place and finish the gravel base to grade ahead of the pipe laying operation. Place GRANULAR PIPE ZONE MATERIAL to a level 6 -inches above the top of the pipe. 3.15 BASE FOR PVC AND DUCTILE IRON WATER PIPE IN SOIL TRENCH A. Install 6 -inches minimum GRANULAR PIPE BASE AND PIPE ZONE MATERIAL below, around and above the water main. 3.16 TRENCH BACKFILL ABOVE THE PIPE ZONE A. In trenches under all structures, sidewalks, roads, piping, and similar facilities, except where specifically shown, deposit GRANULAR FILL (Class 7 Base), as specified hereinbefore, in horizontal lifts not exceeding 8 inches in uncompacted thickness. Compact to not less than 95 percent relative compaction. Repair any subsequent damage caused by settlement of trenches at the Contractor's sole expense. B. Where so directed by the Owner, substitute PLOWABLE FILL for GRANULAR FILL for backfill material under streets. C. Compaction within the limits of the highway right of way shall conform to the requirements of AHTD Standard Specifications, Section 306, 95% Compaction Standard. D. In trenches under non -paved alleys, driveways, parking areas and similar areas designated by the Engineer, backfill with "lightly consolidated" GRANULAR FILL (Class 7 Base) in horizontal lifts not exceeding 8 inches in uncompacted thickness. "Lightly consolidated" shall be interpreted as making a minimum of three (3) passes with a hand operated compactor. 02200.doc E. In other areas the excavated trench material may be used for backfill. Push by mechanical means, first onto the slope of the backfill previously placed and allow to roll down into the trench. Do not allow free fall of the material into the open trench. Under no circumstances allow sharp, heavy pieces of material to drop directly onto the pipe or the material in the pipe zone. Backfill material shall not exceed 1/4 cubic foot in size and shall be intermixed with finer material to produce completed fill that is free from detrimental voids and segregation. Neatly windrow the material over the trench to provide for future settlement. Any excess or deficiency ofbackfill material after settlement within the guarantee period shall be corrected by regrading and adding or removing material. 3.17 SITE GRADING A. Perform all earthwork to the lines and grades as shown and/or established by the Engineer, with proper allowance for topsoil where specified or shown. Shape, trim, and finish slopes of channels to conform with the lines, grades, and cross sections shown. Make slopes free of all exposed roots and stones exceeding 3 -inch diameter which are loose and liable to fall. Round tops of banks to circular curbs, in general, not less than a 6 -foot radius. Rounded surfaces shall be neatly and smoothly trimmed. Over excavating and backfilling to the proper grade will not be acceptable. Finished site grading will be reviewed by the Engineer. 3.18 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS EXCAVATION A. Dispose of all excess excavated materials, not required or suitable for use as backfill or fill, outside of the area of work. ' Contractor shall make his own arrangements for the disposal of the excavated material and bear all costs or retain any profit incidental to such disposal. 3.19 .. SETTLEMENT A. Any settlement in backfill, fill, or in structures built over the backfill or fill, which may occur'within the 1 -year guarantee period in'the General Conditions will be considered to be caused by improper compaction methods and shall be corrected at the Contractor's sole expense. Any structures damaged by settlement shall be restored to their original condition by the Contractor at the Contractor's sole expense. 3.20 DRAINAGE CULVERTS A. Replace in kind drainage culverts which are destroyed. ` If the culvert cannot be reused, dispose of it and'furnish and install new pipe. All culverts shall be protected from damage or restored to equivalent condition, if damaged, at no cost to the Owner. Replace culverts to the existing lines and grades. Do not replace culverts until the proposed pipeline is installed and the backfill of the trench has.been completed to the subgrad 3.21 CONTAINMENT STRUCTURES 02200.doc - 7 A. Replace in kind, any containment structures such as cattle guard, fences, etc., which are destroyed. If the structures cannot be reused, dispose of it and furnish and install as new, at no cost to the Owner. 3.22 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES A. Contractor will employ a Testing Laboratory to perform inspections, tests, and other services required by individual Specification Sections. B. Services will be performed in accordance with requirements of governing authorities and with specified standards. C. Compaction Tests shall be performed on all materials placed. Frequency shall be a minimum of one (1) test per two -thousand (2,000) square feet per lift. C. Reports will be submitted to Engineer, Owner and Contractor giving observations and results of tests, indicating compliance or non-compliance with specified standards and with Contract Documents. D. Contractor shall cooperate with Testing Laboratory personnel; furnish tools, samples of materials, design mix, equipment, storage and assistance as requested. 1. Notify Engineer/Testing Laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring testing services. 2. Make arrangements with Testing Laboratory and pay for additional samples and tests for Contractor's convenience. 3. Contractor shall pay for additional tests as determined by the Engineer to verify compliance with the specifications. 3.23 PAYMENT A. Payment for the work in this Section will be included as part of the lump sum price as stated in the Proposal. END OF SECTION 02200 02200.doc 8 SECTION 02218 LANDSCAPE GRADING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Finish grade subsoil. B. Place, level, and compact topsoil. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 02200 - Trenching: Excavation, backfill, and compacting fill in trenches. B. Section 02485 - Finish ground cover. 1.03 PROTECTION A. Protect landscaping and other features remaining as final work. B. Protect existing structures, fences, roads, sidewalks, paving, and curbs. PART 2 .PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Topsoil: Reused or imported, friable loam; free of subsoil, roots, grass, excessive amount of weeds, stone, and foreign matter; acidity range (pH) of 5.5 to 7.5; containing a minimum of 4 percent and a maximum of25 percent organic matter. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 ' INSPECTION A. Verify site conditions"and note irregularities affecting work of this Section. B. Beginning work of this Section means acceptance of existing conditions. 02218.doc 1 3.02 SUBSOIL PREPARATION A. Eliminate uneven areas and low spots. Remove debris, roots, branches, stones in excess of 2 inches in size. Remove subsoil contaminated with petroleum products. .. B. Scarify subgrade to depth of 3 inches where topsoil is scheduled. Scarify in areas ;. where equipment used for hauling and spreading topsoil has compacted subsoil. 3.03 PLACING TOPSOIL A, Place thpsoil in areas where seeding is scheduled. B. Use topsoil in relatively dry state. Place during dry weather. C. Fine grade topsoil eliminating rough or low areas. Maintain levels, profiles, and contours of subgrade. D. Remove stone, roots, grass, weeds, debris, and foreign material while spreading. E. Manually spread topsoil around plants and structures to prevent damage. F. Lightly compact placed topsoil. G. Remove surplus subsoil and topsoil from site. H. Leave stockpile area and site clean and raked, ready to receive grass seeding. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Top of Topsoil: Plus or minus 1 inch. 3.05 SCHEDULE OF LOCATIONS A. The following paragraphs identify compacted topsoil thicknesses for various locations. B. Seeded Grass: 6 inches. C. Garden Areas: 18 inches. 3.06 PAYMENT A. Payment for the work in this Section will be included as part of the lump sum price as stated in the Proposal. END OF SECTION 02218 02218.doc 2 SECTION 02270 - ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 Introduction A. The purpose of Section 02270 Environmental Specifications is: • To identify the environmental regulatory permit requirements with which the Project CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE must comply, • To identify the CONTRACTOR's responsibilities related to compliance with CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE's environmental regulatory permits, • To provide specifications for CONTRACTOR'S implementation of Best Management Practices (BMPs) during construction activities, (including, but not limited to, sediment and erosion control structures) and achievement of final stabilization upon completion of construction activities, • To provide specifications for minimizing adverse impacts to the environment during CONTRACTOR'S construction activities, as a part of the terms and conditions of the Agreement between CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE and CONTRACTOR. B. The following resources and regulatory references are available for the CONTRACTOR to use, to understand, and to implement for compliance with environmental regulatory requirements. The Section 02270 Environmental Specifications refer to each of these documents, which are, therefore, part of the Contract Specifications by reference. The CONTRACTOR shall be familiar with the content of each document and shall implement applicable requirements in all Work that CONTRACTOR performs for CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE: 1) Arkansas Department Environmental Quality (ADEQ) General Stormwater Permit for Construction Activity (ARR1 50000). 2) Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) — As required by ADEQ NPDES General Stormwater Permit for Construction Activity (ARRI 50000). 3) Cave System Contingency Plan — U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS) recommendations for Cave. Protection. 4) Title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations, Part 112 requirements for implementation of a Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasures Plan (SPCCP), as -required by USEPA: 5) EPA's list of Reportable Quantities of Hazardous Substances, found at 40 CFR 302.4, and the reporting requirements for releases at, or in excess of, the reportable quantities. 6) Project Comprehensive Best Management Practices Plan (CBMPP). 7) This Section 02270 Environmental Specifications. Section 02270 Environmental Specifications 02270-1 SECTION 02270 - ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS (continued) 8) Any other state or local sediment and erosion control plans that have been developed are enforceable by the general stormwater permit and are required to be implemented by CONTRACTOR. This applies only to site -specific state or local permits or plans. 9) Copies of, and/or applicable references to, these documents are contained within the CBMPP. 10) In reference to the above -listed documents, the ADEQ permit, EPA regulatory requirements, and USFWS recommendations take precedence. Section 02270 takes precedence over the CBMPP. However, where the CBMPP contains more detail on a subject than Section 02270, the additional details prevail, as appropriate. If specifications in the documents conflict, the most restrictive requirementshall prevail. C. Best Management Practices: By definition, Best Management Practices (BMPs) are schedules of activities, prohibition of practices, maintenance procedures, and other management practices to prevent or reduce the pollution of waters of the State. BMPs also include treatment requirements, operating procedures, and practices to control site runoff, spillage or leaks, sludge or waste disposal, or drainage from raw material storage. BMPs can be structural (such as a temporary retention pond) or non-structural (such as materials handling practices). All of the Regulatory References listed above, discuss various BMPs that are applicable to the City of Fayetteville (CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE) Project. CONTRACTOR shall implement specified and required BMPs in all Work that CONTRACTOR performs for CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE: D. The ADEQ has adopted the EPA stormwater regulations at 40 CFR 122.26 that require National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permits for stormwater discharges from construction activities, and developed the Arkansas General Permit ARR1 50000 pertaining to stormwater discharges associated with construction activities. The permitting requirement applies to sites where construction activities began after October 1, 1992, and result in a surface disturbance that exceeds one acre. As a requirement of the general permit, controls to reduce pollutant loading in stormwater shall be developed and implemented for regulated construction activities. The CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE has general permit coverage of the project under the general stormwater permit (ARR150000). PART 2— PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 -- EXECUTION PART 4- CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS 4.1 General Requirements The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for implementing all applicable requirements of the ADEQ General Stormwater Permit for Construction Activity, the SPCCP, the USFWS recommendations for cave protection, local Municipal Separate Storm Sewer requirements, and Section 02270 Environmental Specifications 02270-2 SECTION 02270 - ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS continued all other environmental regulatory requirements that are associated with the construction activities that they are contracted to perform. The CONTRACTOR shall comply with all provisions set forth in the Environmental Specifications contained herein. Section 02270 Environmental Specifications refers to each of these documents, which are therefore, part of these specifications. CONTRACTOR is responsible for managing all materials, equipment, and activities at the work site in a manner that is in compliance with local, State, and Federal environmental regulations. In the event of an environmental regulatory non-compliance incident(s) that results in a fine or penalty assessed against the CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, the CONTRACTOR shall be liable for payment of said fine(s) or penalties. A. The CONTRACTOR shall select, install, implement, and maintain appropriate BMPs at the construction site that minimize pollutants in stormwater discharges, as necessary to meet applicable water quality standards. Detailed specifications are provided for BMPs most commonly used. However, CONTRACTOR may use BMPs described in other guidance documents, as long as they are effective, maintain compliance with,CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE'S environmental regulatory permit requirements and upon approval by ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANT. B. CONTRACTOR shall be aware of, and responsible for, compliance with any revisions or modifications, made by ADEQ, to the terms and conditions or requirements of the ADEQ General Stormwater Permit for Construction Activity (ARR150000), as applicable. The general permit became effective on November 1, 2008. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for becoming aware of requirements detailed in the general permit that are made available to the public on the ADEQ website at: http://www.adeq.state.ar.us/water/branch permits/general-permits/stormwater/constructi on/construction.htm C. CONTRACTOR shall supervise, inspect, and direct the work necessary in a competent and efficient manner, devoting such attention thereto, and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform work to maintain compliance with environmental regulatory requirements. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequence, and procedures of sediment and erosion control measures. • D. -CONTRACTOR shall keep 'on the Work at all times during its progress, competent and suitably qualified personnel to perform the Work associated with environmental regulatory compliance,, as required by the Contract Documents. E. Bid shall be lump sum price for sediment and erosion control and site restoration. Payment will be made upon, completion of the work, all remedial measures and restorations have been accomplished, and the CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE has determined that CONTRACTOR has met all environmental regulatory requirements. Section 02270 Environmental Specifications 02270-3 SECTION 02270 - ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS (continued) 4.2 Certifications A. The SWPPP (CBMPP) shall be certified by the CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE and retained on -site by CONTRACTOR at all times, at the locations where stormwater discharges are generated, from the time of project commencement to the date of final stabilization. 1) CONTRACTOR shall post the Notice of Coverage (NOC), and/or ADEQ stormwater permit authorization letter, at the construction site in a prominent place for public viewing (such as alongside a building permit). 4.3 Construction Practices (Sediment and Erosion Controls) 4.3.1 General Sediment and Erosion Controls A. Detailed specifications are provided in the SWPPP for BMPs most commonly used. However, BMPs described in any of the other EPA -approved documents are available for CONTRACTOR'S use. The structural sediment and erosion controls designated on Sediment Control Sheets and/or Typical Drawings indicate the minimum sediment and erosion control structures that shall be initially implemented by CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR shall be aware of the dynamics of a construction project and shall implement additional sediment controls, erosion controls, and pollution prevention measures not indicated on Sediment Control Plan, as necessary to maintain compliance with environmental regulatory requirements. This includes areas of offsite disposal of excavated materials. B. The CONTRACTOR shall be aware of the dynamics of sequencing a construction project and shall submit the specific intended sequence of major construction activities, including staging and material laydown areas, construction entrances, etc. Each sequence or specified activity shall include any additional, or relocation of, BMPs, if applicable. CONTRACTOR shall maintain compliance with the ADEQ Stormwater Permit for Construction Activities (ARR1 50000), which reads in part as follows: 1) "For drainage locations serving less than 10 acres, sediment traps, silt fences, or equivalent sediment controls are required for all side slope and down slope boundaries of the construction area unless a sediment basin providing storage based on either the smaller of 3,600 cubic feet per acre, or a size based on the runoff volume of a 10 -year, 24 -hour storm is provided. (A rule of thumb is one square foot per acre for a spillway.) However, in order to protect the waters of the state, the Director, at his/her discretion, may require a sediment basin for any drainage areas draining to a common point." 2) "Velocity Dissipation Devices. Velocity dissipation devices must be placed at discharge locations, within concentrated flow areas serving two or more acres, and along the length of any outfall channel to provide a non -erosive flow velocity from the structure to a water course so that the natural physical and biological characteristics and functions are maintained and protected (i.e., no significant changes Section 02270 Environmental Specifications 02270-4 SECTION 02270 -- ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS (continued) in the hydrological regime of the receiving water). Please note that the use of hay - bales is not recommended in areas of concentrated flow." C. CONTRACTOR shall have day-to-day control over construction activities and shall be responsible for implementing, adding, relocating, and/or maintaining erosion control structures and BMPs, as necessary, to maintain compliance with the ADEQ Stormwater Permit for Construction Activities (ARR1 50000), the CBMPP, and the SPCCP applicable to the CONTRACTOR's work. This includes activities that are contracted by the CONTRACTOR to subcontractors. D. Regarding the sequencing of sediment and erosion controls, CONTRACTOR shall install perimeter silt fences (and other necessary sediment and erosion control structures) prior to any surface disturbance activity, such as clearing, grading, and grubbing. As various phases of construction take place, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for maintaining necessary structural sediment and erosion controls from the time of initial surface disturbance until final stabilization has been achieved, and as specified in the ADEQ Stormwater Permit for Construction Activities (ARRI 50000), which reads in part as follows: 1) "Perimeter controls shall be actively maintained until final stabilization of those portions of the site upward of the perimeter control. Temporary perimeter controls shall be removed after final stabilization." E. ' The CONTRACTOR shall follow applicable State and/or local sanitary sewer, septic system, and waste disposal regulations. Open burning of refuse, trash, garbage, or other waste material is prohibited by Section 18.602 of the Arkansas Air Pollution Control Code (Regulation 18). F. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for ensuring that the following temporary and permanent measures for sediment and erosion .control are used where. practicable, and/or required. 1) At a minimum, silt fences or equivalent sediment controls shall be installed for all side slope and down slope boundaries of the construction area. 2) Natural vegetation shall be preserved at vegetation buffer zones that may exist adjacent to areas of active construction, wherever possible. 3) Check dams and/or silt fencing shall be anchored below ground surface at the foot of slopes. 4) Earthen interceptor dikes on the upgradient side of all areas of construction shall be used to divert runoff flow away from the area of excavation/surface disturbance and into an area of natural vegetation, or have sediment control -structures installed at the down slope end such as rock check dams, straw bales or silt fencing, wherever practicable. Section 02270 Environmental Specifications 02270-5 SECTION 02270 - ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS (continued) 5) Periodic removal of trapped sediment shall be conducted to maintain the operating condition of structural controls. Structural controls shall be promptly repaired or restored as needed. 6) Vegetative buffer strips shall be maintained at the top and bottom of slopes outlining the area of construction or adjacent to streams. These zones may consist of planted vegetation or preserved existing vegetation. CONTRACTOR shall protect and maintain a minimum of fifty (50) feet of vegetative buffer zone, as measured from the top of the bank to the disturbed area, from any stream, with the exception of areas designated for construction activities. 7) The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for achieving temporary soil stabilization and pollution prevention during the period of active construction and achieving final stabilization where construction activities have ceased. 8) Immediately upon completion of work in local areas, CONTRACTOR shall restore the project site to conditions equivalent to or better than those existing prior to starting construction unless otherwise required by these specifications, environmental regulatory permits and/or as shown on the Plans. Temporary and/or permanent stabilization at construction locations shall be done in a progressive manner. The CONTRACTOR shall comply with the requirement of the general stormwater permit that soil stabilization shall be initiated on disturbed areas as soon as practicable, but no more than 14 days after construction activity on a portion of the site has temporarily or permanently ceased, unless construction activity will resume within 21 days. 9) If CONTRACTOR fails to restore the area within specified time periods, the CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE may secure a landscaping service to perform the work. The total cost of the restoration work shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE reserves the right to require CONTRACTOR to cease construction activities should CONTRACTOR fail to follow progressive sequential stabilization activities, or fail to be in compliance with any environmental regulatory requirement. 10) Mulching shall be used in conjunction with both temporary and permanent seeding practices to enhance stabilization success by providing erosion protection prior to the onset of vegetative growth. Straw mulching shall be of oat, wheat, or rice straw mulch. Hay mi lch'shall be free of Johnson grass or other noxious weeds and foreign materials. It shall be kept in dry condition and shall not be molded or rotted. 11) The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for ensuring that permanent seeding takes place to establish a sustainable ground cover at areas that are initially cleared or graded and will have no additional construction activities throughout the course of the project and/or where specific phases of construction have been completed that have resulted in exposed soils. Use of annual grasses that will not return the following growing season is prohibited. Section 02270 Environmental Specifications 02270-6 SECTION 02270 - ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS continued 12) CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for "final stabilization", meaning that all soil disturbing activities at the site have been completed and a uniform (e.g., evenly distributed, without large bare areas) perennial vegetative cover with a density of 80% of the native background vegetation cover for the area has been established on all unpaved areas and areas not covered by permanent structures, or equivalent permanent stabilization measures, have been employed. For example, if vegetative cover is 60% prior to construction, then 80% of the original 60% vegetation must be established to achieve final stabilization; therefore, in this hypothetical scenario there must be 48% vegetative ground cover established for final stabilization to be deemed achieved. 13) Upon final stabilization, all structural controls shall be removed from the site. Trapped sediment and other disturbed areas resulting from the disposition of the structural controls shall be stabilized to prevent further erosion and sedimentation. 14) Discharges to waters for which there is a total maximum daily load (TMDL) allocation are not eligible for coverage under the Arkansas General Stormwater Permit unless a SWPPP has been developed and certified that is consistent with the assumptions and requirements in the approved TMDL. A TMDL has been developed and approved for the White River. Consequently, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for implementation of additional BMPs, as determined necessary by the ADEQ, to meet the requirements of the TMDL. 15) The CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE will determine when final stabilization has been achieved. The contract shall not be terminated until CONTRACTOR achieves final stabilization. 4.3.2 Silt Fences A. Silt Fences: In areas where silt fencing is required, CONTRACTOR shall use the following installation. specifications:. 1) Posts for silt fences shall be 2 -inch diameter pine, 2 -inch diameter oak, or 1.33- lb/linear ft. steel with a minimum length of 3 feet. -2) CONTRACTOR shall use silt fence geotextile fabric specifications, in accordance with Section 625 of the Arkansas 2003 Standard Specifications for Highway Construction: Type `3 or Type 4. Only those fabric types specified for use as silt fence.by the manufacturer shall -be used.: 3) Filter -fabric shall be stretched and securely fastened to the fence with wire fasteners, staples, or preformed clips. 4) - Fabric shall be attached to "upgradient" side of posts' to prevent stormwater flow from tearing fabric from posts. Section 02270 Environmental Specifications 02270-7 SECTION 02270 - ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS continued 5) All silt fences shall be installed at level grade following contours. Both ends of each fence section shall be extended at least 8 feet upslope at 45 degrees to the main fence alignment to allow for pooling of water and prevent stormwater runoff from flowing around end of silt fence. 6) Ends of a silt fence shall be tied into the landscape to prevent flow around the end of the fence before the pool reaches design level. CONTRACTOR shall provide stabilized outlets to protect the fence system and release storm flows that exceed the design storm. At fabric ends, both ends shall be overlapped a minimum of 6 inches, folded, and secured to the fence. The fabric toe should be placed in the bottom of the trench, backfilled, and compacted. 7) CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for maintenance of silt fences. Silt accumulations shall be removed before they reach 1/3 of the silt fence height. Silt fences shall be replaced, as necessary, should they fail to achieve adequate sedimentation control. 8) CONTRACTOR shall ensure that the depth of impounded water does not exceed 1.5 feet at any point along the silt fence. 9) The design life of a synthetic silt fence should be approximately 6 months. 10) The slope length is the distance from the fence to the drainage divide or the nearest upslope channel. The maximum slope length above silt fence shall not exceed the following dimensions: Maximum Slope Length (ft) Above Fence Slope — Percent 18 -Inch High Fence 30 -Inch High Fence 2 (or Less) 150 500 5 100 250 10 50 150 15 35 100 20 25 70 25 20 55 30 15 45 35 15 40 40 15 35 45 10 30 50 10 25 11) "Super" silt fence with chain -link fencing or 2 -inch by 4 -inch wire backing shall be used to control runoff from small disturbed areas where the maximum slope lengths for standard 18 -inch or 30 -inch silt fence cannot be met and sufficient room for construction of sediment traps or basins does not exist. Section 02270 Environmental Specifications 02270-8 SECTION 02270 - ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS (continued) 12) "Super" silt fence shall not be used in areas where rock or rocky soils prevent the full and uniform anchoring of the fence or proper installation of the fence posts. It shall be used only where access exists or can be made for the construction equipment required to install and remove the fencing. 13) Wire reinforcement for "super" silt fence shall be a minimum 14 gauge and a maximum mesh spacing of 4 inches. 14) The maximum slope length above any "super" silt fence should not exceed the following dimensions: Slope Percent Maximum Slope Length (ft) 2 (or less) 1,000 5 500 .10 300 20 200 30 100 40 75 50 50 15) Poles for "super" silt fence shall be 2.5 -inch diameter galvanized or aluminum posts, or 4 feet long steel "T -posts", set at 6 -feet maximum spacing. Poles shall be driven a ,minimum 18 inches below the, ground surface and extend a minimum of 30 inches above the ground surface. 16) . The "super" silt fence shall be entrenched into an 8 -inch deep trench and the disturbance on the downslope side shall be minimized. The bottom of the trench should be at level grade. Maximum deviation from level grade should be 5 percent, and not extend for more than 50 feet, where practicable. 17) "Super" silt fence shall be installed at level grade. Both ends of each fence section shall be extended at least 8 feet upslope at 45 degrees to the main fence alignment to allow for pooling of water. 18) Silt fence shall be installed so as to serve a 10 -year peak storm event. A 10 -year, 24 - hour peak storm event equates to "approximately 5 inches of rainfa ll, resulting in 2.3 'inches to 4.9 inches of runoff. .. .19) Silt accumulations shall be removed before they reach 1/3 of the. silt fence height. 4.3.3 Straw Bale Check Dams A. According to the EPA BMP Manual, the use of hay bales in concentrated flow areas is not recommended as a best management practice. Section 02270 Environmental Specifications 02270-9 SECTION 02270 — ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS (continued) B. CONTRACTOR shall use straw bale check dams only where the following conditions apply: 1) Where contributing area is approximately 1/2 acre, or less. 2) Where there is not concentration of water in a channel above the barrier. 3) Where length of slope above the barrier is less than 100 feet. 4) Where straw bales are used in conjunction with silt fence. C. Straw bales shall not be used on high silt producing areas, above high -risk areas, where water concentrates, or where there would be a possibility of a washout. D. Straw bales shall not be used in excess of a three-month time period. If construction continues beyond this time period, the existing straw bales shall be replaced with new bales. E. CONTRACTOR shall install straw bales to the following specifications: 1) Anchors shall be No. 5 reinforcing bars, 2 inch x 2 inch oak stakes, or steel pickets. 2) A trench shall be excavated along the areas where straw bales will be used to a depth of 4 inches and to the width of one straw bale. The straw bales then shall be placed in the trench with excavated material placed on upgradient side of the check dam and compacted. 3) Straw bales shall be anchored with a minimum of 2 stakes or rebars per bale, driven into the underlying soil, making sure that the binding wire or twine is facing the sides and not touching the soil. The first stake into each bale shall be driven toward the previously laid bale to force them together. 4) Spacing between the bales shall be tightly chinked with loose straw and overlapped with an additional straw bale. 5) Ends of a check dam shall be angled outward and upgradient to prevent flow around the end of the check dam before the pool reaches design level. 6) After straw bales are in place the excavated soil shall be backfilled against the upslope side of the straw bales to a height of 4 inches after compacting. 7) Straw bales shall be routinely inspected to determine if any repairs or replacements to the straw bales are needed. ' If it isdetermined that the straw bales need to be repaired or replaced, the work will occur immediately. Silt accumulations shall be removed before they reach 1/3 the barrier height. Section 02270 Environmental Specifications = 02270-10 SECTION 02270 — ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS (continued) 4.3.4 Wattles A. Wattles are a sediment and stormwater velocity control device. They are tubes of straw, rice straw, or coconut husk encased in ultraviolet (UV) degradable plastic netting or 100% biodegradable burlap material. Wattles help stabilize slopes by breaking up the length, and by slowing and spreading overland water flow. B. Wattles may be suitable along the toe, top, face, and at grade breaks of exposed and erodible slopes to shorten slope length and spread runoff as sheet flow; at the end of a downward slope where it transitions to a steeper slope; along sidewalks and curbs to prevent sediment from washing into gutters; around storm drains and drop inlets; down - slope of exposed soil areas; and around temporary material spoil and stockpiles, such as topsoil and for streambank (sensitive area) protection. C. CONTRACTOR shall install wattles to the following specifications: 1) Installation of wattles begins by constructing a shallow trench, 2 to 4 inches deep, and shaped to accept the wattle, along the contour of the slope. All debris (rocks and clods) that would prevent close contact between the wattle and soil should be removed. The wattle is placed in the trench, and excavated material from the trench is packed tightly along the base of the wattle, on the uphill side. The wattle should be secured with 1 -inch by 1 -inch wooden stakes, The stakes should be placed at a 4 - foot spacing and driven in perpendicular to the slope through the center of the wattle leaving less than 2 inches of stake exposed above the wattle. The terminating ends of each wattle installation should be turned uphill a minimum of 6 inches to prevent runoff from flowing around the ends of the wattle. 2) Flat ground application. Install along sidewalks and behind curbs, fitting tightly against the concrete before backfilling, then backfill the wattle to create a trench. 3) Storm drain inlet protection. Wattles placed along the back of curb should be offset, as required to go around structures such as curb intakes that project behind the back of curb. At these locations, the wattle should be placed behind the structure (not over it) and shaped to direct water around either side of the structure to prevent ponding. At area intake locations, a shallow trench should be constructed.:) to 2 feet away from the edge of the intake: The wattle should be placed in the trench and firmly staked in place. 4) Slope application. Wattles should be installed on the contour from the bottom of the slope upward. 5) Materials. Wattles can be made from straw, rice straw, coconut husk, or other approved material. The'netttting consists of biodegradable burlap:or high -density polyethylene and ethyl vinyl acetate containing ultraviolet inhibitors. Straw should be Certified Weed Free Forage, by a manufacturer whose principle business is wattle manufacturing. Coir (coconut fiber) can be in bristle and mattress form, and should Section 02270 Environmental Specifications 02270-11 SECTION 02270 - ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS (continued) be obtained from freshwater cured coconut husk. 6) Application. Wattles are available in a variety of diameters ranging from 9 inches to 20 inches. The most common sizes are 9 and 12 -inch wattles. The allowable spacing for these diameters shall be, as follows: Slope Spacing Intervals (ft) 9" Diameter 12" Diameter <4:1 20 40 2;11u4;1 15 30 2:1 or greater 10 20 7) For soft, loamy soils, the spacing interval should be decreased. For hard, rocky soils, the spacing interval may be increased. 8) For highly erosive soils, and for slopes 2:1 or greater, an additional row of wooden stakes should be provided on the downhill side of the wattle. 9) Maintenance. Repair or replace split, torn, unraveling or slumping wattles. If the wattle is used as a sediment capture device, or as an erosion control device to maintain sheet flows, sediment that accumulates in the wattle must be periodically removed when accumulation reaches one-half the designated sediment storage depth, usually one-half the distance between the top of the fiber roll and the adjacent ground in order to maintain effectiveness. If wattles are used for reduction of slope length, sediment removal should not be required as long as the system continues to control the grade. Additional sediment control practices are required to be used in conjunction with this type of application. 4.3.5 Pit/Trench Dewatering A. Water removed from open pits and/or trenches shall have silt removed prior to leaving the immediate site of construction. Silt shall be removed by natural vegetation, a straw bale trench dewatering inlet device, settling pond, filter bag, a rock/geotextile fabric sediment trap/basin, or other appropriate sediment control measure. Water filtered through a basin shall not violate any water quality standard and shall have efficient sediment/silt removal prior to discharging to a waterbody. B. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for providing adequate number of pumps for prompt and efficient dewatering. Ends of discharge hoses shall be provided with flow dispersion and filtration devices to prevent scouring of surface soils, discharge of turbid water, and/or washout of stream banks. Discharges from dewatering activities shall not be conveyed into or upon any roadside ditch, curb and gutter, street or publicly used thoroughfare. C. The direct discharge of silty/muddy water to a stream is strictly prohibited. Section 02270 Environmental Specifications 02270-12 SECTION 02270 - ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS (continued) D. The direct discharge of silty/muddy water off of the project site is strictly prohibited. E. The direct discharge across areas of equipment access points and/or construction haul roads is strictly prohibited. F. CONTRACTOR is solely responsible for adequate maintenance of dewatering filtration and sedimentation structures to assure they are working in an efficient manner. 4.3.6 Other Controls A. A dedicated concrete truck wash out area shall be maintained to include adequate containment to prevent runoff of concrete truck wash water. Concrete truck drivers shall be notified to use wash out area. B. CONTRACTOR shall follow the appropriate waste storage and disposal practices, as per applicable environmental regulatory requirements. Solid waste dumpsters/roll-offs, or other appropriate waste receptacles will be maintained and used at the site. Good housekeeping practices will preclude trash, construction wastes, and debris to be dumped or scattered on the construction site. There shall be no open burning of any waste material. No solid materials, including building materials, shall be discharged to waters of the State. C. No- liquid waste chemicals, fuels, and/or oils are to be leaked or spilled on ground surfaces. Bulk storage of liquid chemical wastes will be provided with secondary containment with a capacity sufficient to contain the volume of the largest container within the secondary containment. All waste materials shall be stored in a manner to prevent releases and should be disposed of by a qualified waste disposal firm at an acceptable waste disposal facility. Records of the disposal of all solid, hazardous, non- hazardous, and liquid wastes are to be maintained within the SWPPP Volume II Recordkeeping Binder. CONTRACTOR shall notify the RESIDENT PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE of any. spills or leaks thatoccur in spite of the preventive measures taken. CONTRACTOR will prepare a report of any spills or leaks in accordance with the reporting and recordkeeping measures described in the CBMPP. No contaminants from fuel storage areas, hazardous waste storage, and truck wash areas shall be discharged to waters of the State. These areas should not be located near'a water body, if there is a water body on or near the project. ' 'D. CONTRACTOR shall maintain compliarice with applicable State and/or local sanitary sewer, septic system; and 'waste disposal regulations. E. 'Used and/or waste-oil:generated from equipment maintenance is exempt from the hazardous waste rules,as long as it is transported. offsite to be recycled/reused. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for disposal of waste oils, fuels, and fluids at a recycling/reuse facility and shall provide written"documentatiori of the final waste disposal method and facility location, including EPA identification number of transporter and disposal facility, to ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANT. Section 02270 Environmental Specifications 02270-13 SECTION 02270 — ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS continued F. Off -site vehicle tracking of sediments and the generation of dust must be minimized. Measures such as stone. at construction access points, parking areas, and unpaved roads that carry significant amounts of traffic (e.g. more than 25 vehicles per day), providing entrance wash racks or stations for trucks, and/or street sweeping shall be implemented where appropriate. Application of water to construction haul roads should be done, as appropriate, to control dust generation. Application of excessive levels of water that create mud should be avoided. 4.4 Final Stabilization Specifications A. CONTRACTOR shall be le for labor, materials, tools and equipment, and related items required for preparing ground, providing for sowing of seeds and fertilizit mulching/top dressing, and other management practices required for erosion control, to achieve final stabilization required by the ADEQ general stormwater permit. B. Seedbed Preparation: CONTRACTOR shall maintain finish grades on areas to be seeded in true and even condition without ruts or tracks. Seedbed cultivation shall be done to a state of good tilth so that soil particulates on the surface are small enough, and lie close enough together, to prevent seed from being covered too deep for optimum germination. Prior to seeding, area shall be cleared of surface stone, stumps, or other objects larger than 3 inches in thickness or diameter, and roots, brush, wire, grade stakes, and other objects that might be a hindrance to maintenance operations. C. To optimize achievement of final stabilization, CONTRACTOR shall remove and stockpile existing 6-12 inches of topsoil for reapplication after site grading. If existing topsoils are not suitable, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for placement of imported topsoil. Imported topsoil shall be from naturally drained areas and fertile, friable loam that is free of subsoil, stiff or lumpy clay, hard clods, hardpan, rocks, disintegrated debris, plants, roots and other materials that would be toxic to plant growth. D. Repairs: CONTRACTOR shall be the responsible for ensuring that the soil seedbed is not blown, washed, or otherwise removed from the site. CONTRACTOR shall make repairs (including replacement of lost topsoil and/or mulch) to the seedbed preparation site in the event of heavy rain, wind, or other natural events that cause damage and prevent achievement of final stabilization. Should adequate vegetation growth not be achieved, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for additional reseeding and/or seedbed preparation, as necessary. If unplanted skips are noted after germination, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for re -seeding unplanted areas identified by CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE. E. After the seed has been distributed, it shall be incorporated into the soil by rolling/compacting, or other approved method. Use of fescue, bluegrass, and/or redtop seeding is prohibited. F. Seeding shall be done via broadcast or seed drill. Should adequate seeding not be achieved, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for additional reseeding and/or seedbed preparation, as necessary. Section 02270 Environmental Specifications 02270-14 SECTION 02270 - ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS (continued) G. Fertilizers shall be applied at appropriate agronomic rate. If necessary to achieve final stabilization, fertilizer shall be applied at a minimum rate of 250 pounds per acre (0.58 pounds per square foot) in advance of tilling/seedbed preparation operations. When soil samples are not practical, fertilizer shall consist of 13-13-13 (nitrogen, phosphorus, and potassium content). The fertilizer distributor box shall be equipped with baffle plates to prevent downward movement of fertilizer when operating on a slope. The fertilizer shall be raked in and thoroughly mixed with the soil to a depth of approximately 2 inches prior to the application of seed or mulch. H. Seeding equipment shall be calibrated for appropriate application rate. If unplanted skips are noted after germination, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for seeding unplanted areas identified by CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE. Seed shall be planted to a depth of 1/4 inch to 1/2 inch by use of approved grain drills, native grass seed drills, cultipacker seeder, spreader, or other acceptable equipment, to ensure uniform distribution and coverage at specified rates. Appropriate seeding methods include: broadcasting, harrowing, and/or raking lightly. Utilizing a mixture of various seed types provides overlapping times of peak vegetative cover as compared to a single crop. CONTRACTOR shall select the type of seed appropriate for the season of construction and the area. A mixture of three to five species shall be used. CONTRACTOR shall submit the proposed mix to the ENGINEER. The ENGINEER will advise the CONTRACTOR if the ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANT approved the mix or determined that a different mix is necessary. J. Seed mixture shall generally consist of native grasses and herbaceous broadleaves. If necessary as a nurse crop, seed shall be a fast germinating and growing variety such as the cereal grasses (wheat, barley, rye, oats), brown top millet, Bermuda grass, little bluestem, love grass, switch grass, fox sedge, Virginia wild rye, prairie cord grass, foxtail millet, Indian grass, side -oats gramma, crown vetch, or Sudan.grass. Broadleaves shall include native species, such as blue vervain, boneset, calico aster, flat-topped aster, ironweed, small -flowered agrimony, purple coneflower, and goldenrod. The recommended rate of seeding is 50 pounds per acre, except in areas where there is a high probability of excessive erosion; planting rates in these locations are recommended at 80 pounds per acre.. K. After the seed has been distributed, it shall be incorporatedinto The 'soil by rollinglcompacting, orother-approved methods. L. Mulching shall be used in ,conjunction with both temporary and permanent seeding practices to enhance their successby providing erosion protection prior to the onset of vegetative growth. Straw mulching shall be of oat, wheat, or rice straw mulch. Hay mulch shall be prairie grass, Bermuda grass, or other hay as approved. The mulch shall be free of Johnson grass or other noxious weeds and foreign materials. It shall be kept in dry condition and shall not be molded or rotted. Section 02270 Environmental Specifications 02270-15 SECTION 02270 - ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS (continued) M. Mulching shall be spread in a uniform continuous blanket, at a rate of I to 3 tons per acre (air dried weight) or to a uniform 2 -inch depth. Mulch shall be spread by hand or by an approved blower type mulch spreader. Care shall be taken to remove all wire and/or twine from baled hay/straw when the control structures are removed from the site. Mulch shall be anchored in the soil to a depth of two to three inches to form a soil -binding mulch to prevent loss or bunching, or held in place with a tackifier. N. CONTRACTOR shall maintain all seeded areas until fmal acceptance of the project and shall restore or replace any portion of the seeding work that is found defective or which becomes damaged prior to final acceptance. Restoration or replacement work shall include the reestablishment of the grade or profile of the area, replacement of topsoil, refertilization, reseeding and remulching as directed by the CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE. When the damage consists only of the displacement of mulch, the mulch shall be replaced within 7 days. O. No fill materials shall be left in a wetland area in a manner to permanently alter the wetland hydrology. P. Cofferdams shall not be used to dewater wetlands or other aquatic areas so as to change their use. Q. Wetlands adjacent to streams and/or areas of active construction shall not be used for storage, waste, access, parking, borrow material, spoils, or other construction support activity. Staging areas shall be located at least 50 feet from the edge of the wetland. 4.5. Special Conditions (Cave System Contingency Plan) A. Due to the presence of karst geology in the project area and ecologically sensitive species, the CONTRACTOR shall exercise caution during construction to avoid any breakthrough into any cave system, subterranean conduit, or tunnel, as follows: 1) Where surface fractures or cave opening are encountered during construction, CONTRACTOR shall immediately halt all excavation activities within the immediate vicinity and notify ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANT. ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANT shall immediately notify the CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE and discuss the need to contact USFWS, or other regulatory authority as appropriate, to conduct a survey to determine if the cave is inhabited by any listed species. Construction activities within the immediate vicinity of the cave or tunnel shall not resume until a determination of the necessary action is reached after conferral with the CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, and/or USFWS. All practical and reasonable efforts shall be made to protect the site from further damage or the introduction of pollutants into the cave system. These efforts shall be, but not limited to, construction of a ring levee with silt fence and staked straw bales as soon as possible around the opening to reduce silt -laden runoff from entering the opening. Section 02270 Environmental Specifications 02270-16 SECTION 02270 -- ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS (continued) 2) CONTRACTOR shall not perform equipment fueling or transfer of liquid chemicals within 100 yards of any open excavation, streambed, or any observable surface fracture, where practicable. Should site limitations not allow this practice, equipment fueling and/or the transfer of liquid chemicals shall be done as far as possible from any open excavation, streambed, or any observable surface fracture. If, in spite of the preventive measures, a spill or leak of fuel or liquid chemicals occurs within 100 yards of any open excavation, streambed, or any observable surface fracture, CONTRACTOR shall immediately notify ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANT, who will immediately notify the CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE and discuss whether to notify the USFWS or other regulatory agency. CONTRACTOR shall prepare a report of any such spill or leak in accordance with the reporting/recordkeeping requirements of the CBMPP. 3) CONTRACTOR shall not store fuels and/or chemicals within 100 yards of any open excavation, streambed, or any observable surface fracture, where practicable. 4) CONTRACTOR shall immediately discontinue use of heavy equipment that exhibits excessive fluid leakage and make necessary repairs prior to reuse of equipment. In the event of an excessive fluid leakage within 100 yards of an open excavation, streambed, or any observable surface fracture, CONTRACTOR shall immediately notify ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANT, who will immediately notify the CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE and discuss whether to notify the USFWS or other regulatory agency. The CONTRACTOR shall prepare a report of any such spill or leak in accordance with the reporting/recordkeeping requirements of the CBMPP. 5) CONTRACTOR shall not conduct equipment repairs or maintenance involving the draining of fluids within 100 yards of any open excavation, streambed, or any observable surface fracture, where practicable. In the event that equipment repairs or maintenance results in the spill of fluids within 100 yards of any open excavation, streambed, or any observable.. surface fracture, CONTRACTOR shall immediately notify ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANT, who will immediately notify CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE and discuss whether to notify the USFWS or other regulatory agency. CONTRACTOR shall prepare a report of any such spill or leak in accordance with the reporting/recordkeeping requirements of the CBMPP. 4.6 Spill Prevention Control And Countermeasures Plan Certification And Implementation A. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for implementation of the SPCCP, as required by Part 112 of Title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations, and shall maintain the necessary resources, equipment, and -personnel to prevent chemical spills, and to promptly respond to chemical spills should they occur. CONTRACTOR shall also be responsible for implementation of chemical spill prevention and response requirements contained within the ADEQ general stormwater'permit, as specified within the CBMPP. Section 02270 Environmental Specifications 02270-17 SECTION 02270 - ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS (continued) 1) Should CONTRACTOR maintain onsite, an aggregate storage capacity of oil or oil products exceeding 1,320 gallons, but less than 10,000 gallons, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for Self -Certification of SPCCP contained within CBMPP. 2) Should CONTRACTOR maintain onsite, an aggregate storage capacity of oil or oil products exceeding 10,000 gallons, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for Professional Engineer Certification of SPCCP contained within CBMPP. 3) Should CONTRACTOR'S aggregate storage capacity of oil or oil products not exceed 1,320 gallons, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for implementation of 1 SPCCP contained within the CBMPP, without Professional Engineer Certification or Self -Certification of e Plan. 4) Containers, such as drums and above ground storage tanks (ASTs) having a storage capacity of 55 gallons or more for oil or oil products shall be counted toward determining oil storage threshold. Equipment fuel tanks do not count toward the aggregate storage capacity. 5) CONTRACTOR shall designate a named individual who is knowledgeable about chemical handling, storage, and spill response, as the CONTRACTOR'S designated spill coordinator. 6) CONTRACTOR shall maintain all Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all chemicals that CONTRACTOR stores and/or uses on -site. The MSDS shall be reviewed to determine if hazardous and/or toxic constituents are present, which may be within wastes that may be generated from the chemical. This includes, but is not restricted to, any lubricating fluids, oils, cement additives, paints, epoxies, solvents, adhesives, and fuels. CONTRACTOR'S personnel shall be trained for the proper storage, handling, use, and disposal of such chemicals. 7) CONTRACTOR shall provide a dedicated chemical storage area that does not allow runoff of contaminated stormwater. Containers shall be properly labeled as to their contents. Chemicals shall be stored in containers constructed of materials compatible with the contents. 8) CONTRACTOR shall ensure that all hazardous materials at the construction site are stored, handled, applied, and disposed of per manufacturer's printed instructions and per all applicable Federal, State, and local codes. 9) CONTRACTOR shall submit written verification from a used oil handling facility that used oil is disposed at a recycling/reuse facility. 10) CONTRACTOR shall maintain an inventory list of the type and amount of all fuels, oil, hydraulic oils and hazardous and/or toxic chemicals that will be used at the site. 11) CONTRACTOR shall ensure that onsite work crews and subcontractors are trained and knowledgeable in the proper handling of hazardous materials and disposal of Section 02270 Environmental Specifications 02270-18 SECTION 02270 - ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS (continued) wastes. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for disposing of°all waste materials by a waste management firm licensed to dispose of the specific type of waste generated. 12) In the event of a chemical or fuel spill, CONTRACTOR shall immediately halt construction activities in the immediate vicinity. CONTRACTOR shall immediately notify ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANT, ENGINEER, and CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, and initiate immediate efforts to contain the spill to prevent runoff or migration of the spilled material. CONTRACTOR shall review the applicable MSDS to determine appropriate spill response measures. CONTRACTOR shall be required to follow the appropriate regulatory requirements for disposal of contaminated soil. CONTRACTOR will prepare a report of any chemical or fuel spill in accordance with the reporting/recordkeeping requirements of the CBMPP. 13) CONTRACTOR shall not store, or temporarily stage, fuel, chemicals, equipment, or materials in, or near, environmentally sensitive areas. 14) CONTRACTOR will provide the CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE and ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANT the information necessary for the CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE to determine whether any spill, leak, or release of oil, fuel, chemicals, or other substances requires reporting to the National Response Center or other regulatory agency. 4.7 Site Evaluations/Recordkeeping A. CONTRACTOR shall conduct site evaluations at a minimum of once every seven -calendar days, or once every fourteen -calendar days and within 24 hours after any storm event of greater than 0.5 inches, and shall develop and maintain written site evaluation reports. CONTRACTOR shall maintain hard copies of the site evaluation reports onsite. This includes areas of offsite disposal of excavated. materials. 1) Any inadequacies on the part of the CONTRACTOR shall be corrected as soon as practicable, but no later than three (3) calendar days following the evaluations. •-2) The CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE is. required to retain records of reports required by the general stormwater permit, including the SWPPP and site evaluation reports, for a period of at least three years from the date of final stabilization. The CONTRACTOR • shall maintain.the following written records, and copies shall be submitted to the CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE: a) Site Evaluation/Stormwater Inspection Reports b) Chemical Use Inventory • c) Waste Disposal Records d) Documentation of Pollution Prevention Team/Meetings e) Records of all spills, leaks, and releases f) Records Of Construction Activities Section 02270 Environmental Specifications 02270-19 SECTION 02270 — ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS (continued) g) List of the sources of non-stormwater h) Projected oil/fuel inventory i) MSDS of all chemicals used during the work j) Contact information for CONTRACTOR's designated spill coordinator k) Written documentation of used oil disposal, including disposal method and facility location, facility name, and EPA identification number of transporter and disposal facility The CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE will provide a binder containing the recordkeeping forms to the CONTRACTOR. 4.8 Contractor Submittals A. Prior to commencement of construction activities, the CONTRACTOR shall provide the following submittals to ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANT within 10 days of issuance of the Notice to Proceed: 1) The specific intended sequence of major construction activities. Sequence shall include items such as staging/laydown areas, construction entrances, etc. Submittal shall include proposed BMPs required for each sequence. 2) Contact information for CONTRACTOR's designated spill coordinator. 3) Projected oil/fuel inventory and volume of containers having a capacity of 55 gallons or more. This shall include projected oil/fuel inventory of all subcontractors. 4) CONTRACTOR local or on -site contact information. 5) Subsequent to commencement of construction, CONTRACTOR shall submit copies of all remaining records specified in 4.8, Item A.2. 4.9 Environmental Training A. CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE will provide contract -specific environmental regulatory training to CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall ensure that CONTRACTOR'S, and any subcontractor's, site personnel who will be responsible for management of day-to- day surface disturbance activities shall attend environmental training session. Should construction site personnel change, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the cost of conducting any additional environmental training. END OF SECTION 02270 Section 02270 Environmental Specifications 02270-20 SECTION 02485 l I eyrallM M,&I PARTI GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. This Section covers the work necessary for the finish grading and grass establishment, complete, including furnishing and delivery of material and seeding and maintenance of grass. The intention of this Specification is that the Contractor returns areas of damaged turf to the condition in which he found them at the start of the job and that a grass stand be established on all cleared areas. The only areas not to be seeded are areas receiving gravel or paved surfaces and areas used for vegetable gardens. 1.02 GENERAL A. See CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT and Section 01000, General Requirements and Procedures, which contain information and requirements that apply to the work specified herein and are mandatory for this project. PART 2 MATERIALS 2.01 TOPSOIL A. Existing topsoil shall be reused where practical. See Section 02218, LANDSCAPE GRADING. B. Place existing or imported topsoil in areas where topsoil was previously stripped for pipeline work. C. Areas that are cleared, but not stripped of topsoil, shall have the existing topsoil graded and scarified. Imported topsoil shall.not be required. 2.02 SEED A. Certified, blue tag, clean,: delivered in "original, -unopened packages and bearing an analysis of the " contents, guaranteed 95 percent pure and to have a minimum germination rate of. 85 percent, within 1 year of test. •2.03. SEED• MIX. A. Mix for all areas shall follow the recommendations of the local Agricultural Extension Agent, depending on the season..... _ .:... B. Separate lawn and field grass mixes shall be utilized, as appropriate for the application • area. • 02485.doc 1 C. Where specific lawns and fields have sod, protect and restore the existing sod or replace damaged areas with the same variety of sod. Where specific lawns have special varieties of seeded grass, reseed with the same grass variety. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PROJECT SCHEDULE A. The overall Project Schedule shall show an anticipated time for grading and seeding to take place, so that seasonal consideration can be given attention. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION METHODS - GRADING OF TOPSOIL A. Shape the topsoil over the area to the desired shape and contour. B. Apply commercial fertilizer at the manufacturer's recommended rate, distributing it uniformly with a mechanical spreader. The minimum application rate shall be 500 lbs per acre. Fertilizer blend shall be as recommended by the local Agricultural Extension Agent. 3.03 FINISH GRADING A. . Thoroughly mix the topsoil and fertilizer. B. Rake the area to a uniform grade so that all areas drain in the same manner as at the start of the project. C. Lightly compact before planting grass. D. For lawn and garden areas, remove all trash and stones exceeding 2 -inches in diameter from area to a depth of 3 -inches prior to preparation and planting grass. For field and timber areas, remove excavated stone and trash to an equivalent condition to the adjoining undisturbed area. 3.04 TIME OF SEEDING A: Conduct seeding under favorable weather conditions during seasons which are normal for such work as determined by accepted practice in locality of project. 3.05 MECHANICAL SEEDING A. Sow grassed areas evenly with a mechanical spreader at rate of.l 00 pounds per acre, roll with cultipacker to cover seed, and water with fine spray. Method of seeding may be varied at the discretion of Contractor as it is his own responsibility to establish a smooth, uniformly grassed area. 02485.doc 2 3.06 HYDROSEEDING • A. At the Contractor's option, seed may be applied by hydro seeding method. Seeding shall be done within 10 days following soil preparation. Hydro seed all areas at rate of 100 pounds seed and 500 pounds ammonium phosphate per acre. B. Proceed with seeding operation on moist soil, but only after free surface water has drained away. C. Exercise due care to prevent drift and displacement of mixture into other areas. 3.07 WINTER PROTECTIVE SEEDING A. Winter barley or annual rye grass applied at a rate of 120 pounds/acre shall be used after September 15. 3.08 MAINTENANCE 3.09 A. Begin maintenance immediately after each portion of grass is planted and continue until a reasonable stand of grass has been obtained. Water to keep surface soil moist. Repair washed out areas by filling with topsoil, fertilizing, and seeding. B. Apply straw mulch after seeding to assist in grass establishment and to reduce topsoil erosion. GUARANTEE O If, at the end ofa 180 -day period, a satisfactory stand of grass has not been produced, the Contractor shall renovate and reseed the grass or unsatisfactory portions thereof immediately, or, if after the usual planting season, during the next planting season. If a satisfactory stand of grass develops by July 1 of the following year, it will be accepted. If it is not accepted, a complete replanting will be required during the planting season meeting all of the requirements specified under CONSTRUCTION B.. ....A A satisfactory stand is defined as grass or section of grass that has: No bare spots larger than 4 square feet. Not more than 10 percent of total area with bare spots larger than I square foot. PAYMENT Payment for the work in this Section will be included as part of the lump sum price as stated in the Proposal. 02485.doc 3 ' F (THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) END OF SECTION 02485 02485.doc 4 SECTION 02610 PIPE AND FITTINGS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. This section covers the manufacture, transportation, and storage of pipe, pipe joints, and fittings for sanitary sewer pipelines and service lines. B. Use only pipe, fittings, and adapters approved by the City of Fayetteville. C. Use bends, tees, plugs, wyes, or other approved fittings constructed from the same material as the pipe in which they are installed. Use only standard, approved fittings. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 03400 - Manholes 1.03 SUBMITTALS • A.' Use of- materials other than those'spe6fically-listed below is prohibited. B. Submit the manufacturer's certificate that the pipe meets with these Specification requirements including material testing requirements. 1.04. REFERENCES' Not -Used: 02610.doc • • 1 PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 PROHIBITED PIPE MATERIALS A. The following materials are specifically forbidden for use either in city sewers or service lines: 1. Asphalt impregnated fiber tube pipe. 2. Concrete pipe. 3. Open profile PVC pipe as defined in ASTM F794. 4. "No Hub" cast iron soil pipe or other non bell and spigot pipe. 2.02 SERVICE LINES A. Service lines are four (4) inches in diameter or larger. B. Furnish one of the following: 1. Cast iron soil pipe: per ASTM A 74- Bell and Spigot pipe with rubber gaskets, ASTM C 564. Joints: push on equipped with a rubber gasket. 2. Ductile iron pipe: per ANSI A 21.51 with joints same as water main pipe. 3. Ductile Iron pipe: per ASTM A 746 with push on, rubber gasket joints. 4. Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pipe for service lines shall be SDR 21, 200psi and shall be completely encased as required for larger PVC pipe. 2.03 DUCTILE IRON PIPE FOR GRAVITY MAINS A. Minimum wall thickness: Thickness Class 50 or 51 according to ANSI/AWWA- C150/A 21.50: Thickness Design of Ductile Iron Pipe B. Gravity Sanitary Sewer ASTM A 746: Ductile Iron Pipe Gravity Sewer Pipe C. Cement lining (Double Thickness): ANSA/AWWA C 104/A 21.4: Cement Mortar Lining for Gray and Ductile Iron Pipe. D. Joint connections, pipe and fittings: 02610.doc 2 1. Push on and mechanical rubber gasket joints: ANSI/AWWA CI11/A21.11. 2. Flanged: ANSI/AWWA C115/A21.15, ANSI B16.1. 3. Grooved and shouldered ANSI/AWWA C606. E. Corrosion Control 1. Polyethylene wrap in tube or sheet form conforming to the requirements of ANSI/AW WA Cl 05/A2 1.5. 2.04 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY SEWER PIPE (Solid Wall) A. Pipe eight (8) inches in diameter and larger: conform to ASTM D 3034 and D 3915. Maximum standard dimension ratio (SDR) shall be thirty five (SDR35). B. Pipe six (6) inches in diameter: conform to ASTM D 3034. Maximum standard dimension ratio (SDR) shall be twenty six (SDR26). C. Joint connections: push on, elastomeric gasket type conforming to ASTM D 3212. 2.05 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY SEWER PIPE REPAIR COUPLINGS A. Use PVC repair couplings instead of flexible rubber coupling when connecting two PVC pipes. • B. Install repair couplings in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 2.06 PVC LARGE DIAMETER (24" & LARGER) CLOSED PROFILE GRAVITY SEWER PIPE A. PVC closed profile pipe and fittings shall be manufactured in accordance with requirements of ASTM F794, latest edition and ASTMFl 803, .latest edition. B. PVC closed profile wall pipe shall be made from a compound meeting the requirements of cell classification 123464A as defined by ASTM-D 1784. C. Maximum long term deflection is five percent. Lag factor to be 1.5 and soil modulus of 500 psi. Factor of safety to be 2.5. 02610.doc • 3 D. Minimum stiffness factor to be 46 psi. E. Manufactured by Lamson Vylon, or equal. All large diameter closed profile wall gravity sewer pipe must be approved by the Little Rock Wastewater Utility prior to being installed. 2.07 PVC LARGE DIAMETER (24" & LARGER) DUAL WALL CORRUGATED PROFILEGRAVITY SEWER PIPE ' _. A. PVC dual wall corrugated profile pipe and fittings shall be manufactured in accordance with requirements of ASTM F794, latest edition and ASTM F949, latest edition B. PVC dual wall corrugated profile wall pipe shall be made from a compound meeting the requirements of cell classification 12454 as defined by ASTM D 1784. C. Maximum long term deflection is five percent. Lag factor to be 1.5 and soil modulus of 500 psi. Factor of safety to be 2.5. D. Minimum stiffness factor to be 46 psi. E. Manufactured by Contech, or equal. All large diameter open profile wall gravity sewer pipe must be approved by the Little Rock Wastewater Utility prior to being installed. 2.08 CENTRIFUGALLY CAST FIBERGLASS GRAVITY SEWER PIPE A. Pipe shall conform to all requirements of ASTM 3262 for fiberglass pipe. B. Pipe stiffness shall meet or exceed manufacturer's recommendations. Minimum pipe stiffness shall be 46 psi. C. Manufactured by Hobas USA, Inc. or equal. 02610.doc 4 2.09 FLEXIBLE RUBBER COUPLINGS A. Materials: Chemical resistant rubber. Flexible rubber coupling shall be Fernco or equal. B. Clamping bands: two (2) each stainless steel bands. C. Dimensions: Inside diameter to fit the outside diameter of the different pipe materials being connected: take care that proper alignment is maintained and the spacing between pipes does not exceed 1/2 inch as shown in the Standard Detail Drawings. 2.10 SERVICE SADDLES A. A flexible saddle manufactured out of Elastomeric Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) reinforced with molded in inserts in skirt to aid in the sealing process as shown in the Standard Details. B. A composite saddle using a Virgin SBR compound gasket (ASTM D-2000 3 BA715) and a ductile iron saddle casting (ASTM A 536 Grade 65-44-12) as shown in the Standard Details. C. A compression fit three piece service connection consisting of an ASTM D-3034 PVC hub, a Stainless Steel band, and a rubber sleeve conforming to ASTM C-443. Refer to the Standard Details. D. All saddles shall be approved by the Engineer prior to installation. 2.11 SERVICE WYES A. •The wye material and joint type must match that of the mainline pipe. • B. •Wyes shall terminate in a -bell suitable for connection of a 4 inch service line pipe as specified herein. 02610.doc - .. 5 PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Sanitary Sewer Pipelines: Refer to Section 02730 END OF SECTION 02610 02610.doc 6 SECTION 02730 SANITARY SEWER PIPELINES 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Installation of sanitary sewer pipelines. B. Point repairs on existing sanitary sewer pipelines. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 03400 - Manholes. D. -Section 02610 - Pipe and Fittings. 1.03 DEFINITIONS • A. New Pipelines - Pipelines installed in such a manner that there is no sewage flow during construction. B. Replacement Pipelines Pipelines installed in a trench while there is a flow from "live" service connections. C. Point Repairs - Replacement of a short section (less than 50 feet in length) in an existing pipeline. D. Force Mains - • Sewer pipelines that transport wastewater under pressure from a pump station to a discharge point. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit to the Engineer for approval all materials and procedures not described in these specifications. 02730.doc 1 Not Used. 1.06 PROTECTION A. In all cases, the Contractor is responsible for protecting public and private property, protecting any person or persons who might be injured as a result of the Contractors' Work. B. All utilities shown on the plans may not represent the exact location; however, the Contractor is responsible for verifying these locations and contacting "Arkansas One Call System" before excavating. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 BEDDING AND BACKFILL A. Refer to Section 02200 — Earthwork, Trench Excavation and Backfill. 2.02 PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Refer to Section 02610 Pipe and Fittings. 2.03 MANHOLES, MANHOLE RINGS, AND LIDS A. Refer to Section 03400 - Manholes. 02730.doc 2 2.04 CONCRETE A. Refer to Section 03300 - Concrete. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 " EXCAVATION - GENERAL A. Perform excavation and prepare bedding in accordance with Section 02220 - Excavation, Backfilling, and Compacting. B. Never lay pipe in a water -filled trench, or when trench conditions or weather are unsuitable for such Work. C. Divert surface water and de -water trenches during excavation. D. Excavate for bells so that the entire barrel of the pipe will be uniformly supported on the pipe bedding before placing pipe in the trench. 3.02 LAYOUT A. The Contractor shall install sewer lines, wyes, and manholes as shown on the Plans. 3.03 SHALLOW BURY • A. Ductile iron pipe e shall be required when the existing grade or the proposed finish grade, whichever is less, provides less than 30 inches of cover. The ductile iron pipe shall, whenever;feas le, extend from manlxo1e to manhole. The ductile iron pipe shall meet the requirements of Section .02610 - Pipe and Fittings, of these Specifications. 02730. doc 3 3.04 PIERS A. Install concrete piers as indicated on the plans per Section 03300 - Concrete. 3.05 STEEP GRADES A. Wl r ever the grade of the sewer line exceeds 15 pereent3 :uctile iron pipe shall he required. The ductile iron pipe shall meet the requirements of Section 02610 - Pipe and Fittings, of these Specifications. B. Sewers on 20 percent slopes or greater shall be anchored securely with concrete anchors spaced as follows: 1. Not over 36 feet center to center on grades 20 percent and up to 35 percent. 2. Not over 24 feet center to center on grades 35 percent and up to 50 percent. 3. Not over 16 feet center to center on grades 50 percent and over. C. Anchor collars should be placed on downstream side of bell. Where no bell is available, a retainer gland shall be installed. 3.06 PIPE INSTALLATION A. A product manufacturer's representative shall be on site during initial installation of ALL profile sewer pipe to ensure that the contractor is handling and installing the pipe properly. B. Inspect each joint of pipe carefully before it is placed in the trench. Plainly mark and separate from the remaining pipe any joint found to be cracked, warped, or otherwise damaged. Remove these damaged joints from the project site as soon as possible. C. Cut pipe in a neat and workmanlike manner without damage to pipe or pipe lining when trimming joint length. D. Lay all pipe with the bell upstream. E. Use proper equipment for lowering sections of pipe into trenches. Lower pipe carefully into the trench so the spigot and bell will not become contaminated. 02730.doc 4 F. Lay each pipe joint to line and grade using laser beam grade light, keeping a minimum of six inches between the pipe and the trench wall. G. Keep the pipe joints' interior clean from all dirt and other foreign matter as the Work progresses. Maintain the pipe's interior cleanliness until accepted or put in service. H. Close the open ends of the pipeline temporarily with an appropriate manufactured plug at the end of each day's Work or when discontinuing pipe laying for an appreciable period. A. Make all pipe joints in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendation and as stated below for the particular type of connection. Make all joints watertight in accordance with the latest ASTM Standards. B. Slip -type or Push -on Joints Connection Procedure 1. Clean the bell and spigot end of the pipes prior to jointing thoroughly with a brush. Exercise particular care to clean the gasket seat. 2. Apply pipe lubricant and attach gasket in strict accordance with the specific joint manufacturer's recommendations. Clean and insert the rubber gasket in the gasket seat within the bell. Insert the spigot end of the upstream pipe in the bell of the downstream pipe. � Push the upstream joint until it is in firm contact with the shoulder of the bell. C. Mechanical Joints Connection Procedure 1. Clean thoroughly, the spigot end of the pipe, the bell of the connecting pipe, and the rubber gasketas specified for slip -type or push -on joints. Clean the gland in a similar manner. 2. After the gland and gasket are placed on the spigot end of the pipe, a sufficient distance from the end to avoid fouling the bell, insert the spigot end in the fitting bell to the point of firm contact with the bell shoulder. Then advance the rubber gasket into the bell and seat in the gasket seat. Exercise care to center the spigot end within the bell. Bring the gland into contact with the gasket, 02730.doc 5 enterall bolts, and make all nuts hand tight. Exercise continued care to keep the spigot centered in the bell. 3. Make the joints tight by turning the nuts with a torque wrench: First partially tightening a nut, then partially tightening the nut 180 degrees away from it. Work around the pipe with uniformly applied tension until the required torque is applied to all nuts. Required torque ranges and indicated wrench lengths for stin1arcl east iron bolts are as follows' Diameter Range of Torque Length of Wrench Inches Foot ` Pounds Inches 5/8 40-60 8 3/ 60-90 10 1 70-100 12 1-1/4 90-120 14 D. Flexible Rubber Couplings 1. Install flexible rubber coupling only where dissimilar pipe materials are connected. 2. Take care that proper alignment is maintained and a minimum spacing between pipes does not exceed one-half inch. 3. Encase rubber coupling in Class B concrete as shown on the Standard Details. 3.08 WYE FITTINGS FOR SERVICE CONNECTIONS A. Use in -line wye fittings for all service connections except on ductile iron pipe and polyethylene pipe. B. The wye material and joint type must match that of the mainline pipe. C. Use taps instead of wyes only on ductile iron pipe -and polyethylene pipe. 02730.doc 6 D. Install wye branches at the location of live services or as indicated on the construction plans. Install wye connections for services in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. E. Place Class "B" concrete under each wye branch to prevent cracking or twisting under earth loads. F. Mark wyes for future connections using detectable tape or ski rope terminated at the ground surface. Install on each service wye either: 1. A service stub terminated with a plugged bell; or, 2. .A plugged adapter capable of connecting to a four -inch cast iron service. G. Terminate wyes for future connections in a bell suitable for connection of a four -inch cast iron soil pipe service line. Securely plug all wyes and service stubs for future connections. H. For Service Wye Details, see the Standard Detail Drawings. 3.09 TWO-WAY CLEANOUTS FOR SERVICE CONNECTIONS A. Install two-way cleanouts on service lines where the main line in the paved right-of- way, as required by plumbing code, or as indicated on the construction plans. B. For Two -Way Cleanout Details, see the Standard Detail Drawings. 3.10 BACKFILLING AND INSPECTION A. Before backflling, place concrete encasement at transitions between different types of pipe and around all flexible rubber couplings as shown in the -Project Plans. Use Class B concrete per Section 03300- Concrete. B. Before backfilling, install concrete . anchor, collars in accordance with the details at the location and interval and shown on the Plans. Use Class A concrete and reinforce with steel bars per Section 03300 -Concrete: C. After the pipeline is installed and visually inspected by the Engineer, backfll the trench per Section 02200 -Earthwork, Trench Excavation and Backfll. 02730.doc 7 D. Repair all incidental damage to buildings, structures, utilities, pavements, landscaping, etc. E. Repair sodded and grass areas to original condition. 3.11 CONNECTION OF NEW SEWER PIPELINES TO EXISTING SANITARY SEWERS connecting new pipeline to the existing sewer. B. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, conditions exist which require connection prior to final line acceptance, plug all lines entering the manhole connecting to the existing system until the new system is accepted. In addition, plug the line leaving the first manhole upstream. Never allow water being used to flush the new lines to enter the existing system. C. All new pipelines must connect to the existing system at a new or existing manhole. If a new manhole is built over an existing sewer line, do not break out the top of the existing pipe until the new line is accepted. D. If a new pipeline is to discharge into an existing manhole, divert the sewage flow around the existing manhole while the tie-in is under construction. Intercept the sewage flow at the existing manhole first upstream from the tie-in construction. Provide suitable pumping equipment and re-routing conduit to pump the sewage around the tie-in construction. Discharge into an appropriate manhole downstream from the construction. E. Connect new pipelines to existing manholes in a neat, workmanlike manner, to ensure a watertight connection. 3.12 GRAVITY SEWER PIPELINE INSTALLATION — LIVE SEWER PIPELINES AND POINT REPAIRS A. Install sewer pipeline and point repairs as detailed above for new pipelines with the following exceptions: 02730.doc 8 1. Divert all upstream flow around the section to be replaced with plugs or pumps. The bedding must be kept dry during installation. If trench bottom is too wet, excavate wet portion and replace with bedding material. 2. Make transitions to original pipe using materials and procedures specified. Take care that replacement pipe is aligned properly with no offsets. Install concrete encasement around transitions. Take care that no concrete from the encasement enters the existing pipeline. If this occurs, remove the concrete. 3. At the end of each day's work, and when for any reason the laying of pipe will be discontinued for an appreciable period, place a temporary section of pipe in the live line. 4. Pressure testing is not required. Visual and television testing are required. 5. Mandrel testing may be required. 6. Service line pressure testing is not required. 7. A temporary debris catcher, as shown in the Standard Detail Drawings, shall be used in the downstream manhole. 3.13 GRAVITY SEWER PIPELINE INSTALLATION - AERIAL CROSSINGS • A. Construct piers as shown on Plans. B. Install pipe on piers to grade. 3.14 FORCE MAIN PIPELINE INSTALLATION • A. Install all pipe and fittings to the line and grade as detailed on the Plans. Submit fitting substitution requests to. the Engineer for approval. B. Remove all dirt and other foreign matter from the inside of pipe and fittings before they are lowered into the trench. Keep'pipe and fittings clean during and after laying. Take care to keep dirt outof the bells. Phig all pipe openings at the end of each days work or when pipe laying is discontinued. C. Use proper equipment for lowering sections of pipe into• trenches. Lower pipe carefully into the trench so the spigot and bell will not become contaminated. D. Cut pipe in a neat.. and workmanlike manner without damage to pipe or pipe lining when trimming joint length. . 02730.doc 9 E. Install pipe with bell ends facing in the direction of laying. Face bells upgrade on lines on an appreciable slope. F. When necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line in either the horizontal or vertical plan to avoid obstructions, do not deflect the pipe beyond the point recommended by the pipe manufacturer. G. Before backfilling, install concrete thrust blocking in accordance with Standard Details on Plans. H. Test the pipeline per Section 02734 -Inspection and Testing of Sanitary Sewer Pipelines, Manholes, and Service Lines. I. After the pipeline is installed and visually inspected by the Engineer, backfill the trench per Section 02220 -Excavation, Backfilling, and Compacting. Repair all pavements per Section 02575 -Pavement Repair. Repair all incidental damage to buildings, structures, utilities, pavements, landscaping, etc. J. Repair sodded and grass areas to original condition. 3.15 WATER LINE CROSSINGS A. Sewer lines installed over or under a water line must have a clear distance between pipes of at least eighteen (18) inches. B. The sewer line shall be installed such that a joint of pipe is centered along the water line and the joints are as far as possible from the water line. C. If 18 -inches of clearance cannot be provided or when the water main must pass under the sewer main, either the sanitary sewer main or the water main shall be encased in twenty feet of watertight encasement pipe, centered over the point of crossing. The ends of the encasement pipe shall be sealed watertight. END OF SECTION 02730 02730.doc 10 SECTION 02734 INSPECTION AND TESTING OF SANITARY SEWER PIPELINES, MANHOLES, AND SERVICE LINES PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. This section covers the inspection and testing of pipelines, manholes, and service lines. Testing is required before final acceptance of pipelines and service lines by the Utility. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 02610 - Pipe and Fittings B. Section 02730 - Sanitary Sewer Pipelines C. Section 03400 - Manholes 1.03 SCOPE OF WORK All pipelines shall be inspected and tested before final acceptance. The methods to be used are as follows: • A. New Gravity Sewer Pipelines 1. Visual inspection during installation and before backfill. • 2 Low pressureair test.' 3. Television inspection. 4. • • Mandrel test (F1'exible pipes only) 5. Final Visual Inspection 6. Infiltration/exfiltration 02734.doc • 1 B. Manholes 1. Visual inspection during installation and before backfill. 2. Vacuum testing. 3. Exfiltration test. 4. Final Visual Inspection. C. Replacement Pipelines and Point Repairs 1 Visual inspection during installation and before backfill. 2. Low pressure air test/exfiltration, infiltration. 3. Television inspection. 4. Mandrel test (Flexible pipes only). 5. Final Visual Inspection. D. Force Mains 1. Visual inspection during installation and before backfill. 2. Hydrostatic pressure test. E. Service Lines 1. Visual inspection during installation and before backfill. 2. Low pressure air test. 3. Exltration test. PART 2- PRODUCTS Not Used. 02734.doc 2 PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 VISUAL INSPECTION DURING INSTALLATION AND BEFORE BACKFILL A. The Engineer will inspect pipelines, manholes, and service lines during all phases of construction. The level of inspection is at the discretion of the Engineer and will be based partly on the Contractors ability, experience, and past performance. All work not conforming to these specifications that is discovered during this inspection phase will be corrected by the Contractor. 3.02 PRESSURE TEST FOR GRAVITY SEWER PIPELINES A. The Contractor will perform pressure tests on all gravity sewer pipelines. B. Lines will not be accepted until they pass all required tests. C. Perform the tests in the presence of the Utility representative. Provide at least 24 hours notice before beginning testing. D. The primary test method is the Low Pressure Air Loss test for lines smaller than 24 inches in diameter. Under special conditions and when approved in advance by the Engineer the exfiltration/infiltration test procedure may be used. 3.03 LOW PRESSURE AIR LOSS PROCEDURE FOR GRAVITY SEWER PIPELINES A. Plug all -pipe outlets with suitable test plugs. Brace each plug securely. B. Pipe air supply to pipeline to be tested so that air supply may be shut off, pressure observed, and air pressure released from'the pipe without entering the manhole. Install a valved branch in the supply line past the shut-off valve terminating in a 1/4" female pipe thread for installation of the test gauge. C. Add air slowly to portion of pipe under test until test gauge reads at least 4 psig, but less than 5 psig. 02734.doc 3 D. Shut air supply valve and allow at least two minutes for internal pressure to stabilize. E. Determine time in seconds for pressure to fall 0.5 psig so that pressure at the end of time of the test is at least 3.0 psig. F. Compare observed time with minimum allowable times in the following chart for p pass/fail determination. TEST CHART FOR AIR TESTING SEWERS Leakage Testing of Sewers by Low Pressure Air Loss (Time Pressure Drop Method) I Pipe Diameter (in.) 2 Minimum Time (min:sec) 3 Length for Minimum Time (11) 4 Time for Longer Length (see) Specification Time for Length (L) Shown (min:sec) 100 ft 150 ft 200 ft 250 ft 30011 350 ft 400 ft 450 ft 4 1:53 597 .190 L 1:53 1:53 1:53 1:53 1:53 1:53 1:53 1:53 6 2:50 398 .427L 2:50 2:50 2:50 2:50 2:50 2:50 2:51 3:12 8 3:47 298 .760 L 3:47 3:47 3:47 3:47 3:48 4:26 5:04 5:42 10 4:43 239 1.187 L 4:43 4:43 4:43 4:57 5:56 6:55 7:54 8:54 12 5:40 199 1.709 L 5:40 5:40 5:42 7:08 8:33 9:58 11:24 12:50 15 7:05 159 2.671 L 7:05 7:05 8:54 11:08 13:21 15:35 17:48 20:02 18 8:30 133 3.846 L 8:30 9:37 12:49 16:01 19:14 22:26 25:38 28:51 21 9:55 114 5.235 L 9:55 13:05 17:27 21:49 26:11 30:32 34:54 39:16 24 11:20 99 6.837 L 11:24 17:57 22:48 28:30 34:11 39:53 45:35 51:17 27 12:45 88 8.653 L 14:25 21:38 28:51 36:04 43:16 50:30 57:42 46:54 30 14:10 80 10.683 L 17:48 26:43 35:37 44:31 53:25 62:19 71:13 80:07 33 15:35 72 12.926 L 21:33 32:19 43:56 53:52 64:38 75:24 86:10 96:57 36 17:00 66 15.384L 25:39 38:28 51:17 64:06 76:55 89:44 102:34 115:23 G. Where groundwater level is above the crown of the pipe being tested, increase test pressure at the rate of 1 -psi for every 2.5 feet of water above the crown. - 02734.doc 4 H. Air Testing Safety Requirements: 1. Securely brace plugs used to close the sewer pipe for the air test; this is to prevent the unintentional release of a plug which can become a high velocity projectile. For example: four pounds (gauge) air pressure develops a force against the plug in a 12" diameter pipe of approximately 450 pounds; this force can propel a 12 -inch plug weighing 10 pounds to supersonic speeds. 2. Locate gauges, air piping manifolds, and valves at the top of the ground. Entry by anyone into a manhole where a plugged pipe is under pressure is strictly prohibited. 3. Do not use the air test on gravity sewer pipes larger than 24" in diameter because of the difficulty of adequately blocking the plugs. 3.04 TELEVISION INSPECTION The Contractor shall televise all newly installed sewer mains as follows: A. The Contractor shall clean all lines thoroughly prior to the start of televising. B. The Contractor shall televise each segment of pipe. C. The Contractor shall review the video for possible defects in material or .workmanship: '. - _ .. . . . . - .. . D. The Contractor shall correct any defects discovered during the television inspection at the Contractor's expense. E. The Contractor shall deliver to the Engineer final video and logs after all defects have been repaired. 3.05 MANDREL TEST (FLEXIBLE PIPE ONLY) • A.' The maximum allowable pipe deflection is five (5) percent of the inside pipe diameter. 02734. doc 5 B. Any sewer pipe which fails the mandrel test prior to final acceptance will not be accepted by the Utility until the defects are corrected. C. All mandrel tests shall be performed by the Contractor while observed by Utility personnel. 3.06 SUPPLEMENTAL MANDREL TESTING A. The City of Fayetteville may at any time after final acceptance perform supplemental mandrel testing on pipelines constructed of flexible pipe material. These supplemental tests will be performed as detailed above with a maximum allowable long term deflection of five percent (5%). B. Any sewer pipe which fails the mandrel test prior to expiration of the maintenance bond will be corrected by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense. If the Contractor fails to correct these defects after a reasonable time, the City of Fayetteville will correct the defects and file a claim with the bonding company. 3.07 FINAL VISUAL INSPECTION A. Upon completion of the above tests the Engineer will perform a final visual inspection of pipelines and manholes. B. A punch list of defects (including obvious running leaks) will be prepared and sent to the Contractor for correction at the Contractors' expense. 3.08 INSPECTION FOR SERVICE LINES A. All building sewer installations shall be inspected and approved by an authorized Wastewater Utility inspector. B. Backfill may only be placed on the completed portions of a building sewer following inspection. No approval certificate shall be issued until all portions of a building sewer from the main connection to the building foundation have been 02734.doc 6 inspected and approved by an authorized inspector. At the time of inspection, the pipe should be in place in the trench and "safed-up", but the top half of the pipe barrel exposed. No approval will be given for building sewers all or a portion of which are covered at the time of inspection. C. All building sewers are subject to testing to insure water tightness. All tests must be performed in the presence of The Engineer. Tests may be either by: I. Water Loss Test Procedure; or, 2. Low Pressure Air Loss Procedure. D. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the line in question is properly installed and free from open joints and breaks, building sewers constructed entirely of cast iron soil pipe may be connected to the city sewer without testing. E. Water Loss Test Procedure 1. Plug the section of line to be tested at the lower end and fill section with water so that at least four (4) feet of head is obtained. 2 The maximum acceptable water loss while so filled is not more than 100 gallons per twenty-four hours per inch of pipe diameter per mile of pipe. This is approximately 3/16 gallon for a one hundred (100) foot long section of four (4) inch pipe tested thirty minutes. F. Low Pressure Air Loss Procedure 1. Plug securely both ends of the line to be tested. 2. Charge the line with air to a pressure of 4.5 psig. 3. Allow at least five minutes for the temperature in the pipe to stabilize. 4. Measure the time required for a one (1.0) psi drop in pressure. 5. The minimum time fora one psi loss is -•28.5 x d seconds where d = the nominal diameter in inches of the pipe being tested. 3.09 MANHOLE TESTING A. The Contractor shall vacuum test all new manholes constructed. B. The Contractor shall vacuum test all manholes that have been sealed (waterproofed). 02734.doc 7 C. The Contractor shall vacuum test all manholes that have been epoxy lined. D. Manholes shall be tested in accordance with ASTM C 1244-93. Vacuum test shall not be performed earlier than 7 days after construction or installation. The Contractor shall provide all testing equipment, pump, hosing, seal, and other incidentals. Vacuum test head shall be positioned at the top of the casting (the surface on which the manhole cover rests, to include grade rings) in accordance with the equipment manufacturer's instructions. A vacuum of 10 -inches of mercury shall be drawn and the vacuum pump isolated by the shut-off valve on the test head connection. When valve is closed, time measurement shall commence, and the time required for vacuum drop to 9 -inches of mercury shall be observed and recorded. Manholes shall pass if the time for the vacuum reading to drop from • r 10 -inches of mercury to 9 -inches of mercury meets or exceeds the time values in seconds in the following table. Table 1 - Minimum Test Times for Various Manhole Diameters (seconds) Depth feet Diameter inches 30 33 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 <10 11 12 14 17 20 23 26 29 33 10 14 15 18 21 25 29 33 36 41 12 17 18 21 25 30 35 39 43 49 14 20 21 25 30 35 41 46 51 57 16 22 24 29 34 40 46 57 58 67 18 25 27 32 38 45 52 59 65 73 20 28 30 35 42 50 53 65 72 81 22 31 33 39 46 55 64 72 79 89 24 33 36 42 51 59 70 78 87 97 26 36 39 46 55 64 75 85 94 105 28 39 42 49 59 69 81 91 101 113 30 42 45 53 63 74 87 98 108 121 E. Manholes showing greater than the allowable leakage shall be repaired and re- tested until a satisfactory leakage result is obtained. END OF SECTION 02734 02734.doc 8 SECTION 03210 REINFORCING STEEL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. This Section covers the work necessary to furnish and install, complete, the reinforcing steel and welded wire fabric. 1.02 GENERAL A. See Section 01000, General Requirements and Procedures, which contain information and requirements that apply to the work specified herein and are mandatory for this project. 1.03 SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Submittals during construction shall be made in accordance with Section 01000, General Requirements and Procedures. In addition, the following specific information shall be provided: 1. Bending Lists 2. Placing Drawings PART 2 MATERIALS 2.01 DEFORMED REINFORCING BARS A. Deformed billet -steel bars conforming to ASTM A615, Grade 60. 2.02 WELDED WIRE FABRIC A. Conform to ASTM A 185 or A 497. 2,03 ACCESSORIES .............Tie wire shall be 16 -gauge, black, soft -annealed wire. Bair supports shall be ofproper type for intended use Bar supports in beams, columns, walls, and slabs exposed to view after stripping shall be small rectangular concrete blocks made up of the same color and same strength concrete being, placed around them::' Use concrete supports for reinforcing in concrete placed on grade. Conform to requirements of "Placing Reinforcing Bars" published by CRSI. 03210.doc 1 I' ; t _ 63Zoi IITI(S)l 3.01 GENERAL A. Conform to "Placing Reinforcing Bars", Recommended Practices, Joint Effort of CRSI-WCRSI, prepared under the direction of the CRSI Committee on Engineering Practice. B. Notify the Engineer when reinforcing is ready for inspection and allow sufficient time for this inspection prior to casting concrete. 3.02 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Deliver steel with suitable hauling and handling equipment. Tag steel for easy identification. Store to prevent contact with the ground. The unloading, storing, and handling bars on the job shall conform to CRSI publication "Placing Reinforcing Bars". 3.03 PLACING REINFORCING STEEL - CLEANING A. Clean metal reinforcement of any loose mill scale, oil, earth and other contaminants. STRAIGHTENING AND REBENDING REINFORCING STEEL A. 3.05 A. 3.06 A. 3.07 A. 3.08 A. Do not straighten or rebend metal reinforcement. Where construction access through reinforcing is a problem, bundling or spacing ofbars instead of bending shall be used. Submit details and obtain Engineer's review prior to placing. PROTECTION, SPACING, AND POSITIONING OF REINFORCING STEEL Conform to the current edition of the ACI Standard Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete (ACI 318), reviewed placing drawings and design drawings. REINFORCING STEEL - LOCATION TOLERANCE Conform to the current edition of "Placing Reinforcing Bars" published by Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute and to the Details and Notes on the Drawings. SPLICING Conform to Drawings and current edition of ACI Code 318. Splices in adjacent bars shall be staggered. TYING DEFORMED REINFORCING BARS Conform to the current edition of "Placing Reinforcing Bars" published by Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute and to the Details and Notes on the Drawings. 03210.doc 2 3.09 REINFORCEMENT AROUND OPENINGS A. Place an equivalent area of steel around the pipe or opening and extend on each side • sufficiently to develop bond in each bar. See the Details on Drawings for bar extension length each side of opening. Where welded wire fabric is used, provide extra reinforcing using fabric of deformed bars. 3.10 WELDING REINFORCEMENT A. Welding shall not be permitted unless the Contractor submits detailed shop drawings, qualifications, and radiographic nondestructive testing procedures for review by the Engineer. The Contractor shall obtain the results of this review prior to proceeding. The basis for the Contractor submittals shall be The Structural Welding Code, Reinforcing Steel, AWS DI .4-79, published by the American Welding Society and the applicable portions ofACI 318, current edition. The Contractor shall test 10 percent of all welds using radiographic, nondestructive testing procedures referenced in this code. 3.11 PLACING WELDED WIRE FABRIC A. Extend fabric to within 2 inches of the edges ofthe slab, and lap splices at least 1-1/2 courses of the fabric and a minimum of 6 inches. Tie laps and splices securely at ends and at least every 24 inches with 16 -gauge black annealed steel wire. Ensure that the welded wire fabric is placed. at the proper distance -above the bottom of the slab. Conform also to ACT 318-77 and to the current Manual of Standard Practice, Welded Wire Fabric, by the Wire Reinforcement Institute regarding placement, bends, laps, and other requirements. 3.12 FIELD BENDING A. Field bending of reinforcing steel bars is not permitted when rebending will later be required to straighten bars. Rebending of bars at the same place where strain hardening has taken place due to the original bend will damage'the bar. Consult with the Engineer prior to any pour if the contractor foresees a need to work out a solution to prevent field.bending.. 3.13 A. I7_Yd mall Payment for the work in this Section will be included as part of the lump sum price as stated in the Proposal. 03210.doc I (THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) END OF SECTION 03210 03210.doc 4 SECTION 03300 C��JaC6� I �I PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. This Section covers the work necessary to furnish and install, complete, the cast -in -place concrete, including formwork. B. See Section 01000, General Requirements and Procedures, which contain information and requirements that apply to the work specified herein and are mandatory for this project. 1:02 SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Submittals during construction shall be made in accordance with Section 01000, General Requirements and Procedures. In addition, the following specific information shall be provided: 1. Concrete Mix Design 2. Certification for Aggregate Quality 1.03 PLANT INSPECTION A. The Engineer shall have access to and have the right to inspect all batch plants, cement mills, and supply facilities of suppliers, manufacturers, subcontractors, and contractors providing products included in these Specifications. Batch plants shall have current certification that all weighing scales have been tested and are within the tolerances as set forth in the National Bureau of Standards Handbook No. 44. B. Batch plant equipment shall be -either semiautomatic or fully automatic. 1.04 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS . Section No. Item 03210 Reinforcement Steel PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CEMENT A. Cement type will be submitted by, theContractor for,; the. Engineer's approval. 03300.doc 1 2.02 WATER A. Clean and free from oil, acid, alkali, organic matter, or other deleterious substances 2.03 CONCRETE AGGREGATES - GENERAL A. Natural aggregates, free from deleterious coatings, conforming to ASTM C33, together with all referenced ASTM Standard Specifications, except as modified herein. Aggregates shall not be potentially reactive as defined in Appendix XI of ASTM C33. The Contractor's attention is directed also to Paragraph Si A of Appendix XT of ASTM C 33 since evidence of reactive problems on existing structures shall be used also to prove that sources of aggregates are reactive and cannot be used. The Contractor shall be responsible for meeting these Specifications and shall import nonreactive aggregates if local aggregates are reactive. Aggregates shall be thoroughly and uniformly washed before use. 2.04 FINE AGGREGATES A. Conform to ASTM C33. Materials finer than the 200 sieve shall not exceed 4 percent. Use only clean, sharp, natural sand. 2.05 COARSE AGGREGATE A. Use only crushed gravels, crushed stone, or a combination of these materials containing no more than 15 percent float or elongated particles (long dimension more than five times the short dimension). Materials finer than the 200 sieve shall not exceed 0.5 percent. 2.06 GROUTS - NONSHRINK A. Nonshrink grout for general use where required, shall conform to the Corps of Engineers' Specification for Nonshrink Grout, CRD-C621-81, and to these Specifications. The grout shall be subject to prequalification tests performed by the grout manufacturer. The results of the tests shall be submitted to and evaluated by the Engineer and included in this Specification prior to bidding to be acceptable. The tests shall be performed in an independent test laboratory or other prearranged location approved by the Engineer to verify fluidity, placement, shrinkage, and strength. Actual placement tests using steel baseplates will be used. The manufacturer shall furnish all baseplates and material, and shall perform the testing at his expense. B. Grout shall be a fluid grout capable of satisfactorily meeting the Engineer's baseplate test and shall be nonmetallic, unless specified for special use hereinafter. The grout shall be a nongas-liberating type, cement base product; premixed product requiring only the addition of water for the required consistency. All components shall be inorganic. No material, except water, shall be added at the project site. C. The grout product shall satisfy all of the above requirements even though the project use calls for a dry pack consistency and use. 03300.doc D. The following listed grouts are the only materials that have been tested, reviewed, and prequalified by the Engineer, that meet these requirements, and are acceptable for general use such as grouting of equipment supports. 1. SET nonshrinking grout, Master Builders Co., Cleveland, Ohio 2. Crystex, L & M Construction Chemicals, Inc., Omaha, Nebraska E. For grouting baseplates for machinery, see Category I and Category II grouts hereinafter specified. F. The grout used shall be cured as recommended by the grout manufacturer. 2.07 FORM MATERIAL - GENERAL A. Form surfaces shall be in "new and undamaged" condition and maybe plywood, hard plastic finished plywood, overlaid waterproof particle board, and steel of sufficient strength and surface smoothness to produce the specified finish. B. All joints in forms shall be taped, gasketed, plugged, and/or caulked with an approved material so that the joint will remain watertight and withstand placing pressures without bulging outward or creating surface patterns. Formwork with gaps and apertures in the form surfaces shall not be used. Form surfaces that have been damaged and are no longer in a smooth "new and undamaged" condition shall not be reused except in areas where finish is of no real concern and then only after written approval is obtained from the Engineer. C. The Contractor shall comply with all form tie requirements included in the various sections of this Specification, and shall submit ;shop drawing information for review by Engineer and obtain approval prior to purchase of forms. 2.08 FORM TIES A. Form ties on exposed surfaces shall be located in a uniform pattern or as indicated on the Drawings: Form ties shall be constructed so that the tie remains embedded in the wall, except for a removable portion at each end. Form ties shall have conical or spherical type inserts, inserts shall be fixed so that they remain in contact with forming material, and shall be constructed so that no metal is within 1 inch of the concrete surface when the forms, inserts, and tie ends are removed. Wire ties will not be permitted. Ties shall withstand all pressures and limit deflection of forms to acceptable limits. B.. Flat bar ties for panel forms, shall have plastic or rubber inserts having a minimum depth of 1 inch and sufficient dimensions to permit proper patching of the tie hole. 2.09 BOND BREAKER A: Bond breaker shall be a nonstaining type, which will provide a positive bond prevention such as ' Williams Tilt -Up Compound, as manufactured by Williams Distributors, Inc., Seattle, WA; Silcoseal 77, as manufactured by SCA Construction Supply Division, Superior Concrete Accessories, Franklin Park, IL; or equal. Submit review copies of manufacturer's data, recommendations, and instructions for specific use on this project. 03300.doc 2.10 CURING COMPOUND A. Curing compound to conform to the requirements of ASTM C309, with the additional requirement that permeability not exceed 0.039 gm/square cm/72 hours. Masterseal, manufactured by Master Builders, Cleveland, Ohio; Euco Floor Coat, manufactured by Euclid Chemical Co., Cleveland, Ohio; or equal. Curing compounds shall be compatible with required finishes and/or coatings. Tests for compliance shall be made by manufacturer with certification furnished by the Contractor. Manufacturer's certification shall state quantity or coverage required to meet or exceed tests and method of application. The manufacturer shall submit certification that the product meets ASTM C309 and the additional permeability requirement, and shall specifically state the coverage required to meet these requirements. The Contractor shall not use the curing compound where additional finishes such as hardeners, paintings, staining, and other special coatings are required. Use water curing as .hereinafter specified instead. 3.01 DESIGN OF CONCRETE MIX - PROPORTIONS (GENERAL) A. Before beginning any concrete work, the Contractor shall have the concrete mix designed and the ingredients selected and proportioned by an approved independent testing laboratory meeting the requirements of ASTM E 329. Certified copies of all laboratory trial mix reports shall be sent to the Engineer from the testing laboratory. Do not place concrete prior to the Engineer's review and acceptance in writing of the concrete mixes and the cylinder test results from these laboratory mixes. B. The concrete mix shall be designed so that the proportions will produce results that will meet the requirements of the project. C. The concrete shall be proportioned in accordance with ACI 211 subject to the following specifications. D. Design the mix and perform tests to meet the following requirements: 1. Design strength of structural concrete shall be a minimum of 4,000 psi at 28 days with an air content of 4-7%. The combined aggregate grading shall be for the 1 inch grading combination hereinafter specified, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or specified herein. 2. The water -cement ratio or water -cement plus pozzolan ratio, if applicable, shall not exceed 0.49 by weight, unless otherwise approved in writing by the Engineer. 3. Minimum cement content or combined cement plus fly ash content when fly ash is used for performance and longevity, regardless of design strength, shall be 423 pounds per cubic yard for concrete with 1 -1/2 -inch maximum size aggregate, 470 pounds per cubic yard for 1 -inch maximum size aggregate, and 517 pounds per cubic yard for 3/4 -inch maximum size aggregate. The 03300.doc Contractor shall increase cement content or the combined cement plus fly ash content, when fly ash is used, as required to meet strength requirements. The amount of fly ash used shall not exceed 25 percent or be less than 15 percent of the total weight of fly ash plus cement. Verify that design mix test results reflect the slump to be used. 4. Concrete used for thrust blocks and encasement of pipelines shall have a design strength of 2,500 psi at 28 days. 3.02 MEASUREMENT OF MATERIALS AND MIXING A. Conform to ACI 304 current edition and to other requirements hereinbefore specified for mix design, testing, and quality control and to these Specifications. 3.03 RETEMPERING A. The retempering of concrete or mortar in which the cement has partially hydrated will not be permitted. 3.04 REUSE OF FORMS A. Reuse of forms will be permitted only if a "like new" condition, unless otherwise approved in writing, is maintained. The Engineer shall be notified one full working day prior to concrete placement so that the forms can be inspected. The Contractor shall correct any.defective work, found in the Engineer's inspection, prior to delivery of concrete to the project. Formwork surfaces that were in good condition and accepted for use, but were damaged during removal and handling shall not be reused on additional pours. The Contractor is expected to take care in the handling of forms and to obtain approval of form surfaces prior to each reuse. B. All forms, falsework, shoring, and other structural formwork required shall be structurally designed by the Contractor and the design shall comply with all applicable safety regulations, current OSHA regulations, and other codes. Comply with applicable portions of ACI •347ACI 318 current edition; and these Specifications. All design, supervision, and construction for safety of property and personnel shall be the. Contractor's full responsibility. 3.05 FORM TOLERANCES A. Forms shall be surfaced, designed, and constructed to meet ACI 318 and the following rniziimutu requirements for the specified finishes; Failure of the forms to produce the specified requirements will be grounds for rejection of the concrete work. Rejected work shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. All repair or replacement shall: be subject to these. Specifications and the approval of the Engineer. Where the Contractor's work does not meet the tolerance specifications he shall submit his proposed method to upgrade the specified finish to compensate ,.for _the inferior. appearance onto repair or provide an acceptable alternate solution. Obtain in writing the approval of this repair or alternate solution before proceeding. All repair work or work on an alternate solution required shall be at no additional cost to the Owner. 03300.doc 5 3.06 FORM SURFACE PREPARATION - GENERAL A. All form surfaces in contact with the concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned of all previous concrete, dirt, and other surface contaminants prior to preparing by the applicable method below. Do not reuse damaged form surfaces. 3.07 EXPOSED WOOD FORMS A. All wood surfaces in contact with the concrete shall be coated with an effective release agent prior to form installation. The release agent shall be nonstaining and. nontoxic after 30 days. 3.08 STEEL FORMS A. Mill scale and other ferrous deposits shall be sandblasted or otherwise removed from the contact surface of forms. All forms shall have the contact surfaces coated with a release agent. The release agent shall be effective in preventing discoloration of the concrete from rust, and shall be nontoxic after 30 days. 3.09 BEVELED EDGES (CHAMFER) A. 34" as shown on the drawings. 3.10 REMOVAL OF FORMS A. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage resulting from improper and premature removal of forms. Satisfy all applicable OSHA requirements with regard to safety of personnel and property. 3.11 BACKFILL AGAINST WALLS A. Not used. 3.12 PLACING CONCRETE = GENERAL A: Upon completion of forms and placing of reinforcing steel, and before concrete is placed, notify other trades whose work is in any way connected to, combined with, or influenced by the concrete work. Allow them reasonable time to complete their portion of work which must be completed before concrete is placed. B. Notify Owner or his authorized representative at least 1 full working day in advance before starting to place concrete to permit inspection of forms, reinforcing, sleeves, conduits, boxes, inserts, or other work required to be installed in concrete. C. Placement shall conform to the requirements and recommendations of ACT 304, except as modified herein.. D. Place concrete as soon as possible after leaving mixer, without segregation or loss of ingredients. E. When placing concrete, use of aluminum pipe or other aluminum conveying devices will not be permitted. 03300.doc 6 F. Before depositing concrete, remove debris from the space to be occupied by the concrete. Prior to placement of concrete, dampen gravel fill under slabs on ground, dampen sand where vapor barrier is specified, and dampen all wood forms. Reinforcement shall be secured in position and acceptable to the Engineer before concrete is placed. Conform to ACI 304 and to other requirements needed to obtain the finishes specified. 3.13 CONVEYOR BELTS AND CHUTES A. All ends of chutes, hopper gates, and all other points of concrete discharge throughout the Contractor's conveying, hoisting, and placing system shall be so designed and arranged that concrete passing from them will not fall separated into whatever receptacle immediately receives it. Conveyor belts, if used, shall be of a type approved by the Engineer. Chutes longer than 50 feet will not be permitted. Minimum slopes of chutes shall be such that concrete of the specified consistency will readily flow in them. If a conveyor belt is used, it shall be wiped clean by a device operated in such a manner that none of the mortar adhering to the belt will be wasted. All conveyor belts and chutes shall be covered. Sufficient illumination shall be provided in the interior of all forms so that the concrete at the places of deposit is visible from the deck or runway. 3.14 PUMPING OF CONCRETE - GENERAL A. Pumping of concrete will be permitted only with the Engineer's approval. If the pumped concrete does not produce satisfactory end results, the Contractor shall discontinue the pumping operation and proceed with the placing of concrete using conventional methods. 3.15 REMOVAL OF WATER A. Unless the tremie method of placing concrete is specified, remove all water from the space to be occupied by the concrete. 3.16 CONSOLIDATION AND VISUAL OBSERVATION A. Concrete shall be consolidated with internal vibrators having a frequency of at least 8000 vpm, with amplitude required to consolidate the concrete in the section being placed. At least one standby vibrator in operable condition shall be at the placement • site prior to placing the concrete. Consolidation equipment and methods shall conform to ACI 309. The forms shall contain sufficient windows or be limited in height to allow visual observation of theconcrete andthe vibrator operator shall be required to see the concrete being consolidated to ensure good quality workmanship, or the Contractor shall have a person who is actually. observing the vibration of the concrete at all times and advising the vibrator operator of any changes needed to assure complete consolidation. 03300.doc 3.17 PLACING CONCRETE IN HOT WEATHER A. Prepare concrete aggregates, mixing water, and other ingredients; place concrete; cure; and protect in accordance with the requirements of ACI 305. Provide special admixtures and special curing methods required by other paragraphs in this Section even though not required by ACI 305 and ACI 318. Water -reducing and/or set -retarding admixtures shall be used in such quantities as especially recommended by the manufacturer to assure that the concrete is workable, and lift lines will not be visible in architectural concrete finishes. B. Every effort shall be made to maintain a concrete temperature below 90 degrees F at time of placement. Ingredients shall be cooled before mixing to prevent excessive concrete temperature. C. Provisions shall be made for windbreaks, shading, fog spraying, sprinkling, or wet cover, when necessary. 3.18 PLACING CONCRETE IN COLD WEATHER A. Do not place concrete when the ambient temperature is below 40 degrees F, or approaching 40 degrees F and falling, without special protection as hereinafter specified. No concrete shall be placed against frozen earth or ice, or against forms and reinforcement with frost or ice present. B. Temperatures of the concrete mix shall be as shown below for various stages of mixing, placing of the concrete mix. CONCRETE TEMPERATURES Section size, minimum dimension, inch Air Temp. 12 in. 12-36 inches 36-72 inches 72 inches Minimum concrete temperature as mixed for indicated weather: Above 30 F 60 F 55 F 50 F 45 F 0to30F 65F 60F 55F 50F Below0F F 70 F 65 F 60 F 55F Maximum allowable gradual temperature drop in first 24 hours after end of protection: 50F 40F 30F 20F C. Concrete placed shall be cured and protected as hereinafter specified for a minimum of 7 days except that the strength requirements may require additional protection and curing during cold weather due to delayed field strength gain. 03300.doc 8 D. During cold weather concreting the Contractor shall cast six extra test cylinders, for field curing, from the last 100 cubic yards of concrete but not fewer than three specimens shall be cast for each 2 hours of placing time or for each 100 yards, whichever produces greater number of specimens. These specimens shall be in addition to those cast by the Engineer for lab testing as specified hereinafter in Paragraph EVALUATION AND ACCEPTANCE OF CONCRETE. E. Test cylinders shall be protected from the weather until they can be placed under same protection provided for the parts of the structure which they represent. Test cylinders shall be tested in accordance with applicable sections of ASTM C 31 and C 39. Evaluation and acceptance as per ACI 318-77, Paragraph 4.8.3. F. The actual temperature of the concrete surface determines the effectivenessof protection, regardless of air temperatures or whether the objective is durability or strength. Because corners and edges of concrete are most vulnerable to freezing and usually are more difficult to maintain at the required temperature, their temperatures should be monitored to evaluate and verify the protection provided. The Contractor shall provide a sufficient number of thermometers to be placed on the concrete surfaces spaced throughout the work to allow inspection and monitoring of concrete surface temperatures representative of all the work. G. . Heating units should .be vented and not. be permitted to heat or dry the concrete locally. Fresh concrete exposed to carbon dioxide (CO2) gas from polluted atmospheres or resulting from the use of salamanders or other heating devices which exhaust flue gases directly into an enclosed area may result in concrete carbonation, causing soft surfaces of varying depths depending on the concentration of carbon dioxide, the temperature at which the concrete was cured, and the relative humidity. Carbon monoxide, which can occur with partial combustion, and high levels of carbon dioxide are potential hazards to workmen. Moreover, strict fire prevention measures should be enforced. Concrete at any age can be damaged by fire, but at a very early age it may beadditionally by freezing until new protection can be provided. H... Maintain curing conditions which will foster normal strength development without excessive heat, and without critical saturation of the concrete at the close of the protection period. I� Limit rapid temperature changes, - particularly before strength has developed sufficiently to withstand temperature stresses. Sudden chilling ofconcrete surfaces or exterior members in relation to interior structure can promote cracking to the detriment of strength and durability. At the end of the required period, protection should be discontinued in<such a manner.that the drop in temperature of any portion of the concrete will be gradual and will not exceed, in 24 hours, the amount shown in the table'hereinbefore specified. J. Maintain the temperature of the concrete above 50 degrees for a minimum of 7 days. The Contractor shall submit his detailed plan for cold weather curing and protection of all concrete that is to be placed and/or cured in weather below 40 degrees F. Reference may be made to the recommendations of ACI 306 and ACI 318 for 03300.doc 9 additional information. Conform to these Specifications and to any additional information in ACI 306 which will provide the temperature protection and curing for the 7 -day period. K. Additives for the sole purpose of providing "freeze protection" shall not be used. Additives to shorten the cure time may be used if approved; however, the concrete shall be placed and cured at all times at temperatures above freezing as hereinbefore specified. 3.19 BONDING TO NEW CONCRETE HORIZONTAL CONSTRUCTION JOINTS A. Roughen the surface of the hardened concrete. Thoroughly clean and saturate with water, cover the horizontal surfaces only with at least 2 inches of grout, as hereinbefore specified, and immediately place concrete. New concrete is defined as less than 60 days old. Limit the concrete lift placed immediately on top of the grout to 12 inches thick and thoroughly vibrate to mix and consolidate the grout and concrete together. Provide inspection windows to allow close visual inspection of this work. 3.20 BONDING TO OLD CONCRETE A. Coat the contact surfaces with bonding agent specified hereinbefore. The method of preparation and application of both the bonding agent and the grout shall conform to the manufacturer's printed instructions and recommendations for specific application for this project. Obtain this recommendation in writing from the manufacturer's representative. 3.21 EVALUATION AND ACCEPTANCE OF CONCRETE A. Conform to ACI Standard Building Code requirements for reinforced concrete (ACI 318-83), Section 4.7, "Evaluation and Acceptance of Concrete", and to the following specifications: 1. The Contractor will have tests made by an independent testing laboratory, approved by the Owner, to determine compliance with the Specifications. The Contractor shall furnish necessary labor to assist testing agencies in obtaining, handling, and protecting and/or curing samples at the jobsite. The Contractor shall provide adequate facilities for safe storage and proper curing of concrete test cylinders on the project site for the first 24 hours, and for additional time as may be required before transporting to the test lab. Specimens will be made, cured, and tested in accordance with ASTM C 31 and ASTM C 39. 2. One set of test cylinders for each class of concrete placed each day shall be taken not less than once a day, nor less than once for each 100 cubic yards of concrete, nor less than once for each 3,000 square feet of wall or slab surface area. Each set of test cylinders shall consist of one cylinder to be tested at 7 days, and two (2) cylinders to be tested at 28 days, and one spare cylinder for 28 day test if necessary. The Contractor may take any additional cylinders he feels necessary. 03300.doc 10 3. The frequency of testing may be increased if necessary. Additional testing, if required, will be paid by the Owner. 4. Where the term "building official" is used in Section 4.7 of ACI 318-83, the term shall be redefined to "the Owner's representative". 3.22 DEFECTIVE AREAS A. Remove all defective concrete such as honey -combed areas and rock pockets out to sound concrete. Small shallow holes caused by air entrapment at the surface of the forms shall not be considered defects unless the amount is so great as to be considered not the standard of the industry and due primarily to poor workmanship. If chipping is required, the edges shall be perpendicular to the surface. Feather edges shall not be permitted. The defective area shall be filled with a nonshrink, nonmetallic grout. Use an approved bonding agent on horizontal patches prior to placing nonmetallic, nonshrink grout. Since some bonding agents may not be compatible for some vertical surface patching techniques, submit all proposed methods for repair of vertical surfaces prior to ordering materials. The Contractor shall consult with representatives ofthe bonding agent manufacturer and the nonshrink grout manufacturer, and obtain a written recommendation for the patching of defective areas. Submit this information for review prior to performing the work. 3.23 CONCRETE SLAB FINISHES A. The excessive use of jitterbugs" or other special tools designed for the purpose of forcing the coarse aggregate away from the surface and allowing a layer of mortar to accumulate will not be permitted on any slab finish. The dusting of surfaces with dry materials will not be permitted. Slabs and floors shall be thoroughly compacted by vibration. All edges of slabs and tops of walls shall be rounded off with a steel edging tool, except where a cove finish is indicated on the Drawings. Steel edging tool radius shall be 1/4 inch for -all slabs subject to wheeled traffic.' 3.24. CONCRETE VERTICAL SURFACE FINISHES A. All above grade concrete vertical surfaces shall have a Class 2, Rubbed Finish. 1. Immediately following the removal of forms, fins and irregular projections shall be ' removed from all surfaces ' except from those that are not to be exposed. On,all surfaces, the cavities produces by form ties and other holes, broken corners or edges, and other defects shall be thoroughly cleaned, and after having been thoroughly saturated with water, shall be carefully pointed and true with a mortar of cement and fine aggregate mixed in a proportion of 1:2. Mortar used in pointing shall not be more than 1- hour old. Construction and expansion Joints in the completed work shall be left carefully tooled and free of mortar and concrete. The joint filler shall be left exposed for its full length with clean and true edges. 2. The resulting surface shall be true and uniform. 03300.doc 11 3. Immediately before starting the rubbing, the concrete shall be thoroughly saturated with water. Sufficient time shall have elapsed before the wetting down to allow the mortar used in the pointing of rod holes and defects to thoroughly set. Surfaces to be finished shall be rubbed with a medium coarse carborundum stone, using a small amount of mortar on its face. The mortar shall be composed of cement and fine sand mixed in proportions used in the concrete being finished. Rubbing shall continue until form marks, projections, and irregularities have been removed, voids filled, and a uniform surface has been obtained. The paste produced by the rubbing shall be left in place at this time 4. After concrete above the surface being treated has been cast, the final finish shall be obtained by rubbing with a fine carborundum stone and water. This rubbing shall be continued until the entire surface is of a smooth texture and uniform color. 5. After the final rubbing is completed and the surface has dried, it shall be rubbed with burlap to remove loose powder and shall be left free from all unsound patches, paste, powder, and objectionable marks. 6. Exposed surfaces not protected by forms shall be struck off with a straightedge and finished with a float to a true and even surface. The use of additional mortar to provide a plastered or grout finish will not be permitted. 3.25 CURING OF CONCRETE A. Cure concrete by keeping the surface continuously wet for 7 days where normal Portland cement is used, or 3 days where high -early strength Type III cement is used. Subject to approval by the Engineer, one of the following methods shall be followed: 1. Concrete forms shall be left in place and kept sufficiently damp at all times to prevent opening of the joints and drying of the concrete; or . 2. A curing compound as hereinbefore specified, where allowed, shall be applied immediately after removal of forms. 3. Exposed surfaces shall be continuously sprinkled. B. Slabs: 1. Protect surface by ponding; or 2. Cover with burlap or cotton mats kept continuously wet; or 3. Cover with 1 -inch layer of wet sand, earth, or sawdust, and keep continuously wet; or 4. Continuously sprinkle the exposed surface; or 03300.doc 12 5. Other agreed upon method that will provide that moisture is present and uniform at all times on the entire surface of the slab; the Contractor shall determine the best method of his operation to ensure a good water cure and submit this for review. 3.25 A. 3.26 A. CURING AND PROTECTION IN COLD WEATHER Conform to cold weather concreting hereinbefore specified and to ACI 306. Where water curing, as specified hereinbefore for slabs, is not possible, use a double coverage of an approved curing compound and protect the slabs during the cold weather from traffic by the use of Visqueen or other material inside the required heated enclosure if foot traffic is permitted on the slabs. Repair or replace concrete damaged by cold weather. PAYMENT Payment for the work in this Section will be included as part of the lump sum price as stated in the Proposal. 03300.doc 13 (THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) END OF SECTION 03300 03300.doc 14 SECTION 03400 MANHOLES PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED This section covers the materials and procedures used in the construction and repair of sanitary sewer manholes. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Furnish Shop Drawings and Submittal Data for approval prior to the delivery of any pre -cast manhole sections. B. Submit for approval any materials not listed specifically below. 1.03 REFERENCES Not Used, 1.04 MANHOLE -DIMENSIONS AND LAYOUT A. Construct all manholes in accordance with the Standard Manhole Details in Standard Detail Drawings. B. The required dimensions on manholes are: 1. Cone section height: 24 inches, minimum; 30 inches, maximum. -2. Throat section height: 12 inches, maximum. C. Locate the manhole so the centerlines of all pipelines entering and leaving pass through the center of the manhole. 03400.doc 1 D. The following are minimum manhole diameters for sanitary sewers entering/exiting a manhole at the following range of angles: MANHOLE DIAMETERS Pipes Entering/Leaving Pipes Entering/Leaving at 0° - 450 Bend at 45° - 90° Bend Pipe Size i. 8"-2l " 48" 48" 24" 48" 60" 2T'-30 60" 60" 33"-36" 72"* 72" 1.05 PROTECTION A. In all cases, the Contractor is responsible for protecting public and private property; and, protecting any person or persons who might be injured as a result of the Contractor's work. B. All utilities shown on the plans may not represent the exact location; however, the Contractor is responsible for verifying these locations and contacting "Arkansas One Call System" before excavating. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 WATER FOR MORTAR AND GROUT Water: Potable water free from injurious amounts of acids, alkalis, oils, sewage, vegetable matter, and dirt. 2.02 CEMENT Portland Cement, conforming to AASHTO M 85, Type I. 03400.doc 2 2.03 CAST -IN -PLACE MANHOLES A. Construct with Class A concrete only as outlined in Section 03300. C. The frame for the lid shall be installed when the manhole is constructed. 2.04 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES A. Conform to the latest requirements of ASTM C478. B. Never transport sections to the site until they have cured for at least ten (10) days. C. Mark each piece plainly with manhole numbers and date of manufacture so it can be installed in the proper location, as shown on the plans. D. Make sure factory -installed cutouts in the bottom section are appropriate for the pipe being laid. E. Pipe connections at manhole - Cutouts should be equipped with rubber boots to ensure a watertight connection. Material shall be equal to ' A lok, Z-lok, or Z-lok XP connector, as manufactured by A-Lok Products, Inc. F. Joint Sealant - Flexible rubber sealant for joints in pre -cast manhole sections shall provide permanently flexible watertight joints, shall remain workable over a wide temperature range and shall not shrink, harden or oxidize upon aging. Material shall be equal to Forsheda Pipe Seal Corporation and shall meet ASTM C 443 and ASTM C 361 requirements. G. All manhole joints shall be sealed with an external joint wrap material. Material shall be equal to Bided Butyl Wrap as manufactured by NPC. H. The frame for the lid shall be installed when cone section is cast. I . .REJECTION OF'PRECAST MANHOLE SECTIONS Precast reinforced concrete manholes, risers and tops shall be subject to rejection for failure to conform to any of the -following specification requirements: 1. Fractures or cracks passing through the shell, except for a single end crack that does not exceed the depth of the joint; 2. Defects that indicate imperfect proportioning, mixing and molding; 3. Surface defects indicating honeycombed or open texture; 03400.doc 3 4. Damaged ends, where such damage would prevent making a satisfactory joint; 5. Infiltration into manhole exceeding allowed limits; 6. The internal diameter of the manhole section shall not vary more than one (1) percent from the nominal diameter; 7. Not installed in conformance with Section 7; S. Not clearly marked date of manufacturer, trade name, size designation part number, and ASTM number; 9. Having a deviation more than 1/4" from the straight edge at any point across the top of manhole cone section or riser ring; and/or 10. Having any visible steel bars along inside or outside surface of the manhole except for reinforcement stirrups or spacers used to position the cage during manufacture. 2.05 MANHOLE DROP A. Drop on the outside of the manhole: Ductile iron pipe with mechanical joint fittings as specified in Section 02610 - Pipe and fittings. iii A. Cover must have the words FAYETTEVILLE ARKANSAS SANITARY SEWER cast in the top. Also, include two closed pick holes in top side of cover. B. Minimum combined weights of the manhole ring and cover is 260 pounds. Minimum cover weight is 120 pounds. Minimum ring weight is 140 pounds. C. All castings shall be cast with the approved foundry's name, manufacturing foundry mark, part number, and production date in mm/dd/yy format. All castings shall be manufactured in the USA and shall be clearly marked "Made in USA." D. All castings: Free from porosity, blowholes, hard spots, shrinkage, distortion and other defects; smooth and well cleaned by sandblasting; manufactured true to pattern. E. Ring and cover dimensions: Refer to Standard Detail Drawings. Final casting dimensions may vary one-half the maximum shrinkage possessed by the metal or no more than±1/16 inch per foot. 03400.doc 4 F. Lid and ring bearing surface: smooth finish, non -rocking design or machined bearing surfaces to prevent rocking and rattling under traffic. G. Cast Iron: ASTM A 48, Class 35B. H. Ductile Iron: ASTM A 536, Grade 80-55-06. 2.07 WATERTIGHT MANHOLE RING AND COVER A. Dimensions, casting quality, material: Same as Standard manhole ring and cover. B. Cover: machined with dovetail groove in cover for self sealing rubber gasket. 2.08 MANHOLE STEPS Manhole steps shall NOT be installed in any manholes. 2.09 RUBBER WATERSTOP GASKETS Waterstop gaskets shall be required at ALL manhole connections. Manhole seals shall be concrete manhole adapter by Fernco, or approved equal 2.10 MANHOLE GROUT 2,11 2.12 Cementitious non -shrink grout for use in manholes shall be one specially formulated for stopping active infiltration and filling voids in manholes and similar locations. Grout mix shall provide a quick -setting, volume -stable, cementitious product suitable for patching the interior of manholes when mixed and applied according to the manufacturer's recommendations. Grout mix shall be Strong Seal QSR, or equal. MANHOLE RISER RING Manhole riser rings shall be compatible with the size and type of manhole cover with which it will be used. TROWELABLE BITUMASTIC BACKPLASTER The exterior of the manhole from two (2) inches below the bottom riser ring on the cone section to and covering the base of the casting, including the voids on the outside joints of the riser rings shall be sealed with a trowelable bitumastic gasketed base exterior backplaster material, 1/4 -inch minimum thickness when dry. 03400.doc 5 PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 MANHOLES - GENERAL A. Perform excavation and prepare base area in accordance with Section 02200 — Earthwork, Trench Excavation and Backfill. B. Never install base in a water filled excavation. C. Place base per the Standard Detail Drawings and Section 03300 - Concrete. Extend base a minimum of six inches beyond finished sides of manhole. D. Extend all pipes entirely through the manhole wall so that a joint occurs approximately six inches, but no greater than 12 inches, outside the manhole wall. E. After manhole is constructed, wait no less than 48 hours, then backfill per Section 02200 — Earthwork, Trench Excavation and Backfill. 3.02 CAST -IN -PLACE MANHOLES A. Dimension and layout: Per City of Fayetteville Detail Drawings and Tables. The top section or cone must be concentric with the barrel unless otherwise noted. B. The frame shall be set in accordance with City of Fayetteville Details. C. Install rubber waterstop gaskets in the walls around all pipes. D. Interior finish: Smooth, free of fins or sharp edges. E. Invert to be constructed in accordance with City of Fayetteville Details. F. Care should be taken to prevent the end of the pipe from deflecting, due to loads imposed by the weight of the concrete. G. Construction joints on manholes of excessive depth shall be connected with reinforcement approved by the Engineer. 3.03 PRECAST MANHOLES A. Dimension and layout: Per City of Fayetteville Detail Drawings. The top section or cone must be concentric with the barrel unless otherwise noted. B. The bottom section for pre -cast manholes shall be manufactured as an integral part of the manhole base slab. 03400.doc 6 C. Install remaining sections in a truly vertical plane. D. Fill space between pipe and periphery of cutout entirely with grout. E. Grout joints between sections inside and outside. F. Interior finish: smooth, free of fins or sharp edges. G. Invert to be constructed the same as a cast -in -place manhole. H. Grout and/or plug lifting holes for manholes. I. All manhole joints shall be sealed with an external joint wrap material. Material shall be equal to, Bidco Butyl Wrap as manufactured by NPC. 3.04 DROP MANHOLES A. Install a drop manhole when the vertical difference between the pipe entering and leaving the manhole exceeds two (2) feet. B. Construct manhole base, barrel, and top per the requirements for brick, cast -in -place, or pre -cast manholes. C. Construct drop of ductile iron pipe with mechanical joint fittings as per Standard Details. D. Encase the 90 -degree bend in Class A or B concrete as per Standard Details. • E. Extend the ductile iron pipe a minimum of five (5) feet beyond the manhole excavation • before changing pipe materials. 3.05 MANHOLE FRAME AND COVER A. Set the manhole frame in Class A concrete as shown on the Standard Details as an :integral part of the manhole construction. B. Set manhole. frame and cover to level and to the elevation shown on the Drawings. In public rights -of -way, there set the ring and cover flush with pavements, sidewalks, or other paved surfaced areas. 03400.doc . 7 . is 3.06 MANHOLE INVERT A. Invert depth at the flow line: Approximately one-half the pipe diameter. B. In curved inverts, make curves with the longest possible radius to facilitate smooth flow. C. Invert shape: Semicircular. D. Invert materials and finish: Class A Concrete, smooth finish. E. Invert grade: Constant, smooth grade; no offsets. F. Bench: Slope grout upward from the edge of the invert to the manhole wall. G. Form a flow channel in the bench for any services stubbed into manhole. Form invert and finish per above. H. Cut the upper half of any pipe extending inside the manhole wall flush with the wall. Smooth rough edges with grout. 3.07 MANHOLE REPAIRS A. Make all repairs in accordance with these specifications. B. Use manhole grout in patching around new taps. C. Plaster all brickwork with mortar. 3.08 SEALING LINER IN MANHOLES A. Seal pipe at manhole as specified in Sections describing the pipe line rehabilitation process being used. 3.09 MANHOLE RISER RING A. Manhole riser rings may be used to raise manhole covers to grade. B. The throat section height shall not exceed 12 inches. The throat section shall be defined as the distance from the bottom of the integral cast manhole ring to the top of the manhole cover. END OF SECTION 3400 03400.doc 8 SECTION 16000 GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Work covered by this specifications shall include furnishing all labor, materials, equipment and services required to construct and install the complete electrical system shown on accompanying plans and specified herein. This work shall include: 1. Complete service entrance, main switchgear and distribution. 2. Complete distribution system for lighting, including necessary transformers, feeders, distribution panelboards, branch circuits, lighting fixtures, control switches and receptacles. 3. Complete distribution system for power, including feeders, branch -circuits disconnects, and power drop connections to motors. 4. Empty raceways and cabinets for telephone system. 5. Fire alarm system. 6. Grounding systems. B. Plans are diagrammatic and judgement shall be exercised to install electrical work in a practical manner to function properly, simplify future maintenance, and to fit building construction and. finish. Items not shown or specified which are required to produce a complete, operative and, finished system shall be provided. C. The electrical plans are a guide to the Contractor to show general arrangement of conduit and wiring and equipment required. If any error omissions or obscurities appear therein, which arequestionable, do not conform to good.practice or appear contrary to the purpose and intent of the work the Contractor shall promptly notify the Owner or his authorized representative and apply for directions either before or during construction. The exact location of conduit runs and lengths shall be determined by the Contractor in the field. D. The drawings may be superseded by later revised or detailed drawings or specification addenda' prepared by the Owner or his authorized representative. The Contractor shall conform to all reasonable change without extra cost to the Owner. All items not specifically mentioned in the .specifications or noted on the drawings, but which are obviously necessary to make a complete working installation, shall be included. E. •Visit the site(s) and examine all areas where work is to be done. Verify with the Owner's representative, the Engineer, the drawings, and examination of the existing building, the complete extent .of the work required. Inform the Engineer of any discrepancies between the plans and actual conditions no later than three days prior to bid for appropriate action 16000.doc 1 to be taken. Failure to do so will not constitute a valid reason for being compensated for additional work that may be required. F. Specifications and drawings are complimentary except that, in case of conflict, the most stringent will govern. G. The Owner may furnish some equipment. Electrical Contractor is responsible to check the drawings and specifications for equipment that will be furnished by the Owner. Furnish the electrical connections, etc., on all Owner furnished equipment. H. Should the particular equipment which any bidder proposes to install, require other space conditions than those indicated on the drawings, obtain substitution approval as specified herein and arrange for such space with the Owner or his authorized representative before submitting a bid. Should changes become necessary because of failure to comply with this clause, install the changes without additional expense. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. The General Conditions and Supplementary General Conditions of the contract are an integral part of the Specifications. Carefully note its contents in performance of the work. B. The General Requirements as included in Division I of the Specifications are an integral part of Division 16. Carefully note its contents in performance of the work. C. Examine all of the Architectural, Mechanical, Plumbing and Electrical drawings and specifications, field verify existing conditions, or otherwise determine the extent of related work in other divisions before submitting a quotation for the work in this division. Coordinate the work in this division with work in other divisions through the General Contractor. No extra payment will be made for additional work required by failure to coordinate the work. Should drastic changes from original drawings be necessary, the Contractor shall notify the Owner or his authorized representative and secure written approval and agreement from them on necessary adjustments before altered installation of work is started. D. The architectural, mechanical and structural plans and specifications, including Information to Bidders and other pertinent documents issued by the Engineer are a part of this Specification. Comply with them in every respect. Examine all the above carefully. Failure to comply does not relieve the Contractor of responsibility nor may it be used as a basis for additional compensation due to omission of architectural, mechanical and structural details from the electrical drawings. 16000.doc 2 E. Related work in other divisions requiring cooperation and coordination with this division includes, but is not limited to, the following: 1. Install temporary power as arranged under Division 1. 2. Perform all cutting and patching as required under Division 1. 3. Perform all earthwork required by the work in this division. Insure that excavating, backfilling and other earthwork conforms to Division 2 except where described in other sections of this division or on the drawings. 4. Furnish all sleeves, inserts, anchors and supports required by this work to be installed in concrete or masonry and coordinate with the respective trades under Division 3 and 4 for proper locations and installation. 5. Flash and seal roof penetrations in accordance with Division 7. Furnish locations and sizes and coordinate the installation with the respective trade. 6. Perform painting of electrical equipment and materials in finished areas as required under Division 9. Touch up or prime any surfaces required in this division in accordance with Division 9. Provide factory finishes as specified in other sections of this division. 7. Install branch circuits and make final connections to any equipment requiring electric power that is furnished and installed by the Contractor or by the Owner. Perform the electrical work. according to approved shop drawings. 8. Install empty raceways and outlet boxes or branch circuits for equipment to be furnished by others and installed after completion of the contract. 9. Install and connect motor starters furnished under Division 1.5 where starters are not an integral part of the equipment. Insure that starters generally conform to the • requirements of this division. 10. Mechanical equipment controls and control wiring, external to the mechanical equipment (including installation of thermostats and production ventilation • controls as noted on electrical plans), to be installed under Division 16. 11. Motors are furnished and installed generally as an integral part of equipment specified under Division 15 and must conform to the requirements of this division. 12. The Contractor shall furnish and place proper guards for prevention of accidents. He shall provide,and maintain any other necessary construction required to secure safety of life or property, including the maintenance of sufficient lights during all night hours to secure such protection. 1.03 FEES, PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS A. Obtain any and all required permits in connection with this work under the Contract and pay any and all fees in connection therewith. Arrange with the serving utility companies for the connections to all utilities and pay all charges for same including inspection fees and meters if required. • B. Under this section of work the Contractor shall, upon completion of the work, furnish a certificate of final inspection to the Engineer from the inspection department having jurisdiction. 16000.doc ' 3 1.04 CODES AND STANDARDS A. All work shall be done in a good workmanlike manner. Materials and workmanship shall comply with all applicable local state and federal codes including, but not limited to, the following: 1. National Electrical Code, 2008 Edition (NEC) 2. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL) 3. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) 4. Insulated Power Cable Engineers' Association (IPCEA) 5. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA) 6. American Standards Association (ASA) 7. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) 8. State Fire Prevention Code 9. Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) 10. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 11. Standard Building Code (SBC) The latest specifications and standards available shall be used for the above. B. Discrepancies shown on different plans, or between plans and actual field conditions, shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer promptly for resolution. C. Should the Contractor perform any work that does not comply with requirements of the applicable authorities, he shall bear all cost arising in correcting the deficiencies. D. Equipment and material which are not covered by UL standard will be accepted provided equipment and material is listed, labeled, certified or otherwise determined to meet safety requirements of a nationally recognized testing laboratory. Equipment of a class which . no nationally recognized testing laboratory accepts, certifies, lists, labels or determines to be safe will be considered, if inspected or tested in accordance with national industrial standards, such as NEMA, IPCEA or ANSI. Evidence of compliance must include certified test reports and definitive shop drawings. 1.05 UTILITIES, LOCATIONS AND ELEVATIONS A. Locations and elevations of the various utilities included within the scope of this work have been obtained from substantially reliable sources and are offered as a general guide only, without guarantee as to accuracy. Verify the location and elevation of all utilities and their relation to the work before entering into a contract. B. Protection of Existing Utilities: Existing utility lines to be retained that are shown on the drawings or the locations of which are made known to the Contractor prior to excavation, as well as all utility lines uncovered during excavation operations, shall be protected from damage during excavation and backfilling, and if damaged, shall be repaired by the Contractor, at his expense. 16000.doc 4 1.06 EXISTING BUILDING AND EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT A. Visit the existing building and become thoroughly acquainted with the existing physical plant, electrical systems and utilities in order to determine all of the work that will be necessary to carry out the intent of the plans and specifications. B. If it is necessary, in any way, to interfere with normal operations of the existing utilities in order to carry out the work, give notice and obtain written approval from the Owner before the work is started. C. If the work involved in this project requires the Contractor to work inside of an existing building, interruption of the regular routine of the building by the Contractor must be kept to a minimum. 1.07 TEMPORARY SERVICES AND RELATED CONDITIONS A. The Electrical Contractor shall provide, maintain and remove after construction is completed, a sufficient amount of the temporary utility electrical system to provide temporary electrical construction power. B. Each trade shall provide and pay for its own extensions for lights or power tools beyond the receptacle outlets located on columns and beyond the 3 -phase panelboard submains in the case of 3 -phase power tools and shall pay for connection of construction trailers to the temporary utility service. The following services, when required by any Contractor other than Electrical, shall be paid for under terms negotiated between the Electrical Contractor and the Contractor requesting such services. These services may include: 1.. Special circuits. required by electrical welders, elevators, lifts or other special equipment requiring high -amperage and/or special -voltage service. 2. Exterior lighting circuits for protection against vandalism; public warning lights and lights for advertising. 3. Overtime maintenance of temporary service facilities at the request of construction trade(s) or contractor(s). PART 2' PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. All electrical products used on this project shall conform, unless otherwise specifically noted, to applicable standards of the National Electrical Manufacturers Association and/or the United States of American Standards Institute. All electrical products used on this project shall also be listed on Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., and/or other agencies, as approved. 16000.doc 5 B. Approvals: 1. Are required of products or services of proposed manufacturers, suppliers and installers and will be based upon submission by Contractor of certification. a. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Manufacturer regularly and presently manufactures as one of the manufacturer's principal products the following items and has manufactured these items for at least five (5) years. Wire and Cable - all types Liaht Fixtures Molded Case Circuit Breakers Fuses Plug-in Strip Receptacle Units Conduit Low Voltage Fusible and Non -Fusible Switches Panelboards Fire Alarm Systems and Equipment Sealants Conduit Supports and Fittings b. Manufacturer's product submitted must have been in satisfactory operation on three (3) installations similar to this project for approximately three (3) years. c. There must be a permanent service organization maintained or trained by manufacturer which will render satisfactory service to this installation within eight (8) hours of receipt of notification that service is needed. d. Installer must have the technical qualifications, experiences, trained personnel and facilities to install specified items including at least three (3) years of successful installation of electrical work similar to that required on this project. Approval will not be given where the experience record is one of unsatisfactory performance. 2.02 ' MANUFACTURED PRODUCTS A. Insure that materials and equipment furnished is of current production by manufacturer's regularly engaged in the manufacture of such items for which replacement parts should be available. Items not meeting this requirement but which otherwise meet technical specifications and merits of which can be established through reliable test reports or physical examination of representative samples will be considered. B. Provide products of a single manufacturer when more than one (1) unit of the same manufacturer. C. Equipment Assemblies and Components: 1. All components -of an assembled unit need not be products of the same manufacturer. 2. Manufacturers of equipment assemblies which include components made by others must assume complete responsibility for the final assembled unit. 16000.doc • 6 3. Components must be compatible with each other and with the total assembly for the intended service. 4. Constituent parts which are similar must be the product of a single manufacturer. 5. Moving parts of any element of equipment of the units normally requiring lubrication must have means provided for such lubrication and must be adequately lubricated at factory prior to delivery. D. Identify all factory wiring on the equipment being furnished and on all wiring diagrams. E. Equipment and materials shall be new and shall bear the manufacturer's name, trade name and the UL label in every case where a standard has been established for the particular material. F. Equipment and materials of the same general type shall be of the same make throughout the work to provide uniform appearance, operation and maintenance. G. Dimensions: It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to insure that items furnished fit the space available. He shall make necessary field measurements to ascertain space requirements, including those for connections, and shall furnish and install such sizes and shapes of equipment that the final installation shall suit the true intent and meaning of the drawings and specifications. H. Manufacturer's directions shall be followed completely in the delivery, storage, protection and installation of equipment and materials. Notify the Engineer of any conflict between any requirement of the contract documents and the manufacturer's directions and obtain the Engineer's written instruction before preceding with the work. Should the Contractor perform any work that does not comply with the manufacturer's directions or such written instructions from the Engineer, he shall bear all costs arising in correcting the deficiencies. I. The Contractor shall provide and install all accessories, and incidental items to complete the work, ready to use and fully operational. 2.03 MATERIALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS A. Where materials, equipment; apparatus or other products are specified by manufacturer, brand name, - or type or catalog number, such designation is to establish standards of desired quality and style and shall be the basis of the bid. Materials so specified shall be furnished under the contract unless changed by mutual agreement. Where two or more designations are listed, choice shall be optional with the Contractor. B. It is the intent of these specifications -to establish quality standards of installed materials and equipment. Hence, specific items are identified by manufacturer, trade name or catalog designation. 16000.doc 7 C. Should the Contractor propose to furnish materials and equipment other than those specified, as permitted by the "or approved equal" clauses, he shall submit a written request for any or all substitutions to the Engineer. Such a request shall be an alternate to the original bid; shall be accompanied with complete descriptive (manufacturer, brand name, catalog number, etc.) and technical data for all items; and shall indicate any addition or deduction to contract price. D. Where such substitutions alter the design or space requirements indicated on the plans, the Contractor shall include all items of cost for the revised design and construction, including cost of all allied trades involved. E. Acceptance or rejections of the proposed substitutions shall be subject to approval by the Engineer. If requested by the Engineer, the Electrical Contractor shall submit for inspection samples of both the specified and the proposed substitute items. F. In all cases where substitutions are permitted, the Contractor shall bear any extra cost of evaluating the equality of the materials and equipment to be installed. 1. Furnish drawings showing all installation details, shop drawings, technical data and other pertinent information as required. 2. Approval by the Engineer of the equal equipment does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of furnishing and installing the equipment at no additional cost. 3. Furnish and install any other items required for the satisfactory installation of the equal equipment at no additional cost. This includes, but is not limited to, changes in branch circuits, circuit protective devices, conduits, wire, feeders, controls, panels, and correlation with other work, subject to the jurisdiction and approval of the Engineer. G. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to investigate any desired substitutions for specified equipment prior to submission of his bid. The contractor shall be responsible for any changes required in mechanical, electrical or structural systems resulting from equipment substitutions and shall bear all costs for those changes whether the substitute equipment is named for "equal" consideration or not. All changes shall be accomplished in a manner acceptable to the Owner, and at no additional cost to the Owner. 2.04 EQUIPMENT PROTECTION A. Store all materials and equipment to be installed in the work so as to insure the preservation of their quality, workability, and fitness for the work intended. Provide storage provisions for protection from the elements, rust and physical damage. Place stored materials on clean, hard surfaces above ground and keep covered at all times to insure protection from paint, plaster, dust, water and other construction debris or operations. Install heaters under the protective cover where the equipment may be 16000.doc 8 damaged due to moisture and weather conditions. Keep conduit ends plugged or capped and all covers closed on boxes, panels, switches, fixtures, etc., until installation of each item. Store all plastic conduit or duct out of direct sunlight in shaded areas. Locate stored materials and equipment to facilitate prompt inspection. B. Protect during installation, all equipment, controls, controllers, circuit protective devices, etc., against entry of foreign matter on the inside and be vacuum clean both inside and outside before testing, operating and painting. C. Replace damaged equipment, as determined by the Engineer, in first class operating condition or return to source of supply for repair or replacement. D. Protect painted surfaces with removable heavy kraft paper, sheet vinyl or equal, installed at the factory and removed prior to final inspection. E. Repair damaged paint on equipment and materials. Finish with same quality ofpaint and workmanship as used by manufacturer so repaired areas are not obvious. 2.05 EQUIPMENT ACCESSORIES A. Furnish and install all equipment, accessories, connections and incidental items necessary to fully complete all work, ready for use, occupancy and operation by the Owner. B. Where equipment requiring different arrangement or connections from those shown is provided, install the equipment to operate properly and in harmony with the intent of the drawings and specifications. C. Support, plumb, rigid and true to line all work and equipment included. Study • thoroughly all general, structural, electrical and mechanical drawings, shop drawings and catalog data to determine how equipment is to be supported, mounted or suspended and provide extra steel bolts, inserts, pipe stands, brackets and accessories for proper supports whether or not shown on the drawings. When directed, submit drawings showing supports. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 WORK PERFORMANCE A. Furnish and install a temporary electrical distribution system of adequate feeder sizes to prevent excessive voltage drop. Install all temporary work in a neat and safe manner. B. • Arrange, phase and perform work to assure electrical service for other buildings and areas at all times. See General Methods of Procedure under GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. C. Install and connect new work to existing work neatly and carefully. Repair or replace disturbed or damaged work to its prior condition as required by the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. 16000.doc. 9 D. Field coordinate with other trades in ample time to build all chases and openings, set all sleeves, inserts and concealed materials, and provide clearances that may be required to accommodate materials and equipment. Lay out electrical work so that in case of interference with other items the layout may be altered to suit conditions encountered. E. Cutting and Patching: 1. The Electrical Contractor shall be responsible for all required cutting, patching, etc., incidental to this work and shall make all required repairs thereafter to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Do not cut into any structural element, beam or column without the written approval of the Engineer. 2. Cut, patch, repair and/or replace pavements, sidewalks, roads and curbs as required to permit the installation of the work and pay all expenses incurred for this work. 3. Pipes, conduits, cables, wires, wire ducts and similar equipment that pass through fire or smoke barriers shall be protected in accordance with NFPA 101. F. Wall and Floor Penetrations: When conduit, wireways, buss duct and other electrical raceways pass through fire partitions, fire walls, or walls and floors, install a firestop that provides an effective barrier against the spread of fire, smoke and gases. Firestop material must be packed tight and completely fill clearances between raceways and openings. Use firestop material conforming to the following: 1. All wall penetrations shall be caulked and sealed. 2. The Contractor shall furnish and install all necessary sleeves and chases for all work passing through and attaching to walls, floors, ceilings or the roof. 3. Provide UL listed, fire rated poke through devices for floor penetrations as required by the Standard Building Code, National Fire Code and Life Safety Code. 4. Provide UL approved fire rated chases and fire sealing as required to maintain fire rating for all penetrations in fire rated walls. 5. Firestopping material must maintain its dimension and integrity while preventing the passage of flame, smoke and gases, under conditions of installation and use when exposed to the ASTM El 19 time temperature curve for a time period equivalent to the rating of the assembly penetrated. Cotton waste must not ignite when placed in contact with non -fire side during the test. Firestopping material must be noncombustible as defined by ASTM E136 and, in addition for insulation materials, melt point must be a minimum of 1700° F for one -hour protection and 1850° F for two-hour protection. 6. Floor, exterior wall and roof seals must be watertight. Sleeve walls and floors which are cored for installation of conduit with steel tubing, grouted and the space between the conduit and sleeve filled as specified herein. Where conduits pierce the roof, refer to architectural specifications and drawings for details. 7. Extend tubing one (1) inch minimum above finished floor. 16000.doc 10 G. Do not use electrical hangers and other supports for other than electrical equipment and materials. Provide not less than a safety factor of five (5) and conform with any specific requirements as shown on the drawings or in the specifications. H. Do not deviate from the plans and specifications without the full knowledge and consent of the Engineer. Should, at any time during the progress of the work, a new or existing condition be found which makes desirable a modification of the requirements of any particular item, report such item promptly to the Engineer for his decision and instruction. I. Notify all other contractors of any deviations or special conditions. Resolve interferences between the work of the various contractors prior to installation. Remove, if necessary, work installed which is not in compliance with the plans and specifications as specified above, and properly reinstall without additional cost to the Owner. J. This Contractor shall furnish all necessary scaffolding, cranes, tackle, tools and appurtenances of all kinds, and all labor required for the safe and expeditious execution of his contract. 3.02 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION AND EQUIPMENTS A. ,.Installation: 1. "Provide" and "Install" as used on the drawings and in the specifications means furnish, install, connect, adjust and test except where otherwise specified. 2. Install coordinated electrical systems, equipment and materials complete with auxiliaries and accessories installed. Remove, modify, relocate and reinstall the existing electrical equipment and materials as shown (refer to drawings). B. Equipment Location: As close as practical to locations shown on drawings. C. Working Spaces: Not less than specified in the National Electrical Code for all voltages specified. D. Inaccessible Equipment: 1. Where the Engineer determines that the Contractor has installed equipment not conveniently accessible for operation and maintenance, remove and reinstall equipment as directed at no additional cost. 2.. "Conveniently Accessible" is defined as being capable of being reached without the use of ladders or without climbing or crawling under or:over obstacles such as motors, pumps, belt guards, transformers, piping and ductwork. E. Equipment and Materials: 1. Install new equipment and materials unless otherwise specified. 2. Insure that equipment and materials are designed to provide satisfactory operation and operating life for environmental conditions where being installed. NEC and other code requirements applied to the installation and other code requirements 16000.doc 11 apply to the installation in areas requiring special protection such as explosion - proof, vapor -proof, water tight and weather-proof construction. 3.03 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION A. In addition to the requirements of the National Electrical Code, install identification sign which will clearly indicate information required for use and maintenance of items such as panelboards, cabinets, motor controllers (starters), safety switches, separately enclosed circuit breakers, individual breakers, and controllers in switchgear and motor control assemblies, control devices and other significant equipment. 3.04 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. The drawings and specifications indicate the requirements for the systems, equipment, materials, operation and quality. They are not to be construed to mean limitation of completion to the products of specific manufacturers. 3.05 SYSTEM VOLTAGES A. Voltage ranges are defined as follows: 1. High Voltage: Above 600 volts 2. Low Voltage: 600 volts and lower 3.06 SUBMITTALS A. Obtain the Owner's approval for all equipment and materials before ordering, authorizing production, purchasing or delivery to the job site. Delivery, storage or installation of equipment or material which has not had prior approval is not permitted at the job site. B. Include in all submittals adequate descriptive literature, catalog cuts, shop drawings and other data necessary for the Engineer to ascertain that the proposed equipment and materials comply with specification requirements. Catalog cuts submitted for approval must be legible and clearly identify equipment being submitted. C. Make submittals for individual systems and equipment assemblies which consist of more than one item or component for the system or assembly as a whole. Partial submittals will not be considered for approval. D. Submit within fifteen (15) days after the awarding of the Contract, three (3) complete - List of Manufacturers - of all equipment and materials proposed. After the list of all equipment and materials has been reviewed'by the Engineer, submit within thirty (30) days thereafter six (6) complete brochures of shop drawings and descriptive data of all material and equipment. 16000.doc 12 E. The submittals must include the following: 1. Information which confirms compliance with contract requirements. Include the manufacturer's name, model or catalog numbers, catalog information, technical data sheets, shop drawings, pictures, nameplate data and test reports as required. 2. Elementary and interconnection wiring diagrams for communication and signal systems, control system and equipment assemblies. All terminal points and wiring must be identified on wiring diagrams. 3. Parts list which must include those replacement parts recommended by the equipment manufacturer. 4. Approvals will be based on complete submission only. F. Furnish shop drawings for the work involved in sufficient time so that no delay or changes will be caused. Thermofax copies are not acceptable - only permanent type prints are allowed. G. Verify that shop drawings comply in all respects with the item originally specified. It is the Contractor's responsibility to procure the proper sizes, quantities, rearrangements, structural modifications or other modifications in order for the substituted item to comply with the established requirements. H. Any shop drawings prepared to illustrate how equipment, conduit, fixtures, etc., can be fitted into available spaces will be examined under the assumption that the Contractor has verified all the conditions. Obtaining approval thereon does not relieve the Contractor of responsibility in the event the material cannot be installed as shown on the drawings. I. The following procedure shall be observed when shop drawings are requested. The Contractor shall submit six (6) prints of shop drawings to the Engineer for comment or correction, after which the Contractor shall submit four (4) sets of corrected shop drawings prints to Engineer for final approval. This same procedure shall be observed if subsequent shop drawing revisions are made. J. Submit working scale drawings of apparatus and equipment which in any way varies from these specifications and plans, to be -reviewed by the Engineer before the work is started. Correct interferences with the structural conditions before the work proceeds. K. Submit all shop drawings at the same time. in a looseleaf binder with double index as follows: -1. List the products alphabetically by name. 2. List the name and manufacturers whose products have been incorporated in the work alphabetically together with their addresses and the name and addresses of the local sales representative. I6000.doc 13 3.07 TESTS AND DEMONSTRATION A. The Electrical Contractor shall, test all wiring and connections for continuity and grounds before equipment is installed. When directed by the Engineer, he shall perform tests to demonstrate the insulation resistance of any selected circuit or group of circuits. This Contractor shall test all feeder cables after installation and before energizing by use of an approved DC voltage megger. The test shall be performed in the presence of the Electrical Project Manager as designated by Owner. A written record shall be provided. Before energizing the system, this Contractor shall check all connections and set all relays and instruments for proper operation. He shall obtain necessary clearances, approvals and instructions from the serving utility company. Test procedures, conduct of test, and documentation of test results shall be in accordance with the Engineers specific instructions. C. As equipment and materials are being installed and connected, test the installation for the following: 1. Short circuits and ground faults 2. Insulation resistance at 500 volts DC 3. Grounding continuity D. After tests are completed and necessary corrections are made, put each system into operation and demonstrate its performance to o the satisfaction of the Owner's authorized representative. E. Provide written documentation of tests and performance as requested by the Owner's authorized representative. F. Furnish all water, fuel, electricity, instruments, test equipment and personnel that are required for the particular test. Certify that equipment and gauges are in good working order. Remove equipment subject to damage during test from line before test is applied. G. After installation is complete the Contractor shall conduct operating test of all electrical systems for approval by the Engineer. Test shall include verification of direction of rotation for all motors. The equipment shall be demonstrated to operate in accordance with the requirements of the plans and specifications. The test shall be performed in the presence of the Engineer. 3.08 COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE A. Upon completion of the work and before final acceptance, perform the duties and provide the documents as follows in accordance with the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 of Contract. B. Remove all rubbish, tools and surplus materials accumulated during the execution of the work in this Division. 16000.doc 14 C. Touch up any equipment or finishes damaged during delivery or installation from the work in this Division. D. Provide a written one-year guarantee of materials and work except for items that are specified to have a longer warranty. Items that have a published or normal life expectancy of less than one year, such as incandescent lamps are to be covered by the manufacturer's guarantee. E. Provide systems and equipment installation, operating and maintenance instructions and catalog data for transmittal to the Owner. Place the data in a looseleaf binder which contains an index of the products listed alphabetically by name and a separate index listing the manufacturers alphabetically by name and including the manufacturer's address and the name and address of their local representative. F. Instruct the Owner's representative in the proper operation and maintenance of the systems and their elements as required or directed to familiarize the Owner in the operation and maintenance of the systems. 3.09 RECORD DRAWINGS A.. , The Contractor shall keep a neat and accurate record of field changes made during construction. Changes shall be penciled in on a separate set of drawings used only for recording changes: At completion of the project the Contractor shall deliver this set to the Engineer for preparation of record drawings. 3.10 DEMOLITION A. There are areas within the project site in which demolition will have to be performed due to the construction requirements. The demolition work involved is not fully described herein; however, the information given on the architectural and electrical drawings and the information set out in the Specifications substantially serve to inform the Electrical Contractor as to the full extent of the demolition required. It is the intent of this specification that all required demolition work be fully and completely performed and all work be accomplished in a neat 'and workmanlike manner. B. ' ' Floor plans show the walls and partitions'that are to be added or removed as part of the remodeling work. Study these sheets, along with the architectural, structural, electrical and mechanical drawings for the complete scope of work, to accomplish the demolition and remodeling portion of the project. C. Visit the site and examine the areas where demolition and remodeling work is to be done. Verify with the Owner's representative, the Engineer, the drawings and examination of the existing building, the extent of the demolition work that is now concealed in walls, above ceilings and below floors. Failure to do so will not constitute a valid reason for being compensated for required demolition work that is now concealed. 16000.doc 15 3.11 EXCAVATION AND TRENCHING A. Excavate to the depths indicated on the drawings or as required to provide adequate burial depth. Excavated materials not required or suitable for backfill or fill shall be removed from the site. Do such grading as is necessary to prevent surface water from flowing into trenches or other excavations. Water accumulating therein shall be removed by pumping or by other method. Sheeting and shoring shall be installed as may be necessary for protection of the work and for safety of personnel. Excavation shall be by open cut except that short sections of a trench may be tunneled if the pipe can be safely and properly installed and backfill can be properly tamped in such tunnel sections. B. Trench Excavation: Grade bottom of trenches to provide uniform bearing and support for each section of pipe on undisturbed soil. Where rock is encountered excavate to a minimum overdepth of 4 inches below trench depths indicated on the drawings or specified. Overdepth in rock excavation and unauthorized overdepths shall be backfilled. Whenever wet or otherwise unstable soil incapable of properly supporting the pipe in encountered, such soil shall be removed and the trench backfilled to proper grade as hereinafter specified. C. Trenches shall not be backfilled until tests have been performed, wires have been pulled and the systems as installed conform to requirements of the drawings and specifications. D. Backfill trenches with excavated materials consisting of earth, sandy clay, sand, gravel, soft shale or other approved materials, free from clods of earth or stones 2 1/2 -inch maximum dimension, deposited in 6 -inch layers and compacted to 95% Standard Proctor Compaction Test of the maximum laboratory density determined in accordance with ASTM D698, Moisture -Density Relation of Soils. Test for maximum density will be made without expense to the Contractor. If fills fail to met the specified densities, the Contractor shall remove and recompact the fill until specified densities are achieved. Compaction test shall be performed for each fifty (50) linear feet of trench. 3.12 SALVAGE A. All items of usable equipment remain the property of the Owner. Store all such items of equipment which are to be removed and which are not to be reused on the premises as directed by the Owner. B. Usable items, as determined by the Owner, include existing electrical equipment, fixtures and other equipment so designated. Remove all unused items from the premises. 3.13 FINALLY A. It is the intention that this specification shall provide a complete installation. All accessories and apparatus necessary for complete operational systems shall be included. The omission of specific reference to any part of the work necessary for such complete 16000.doc 16 installation shall not be interpreted as relieving this Contractor from furnishing and installing such parts. 16000.doc 17 (THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) ***END SECTION 16000*** 16000.doc 18 SECTION 16109 IDENTIFICATION PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide and install identification markers. 1.02 RELATED W( A. Section 16111: B. Section 16134: C. Section 16120: D. Section 16160: E. Section 16170: )RK Conduit Outlet and Pull Boxes Wires and Cables Panelboards Motor and Circuit Disconnects PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Provide nameplates of laminated phenolic plastic with engraved letters 3/16 -inch high at pushbutton stations, thermal overload switches, receptacles, wall switches and similar devices where the nameplate is attached to the device plate. At all other locations, make lettering 1/4 -inch high, unless otherwise detailed on the drawings. Securely fasten nameplate to the equipment with No. 4 Phillips, roundhead, cadmium plated, steel self - tapping screws or nickel plated brass bolts. Motor nameplates may be non-ferrous metal not less than 0.03 -inch thick, die stamped. B. Pre -marked, self-adhesive, wrap around type markers, manufacturers: Brady, T&B, E -Z Code. 16109.doc 1 PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. General: Equip the following items with nameplates. 1. All motors, motor starters, motor control center, pushbutton stations, control panels, time switches. 2. Disconnect switches, fused or unfused switchboards and panelboards, circuit breakers, contactors or relays in separate enclosure. 3. Wall switches controlling outlets for lighting fixtures or equipment where the outlets are not located within sight of the controlling switch. 4. Special electrical systems at junction and pull boxes terminal cabinets and equipment racks. B. Upon job completion the Contractor shall obtain Owner's approval for all nameplate inscriptions prior to fabrication and installation. Include on nameplates for panelboards and switchboards the panel designation, voltage and phase of the supply. The name of the machine or the motor nameplates for a particular machine must be the same as the one used on all motor starter, disconnect and pushbutton station nameplates for that machine, unless specifically directed otherwise by the Owner. C. The Contractor shall provide typed panel schedules for all electrical panels. Schedules shall reflect actual wiring incorporating all field changes. D. Label all junction boxes with a black permanent marker indicating circuit number and distribution panel or motor control center feeling the circuits contained therein. ***END SECTION 16109*** 16109.doc 2 SECTION 16111 CONDUIT PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Conduit and couplings. B. Flexible conduit. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 16109: Identification 1.03 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS A. Republic, Wheatland, Allied, Triangle or approved equal. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Unless otherwise noted, all conduit shall be hot -dipped, galvanized rigid steel for outside or dry locations inside, and aluminum for wet locations and all process areas inside. Use anti -seize compound on all aluminum threaded joints. B. Minimum size conduit shall be 3/4 -inch. Other sizes shall be as indicated on the plans, or required by the NE Code for number and size of conductors installed. C. Flexible Conduit: Liquid Tight Non-metallic Flexible Conduit. D. Transitions between nonmetallic conduits and conduits of other materials shall be made with the manufacturer's standard adapters designed for such purpose. E. For underground and exterior concealed conduit, use rigid threaded galvanized steel unless noted otherwise. F. Make connections to motors and equipment with PVC jacketed flexible conduit and liquid -tight connectors. Minimum size 1/2 -inch for motor .connections. Use 3/4 -inch Greenfield flexible conduit only for fixture wiring. Provide sufficient length of flexible 16111.doc 1 conduit to avoid transmission of vibration. G. Do not use PVC conduit unless specifically called for on the plans or required by other Sections of these Specifications. H. Wireways 1. Where indicated on the plans, approved metal wireways shall be furnished and installed complete with the necessary complement of fittings, connectors and accessory parts. Wireways shall be of the "lay -in" type with screw covers for full channel access. Wireways cross-sectional dimensions shall be as noted on the plans. All sheet metal parts shall be coated with a rust inhibitor. All hardware shall be plated to prevent corrosion. 2. Wireways shall be securely supported by approved methods at 5 -foot intervals. Number of conductors per wireway shall conform to the latest NE Code requirements. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. All wiring systems shall be installed in raceways consisting of galvanized steel tubing, rigid galvanized steel, flexible steel conduit, neoprene covered flexible steel conduit, pvc coated steel conduit, cable tray or aluminum conduit. B. Water tight junction boxes, fittings, expansion joints, compression fittings (for use with all electrical tubing), conduit hubs, etc., shall be provided, for all electrical systems wherever construction dictates including, but not limited to, outdoor locations. C. Flexible conduit used in outdoor locations or indoor locations where exposed to continuous or intermittent moisture shall be liquid tight, neoprene covered and UL listed. All fittings for such applications shall be liquid tight, nylon insulated throat type as manufactured by Thomas and Bretts, Series 5331, or approved equal. D. Sufficient slack shall be provided in all flexible conduit connections to reduce the effects of vibration. E. Insulated bushings shall be used where conduit is installed in any enclosure or junction box. In addition, insulated bushings shall be used on all conduit 1 1/4 -inch and larger. F. All conduit bends shall have a radius greater than or equal to that stipulated by the NEC. G. All conduit joints shall be cut square, threaded, reamed smooth and drawn up tight. Bends or offsets shall be made with standard conduit ells, field bends made with an approved bender or hickey, or hub -type conduit fittings. Number of bends per run shall conform to NE Code limitations. 16111.doc . 2 Concealed conduits shall be run in a direct line with long sweep bends and offsets. Exposed conduits shall be run parallel to and at right angles to building lines. Conduits shall be continuous from outlet to outlet and from outlets to cabinets, pull or junction boxes, and shall be secured to all boxes with locknuts and bushings in such a manner that each system shall be electrically continuous throughout. Conduit ends shall be capped to prevent entrance of foreign materials during construction. Conduit terminals at cabinets and boxes shall be rigidly secured with locknuts and bushings required by the NE Code and local electrical codes. H. Install conduit concealed in all areas excluding mechanical, electrical and elevator rooms, connections to motors, connections to surface cabinets and conduit to fixtures in rooms without ceilings. I. For exposed runs, attached surface mounted conduit with clamps. J. Coordinate installation of conduit in masonry work. K. Install conduit free from dents and bruises. Plug ends to prevent entry of dirt or moisture. L. All conduit systems shall be installed complete and shall be cleaned out before installation of conductors. M. Alter conduit routing to avoid structural obstructions, minimizing crossovers. N. Provide sealing conduit fittings where conduits penetrate walls separating areas operating at different temperatures. Install a removable foam sealant to prevent air movement in conduit after final test of systems. O. Provide flashing and pitch pockets making watertight joints where conduits pass through roof or waterproofing membranes. P. Install UL approved expansion fittings complete with grounding jumpers where conduits cross building expansion joints (review architectural and structural drawings and coordinate with General Contractor to determine expansion jointlocations). Provide bends or offsets in conduit adjacent to building expansion joints where conduit is installed above suspended ceilings. Q. Route all exposed conduits parallel or perpendicular to building lines. Run concealed conduits in a direct line. R. Allow minimum of 6 -inch clearance at flues, steam pipes and heat sources. Allow 12 - inch clearance at telephone conduits. Where possible, install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping. 1611Ldoc 3 S. Make bends of offsets with standard conduit ells, field bends with approved bender or hickey or hub type fittings. T. Punch holes required in cabinets with a Greenlee tool. U. Securely support conduits from the structure using approved type clamps, hangers and assemblies. Space supports according to manufacturer's recommendations and accepted practice. Do not support conduits from ceiling suspension system. In no case exceed spacing per NEC maximum. V. Keep all conduits dry and free of water or debris with approved plugs or caps. W. Install conduit floor stub -ups with a coupling flush with the finished floor. Where an outlet is required, install a nipple from the coupling to the outlet to achieve the desired height. Where no outlet is required, seal the coupling with a flush plug. X. Leave a No. 12 copper wire in all empty conduits. Terminate empty conduit stubouts with insulated throat connector or plastic bushing. Y. Install properly sized grounding conductor in all conduit. Z. Do not install conduit in metal deck corrugations or within 12 inches of roof deck without approval of Owner. Support conduits on metal hangers suspended from structure. ***END SECTION 16111*** 16111.doc 4 SECTION 16120 WIRES AND CABLES 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Wire and Cables 1.02 RELATED WORK A: Section 16109: Identification PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS A. Conductors - Triangle, Anaconda, Rome, Phelps Dodge, Southwire, Belden or approved equal. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Wire and cable shall be new, shall have size, grade of insulation, voltage and manufacturer name permanently marked on outer covering at regular intervals. B. Wire shall be color coded with a separate color for each phase and neutral and the color code shall be consistent throughout installation. C. Building Wiring: 98% conductivity, soft drawn conforming to requirements of the NEC and relevant ASTM specifications, copper, 600 volt insulation, dual rated THHN-THWN. (No aluminum conductors shall be allowed in the work.) • D. - Branch Circuit Wiring: • 1. - Conductors smaller than No. 12 AWG gauge not permitted, unless specifically • noted. All conductors shall be stranded construction. 2.. Conductors shall be in conduit with the conduit fill as per the NEC. E. • Fire Alarm n System Wiring: THHN type insulation for fire alarm system conductors; UL listed plenum -rated cable for conductors not in conduit. F. Control Wiring: Type MTW, stranded construction, terminated in spade or ring lugs. 1612o.doc 1 G. Exterior Wiring: Bare stranded for ground, THWN-THHN for all other. H. Conductors shall be spliced by approved methods and only in approved junction boxes and not in conduit. I. Use pre -insulated pressure connectors such as Scotchlock on conductors No. 10 and smaller. Use approved high-pressure crimp sleeve connectors on No. 8 and larger conductors. J. Make ground and feeder conductor lug connections using high pressure crimp lugs such as Anderson, T & B, Burndy. Make underground ground connections using cast thermal process such as Cadweld. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Make conductor length for parallel feeders identical. ' B. Lace or clip groups of conductors at panelboards, pull boxes and wireways. C. Provide copper grounding conductors and straps. D. Install wire and cable in code conforming raceway. E. Use wire pulling lubricant for pulling No. 4 AWG and larger wire. Do not use pulling lubricant for isolation panel secondary circuits. F. Install wire in conduit runs after concrete and masonry work is complete and after moisture is swabbed from conduits. G. Splice only in accessible junction or outlet boxes. Install splices and taps which have mechanical strength and insulation rating equivalent -or -better than conductor and are compatible with conductor material. H. Color coding shall be by wire color for #10 and smaller, and by colored tape for larger conductors. Panel phasing shall be ABC for the entire system. Approved colors are: 480V Phase A Brown Phase B Orange Phase C Yellow Neutral White 208V Phase A Black 16120.doc 2 Phase B Red Phase C Blue Neutral Gray or White with Yellow tracing Ground Green Or as required by local codes. All conductors shall be manufactured by an approved American manufacturer. I. Install isolation circuits in accordance with NFPA 99 in rigid steel conduits. Run separate green #10 THHN grounding conductor in rigid steel conduit to all outlets, lights, variable intensity controllers and fixed equipment. J. -Run isolation secondary circuits direct from source to outlet without using splices, taps, splitters or junctions. K. All circuits are 2 - #12, 1 #12 ground, unless noted otherwise. Use #10 AWG conductors on 20 amp branch circuits which exceed 50 feet to the first outlet. L. Install home runs as indicated on the drawings. Circuits may be grouped into 3 -phase home runs but in no case are more than 5 conductors allowed in a home run unless specifically noted. 3.02 MARKING A. Identify circuits using wire markers at the following locations: 1. All power and lighting branch circuits and feeders at pull boxes, fixtures, outlets, motors, etc., indicating panel and circuit number at which each circuit or feeder originates. 2. All branch circuits in the panelboard gutters indicating corresponding branch circuit numbers. 3. All signal and control wires at all termination points such as cabinets, terminal boxes, equipment racks, control panels, consoles, etc. Install in accordance with approved schedules prepared by the equipment manufacturer or by the Contractor. 4. Both ends of all -pull wires with tag reading "PULL WIRE" and numbered to refer to the same pull wire. 16120.doc 3 (THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) { 3 . ***END SECTION 16120*** 16120.doc 4 SECTION 16134 OUTLET AND PULL BOXES PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Outlet boxes B. Pull and junction boxes 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 16109: Identification B. Section 16141: Wall Switches C. Section 16145: Receptacles 1). Section 16147: Plate Covers PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. All outlet or junction/pull boxes shall be of a proper size for the use and shall be of the type approved for the location by the Engineer. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A.- Mount outlet boxes flush in areas other than mechanical rooms, electrical rooms, above removable ceilings, and on exposed structure in rooms without ceilings. • B. Adjust position.of outlets in finished masonry walls to suit masonry. course lines. • C. Do not install boxes back-to-back in same wall, allow 6 -inch minimum horizontal spacing between boxes. Coordinate cutting of masonry walls to achieve neat openings for boxes. Use rotary cutting equipment to. cut masonry work to installation of electrical fittings. 16134.doc 1 D. E. F. G. Locate boxes in masonry walls so that only a corner need be cut from masonry units. Do not use sectional or handy boxes unless specifically requested. For boxes mounted in exterior walls, make sure that there is insulation behind outlet boxes to prevent condensation in boxes. For outlets mounted above counters, benches and splashbacks, coordinate location and mounting heights with built-in units. Adjust outlet mounting height to agree with required location for equipment served. H. Securely mount each outlet box to metal studs with outlet box mounting supports. If a bar or strap is used, secure to at least two metal studs. I. Do not install more than three 3/4 -inch conduits into one 4 -inch outlet box. Do not use more than one extension ring on a box. J. For heights of outlets above the finished floor in permanent partitions, use the following unless otherwise noted: Convenience Receptacles Brackets Switches Telephone Outlets Other Outlets 16 inches, or as directed As directed 48 inches, or as directed 16 inches, or as directed As directed or indicated K. Locate pull boxes and junction boxes above removable ceiling or in electrical rooms, utility rooms or storage areas. L. Install pull boxes of the proper size and depth to accommodate the required conduit and wires. ***END SECTION 16134*** 16134.doc 2 SECTION 16141 WALL SWITCHES PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Wall switches 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 16109: Identification B. Section 16134: Outlet and Pull Boxes PART 2- PRODUCTS • 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers Device Hubbell Single Pole Switch 1221 Double Pole Switch 1222 Three -Way Switch 1223 Four -Way Switch 1224 B. Other Acceptable Manufacturers: Bryant, Arrow Hart and P & S, Leviton or General Electric. C. Dimmers: Prescolite DSI or DSF Series as required, size as noted on drawings. 2.02 MATERIALS A. 120/277 Volt. Switches: Quite slow -make, slow -break design, toggle handle with totally .. ... enclosed case, rated 20 ampere, specification grade. Provide matching two pole, three- way and our -way switches. B. Color: Provide ivory switches, unless specifically noted otherwise.. 16141.doc 1 C. Dimmers: Electronic switching type with torroid filter coil to eliminate RF interference. D. Provide metal barrier between gangs in boxes, where adjacent switches have a potential in excess of 300V between conductors. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Coordinate switch mounting location with architectural detail and heights as noted on plans. B. Run separate neutral for each dimmer to prevent interaction. ***END SECTION 16141*** 16141.doc 2 SECTION 16145 RECEPTACLES PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Receptacles 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 16109: Identification B. Section 16134: Outlet and Pull Boxes • C. Section 16147: Plate Covers D. Section 16450: Grounding PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable products for installation in all general use areas of the project: Device Hubbell Duplex Receptacle 5362 Duplex Receptacle-GFI GF5362 Single Receptacle 5361 • Special Outlets See Plans Isolated Ground Receptacle IG5362 B. Other approved manufacturers are: Arrow -Hart, Hubbell, Pass & Seymour, Leviton or General Electric. C. Welding receptacles shall be 60 amp, 240 volt, 1 -phase Mennekes Catalog No. ME 360- M16 in NEMA 4X enclosure with pad -lockable rotary handle. 2.02 DEVICES A. Standard Duplex Receptacle: Full gang size, polarized, duplex, parallel blade, U - grounding slot, hospital grade, rated at 20 amperes, 125 volts, designed for split feed service. 16145.doc 1 2.02 DEVICES A. Standard Duplex Receptacle: Full gang size, polarized, duplex, parallel blade, U - grounding slot, hospital grade, rated at 20 amperes, 125 volts, designed for split feed service. B. Nameplates: Provide engraved or embossed plastic for receptacles other than standard duplex and standard single receptacles indicating voltage, phase and amperes. C. Color: Provide ivory receptacles in areas with light wall finish. Provide brown receptacles in areas with wood or dark wall finish. Provide 2, 3 and 4 pole receptacles black; emergency circuit receptacles in red. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Mount receptacles at mounting heights specified on the plans with grounding pole at top. B. Connect all devices using pigtails. Do not through -wire on device terminals. C. Mount outlets for electric water coolers and other similar permanently installed plug connected equipment behind equipment according to approved installation drawing. ***END SECTION 16145*** 16145.doc 2 SECTION 16147 PLATE COVERS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Plate Covers 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 16109: Identification B. Section 16141: Wall Switches C. Section 16145: Receptacles PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Hubbell, Bryant, P & S and Arrow Hart. 2.02 MATERIALS A. High impact nylon, completely smooth, color to match device or as shown; for devices on emergency circuit use red plates. For isolated ground devices use white cover plates. B. Stainless Steel: Type 302 or 304, No. 4 finish, 0.040 inches thick, accurately die cut, . protected with release paper. C. Cast Metal: Die cast profile, ribbed or"sireriglh, flash removed, primed with grey enamel, furnished complete with fourmounting screws. D. Gaskets: Resilient rubber or closed cell foam urethane. E. Steel: Hot dip galvanized, 1.25 oz./sqft. minimum. 16147.doc 1 2.03 PLATES A. Flush Mounting Plates: Bevelled type with smooth rolled outer edge, stainless steel or bakelite. B. Surface Box Plates: Bevelled, steel, pressure formed for smooth edge to fit box. C. Weatherproof Plates: Cast metal, gasketed, for receptacles provide spring loaded gasketed doors. D. Where two gang boxes are required for single gage devices, provide special plates with device opening in one gang and second gang blank. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install coverplates on wiring devices level and with all four edges in contact with finished surfaces. B. Use nylon plates in all interior office areas unless noted. Use stainless steel plates in mechanical production and utility type areas. C. Where more than one switch is shown at an outlet, switches shall be installed under a gang plate in an order appropriate to out location. D. Furnish and install wall plates of appropriate type and size for all wiring and control devices, signal and telephone outlets. E. When devices are installed in exposed conduit fittings or outlet boxes, the plates or covers shall be of a type designed for the fittings or boxes. ***END SECTION 16147*** 16147.doc 2 SECTION 16160 PANELBOARDS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Branch circuit panelboards. 1.02 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Construct panelboards of UL standards and provide UL labels. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Approved Manufacturers: Square D, General Electric, Cutler Hammer, Westinghouse. 2.02 ENCLOSURES A. Panels: Surface (or flush) mounted complete with panel trim having concealed hinges and trim mounting screws. Provide locking door with flush catch. B. Panel Can: Galvanized, painted to match trim. C. Keys: Provide two (2) keys for each panel. Make keys interchangeable for panels of same voltage. 2.03 POWER DISTRIBUTION AND LIGHTING PANELS A. Where shown on the plans, indicated in the riser diagram, and listed in the panelboard schedule, furnish and install distribution and power panels of the types and sizes noted. Panels shall be installed with top of cabinet 6 feet above floor level. B. Distribution panelboards shall be of the. dead -safety type equipped with thermal -magnetic circuit -breaker branches of sizes and types noted on the drawings or -indicated in the panelboard schedule. Breakers shall provide instantaneous trip on short circuits and time -delay trip on overloads. C. Panel bus structure shall be for voltage, ampacity, phase, and wire service as shown on panel schedule and of sufficient capacity.to feed the number o.f branch -circuit breakers indicated. Main busbars shall be equipped with solderless lugs. 16160.doc 1 D. Panelboard assembly shall be enclosed in a code -gauge steel cabinet with appropriate trim and ample wiring gutters on top, sides and bottom. Cabinet doors shall be equipped with spring latches (with locks, all keyed alike, with two keys furnished). 2.04 LIGHTING PANELS A. Panelboards shall conform to Federal Specs W -P -115a, Type 1, Class 1. Panelboards shall conform to NEC requirements for wire bending room and shall be UL approved. B. All bussing shall be copper. C. All panelboards shall have a movable, separately insulated neutral and be of dead front type construction. D. Interiors shall be capable of accepting bolt -on breakers only. E. All breakers, including main, shall have a minimum interrupting capacity of 14K or as indicated on the drawings. Breakers shall be quick make, quick break molded case with inverse time element, thermal -magnetic tripping. Multipole breakers shall have an internal common trip connection for simultaneous action. No handle ties will be accepted. F. Cans shall be 20 inches wide and 6 inches deep. G. All lighting branch -circuit panelboards shall be of the circuit -breaker type of sizes listed in the panelboard schedule or noted on the drawings. Panels shall have mains only with solderless lugs on the main bus bars and shall be arranged for service on voltage, amperage, phase and wire system as shown on panel schedule. H. Branches shall have single -pole, thermal -magnetic (non -interchangeable) circuit breakers of sizes noted. Cabinets for lighting panelboards shall be of code -gauge steel with ample wiring gutters for all wires and connections. Doors shall be the single type (unless otherwise noted) with spring latches (with locks, all keyed alike, with 2 keys furnished) for mounting as noted. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Provide mounting brackets, busbar drillings and filler pieces for unused spaces. B. Prepare and affix typewritten directory to inside cover of panelboard indicating loads controlled by each circuit. ***END SECTION 16160*** 16160.doc 2 SECTION 16170 MOTOR AND CIRCUIT DISCONNECTS 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide and install motor and circuit disconnects. 1.02 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to National Electrical Code (NEC) and to applicable inspection authority. 1.03 REFERENCES A. Underwriters' Labs, Inc. Annual Product Directories. B. Classification of Standard Types of Non -Ventilated Enclosures for Electric Controllers, National Electrical Manufacturers Association. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: General Electric, Cutler Hammer, Square D, Westinghouse. 2.02 EQUIPMENT A. Provide motor and circuit disconnects with UL label. B. Single Phase 120/277 Volt Disconnect Switches: Single pole HP rated toggle switch. C. Three Phase Motor Disconnect Switches: 3 pole heavy duty fusible or non -fusible as shown, 250 or 480 volt as -.required.. in NEMA Type 1 or 3 enclosures. - Provide with lugs • for suitable wire range, with ground lug, copper current .carrying parts, silver -tungsten contacts, reinforced fuse clips for Type R rejection fuses. • D. Switches controlling or disconnecting motor loads in excess of 1/3 HP shall be horsepower rated, approved for motor control service, and shall be complete with overload devices of proper ratings. - 16170.doc 1 PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 . INSTALLATION A. Install motor and circuit disconnect as recommended by manufacturer and in accordance with NEC. 16170.doc 2 SECTION 16178 CONTROL PANELS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide control panels as indicated on the plans including all necessary devices, accessories and wire terminations to accomplish control and interlock of motors and equipment as indicated on the plans. B. Shop drawings shall be submitted for all control panels for approval and coordination with the Owner prior to assembly or purchasing components. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. All components shall be as specified herein or pre -approved equal. Contractor shall provide submittals for proposed "equal" substitutions no later than ten (10) days prior to bid. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Switches, lights and pushbuttons shall be 22 millimeter Square D/Telemecanique Series ZB2, or equal. All components for panels in production and wash down areas shall be suitable for NEMA 4X application. Devices and components in electrical rooms shall be suitable NEMA 12 applications. B. Emergency stop buttons shall be mechanically held, maintained contact type with red mushroom operator. All other buttons and switches shall be as required to be consistent with operation indicated on plans. C. Start.buttons shall be combination pilot light type. D. Lense colors for all indicator lamps shall be as selected by Owner. E. Control relays shall be 120 volt IDEC RH series with SH series bases. All relay bases shall be DIN rail mounted. F. Provide terminal strips to accommodate all conductors to be terminated. Terminal strips shall be. Entrelec M4/6 series. Terminal blocks and accessories to be DIN rail mounted. '16178.doc 1 G. Enclosures for custom fabricated control panels shall be Hoffman "A" series, NEMA 4X stainless steel in wash down and production areas. NEMA 12 painted in electrical rooms. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Field coordinate control panel installation with Owner's field representative. B. Make all necessary termination control wires in control panels and at motor control centers. Coordinate all terminations with Owner's authorized representative, submitting shop drawings as required. ***END SECTION 16178*** 16178.doc 2 SECTION 16180 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES FART 1- GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Fuses B. Molded -Case Circuit Breakers 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 16160: Panelboards B. Section 16170: Motor and Circuit Disconnects PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Fuses: Bussman, Littlefuse, Brush, Gould Shawmut B. Breakers and Relays: Square D, General Electric, Cutler Hammer, Westinghouse 2.02 CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. General: 1. Except as otherwise indicated, provide circuit breakers and ancillary components of types, sizes, ratings and electrical characteristics indicated; which comply with manufacturer's standard design, materials, components and construction in accordance with published product'information and as required for a complete installation... B. Molded -Case Circuit Breakers:. 1. Provide factory assembled molded -case circuit breakers of frame assembled molded -case circuit breakers of frame size, voltage and interrupting ratings as indicated on the drawings: Provide breakers with permanent thermal and instantaneous magnetic trips in each pole and ampere ratings and indicated. Construct with overcenter, trip -free, toggle type 16180.doc 1 operating mechanisms with quick -make, quick -break action and positive handle indication. Construct breakers for mounting and operating in any physical position and operating in an ambient temperature of 40 degrees C. Provide breakers with mechanical screw type removable connector lugs, AL/CU rated. 2.03 FUSES A. General: 1. Except as otherwise indicated, provided fuses of types, sizes, ratings and average time -current and peak let through current characteristics indicated, which comply with manufacturer's standard design, materials and construction in accordance with published product information and with industry standards and configurations. B. Class RK1, RK5: 1. Provide UL Class RK1 rated 200,000 RMS symmetrical interrupting current for protecting motors and equipment, equal to Buss LPN-RK or LPS-RK. 2. Fuses for over 601 amp shall be Class L Type, KRPC fuse. C. Cartridge fuses shall be rated 600 volts one (1) time of ampere ratings noted. Fuses shall be manufactured by an approved manufacturer. Fuses shall be plainly marked (either by printing on fuse barrels or by labels attached to the barrels) showing name or trademark of manufacturer, voltage rating, ampere rating, interrupting rating (where other than 10,000 amps), and the leg -end "current limiting", where applicable. On fuses used for supplementary protection, however, interrupting ratings need not be so marked. Fuseholders shall be so designed that it will be difficult to put a fuse on any given class into a fuseholder which is designed for a lower current or higher voltage than that of the class to which it belongs. Where current -limiting fuses are specified, fuseholders shall not permit insertion of fuses which are not current -limiting. D. Surge protection shall be provided for all panels and instrument control panels located outside. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES A. Install overcurrent protective devices as indicated in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and with recognized industry practices to insure that protective devices comply with requirements. Comply with NEC and NEMA standards for installation of overcurrent protective devices. 16180.doe 2 B. Coordinate with other work, including electrical wiring work as necessary to interface installation of overcurrent protective devices with other work. C. Fasten circuit breakers without mechanical stresses, twisting or misalignment being exerted by clamps, supports or cabling. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Prior to energization of overcurrent protective devices, test devices for continually of circuitry and for short circuits. Correct manufacturing units and then demonstrate compliance with requirements. } (THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) ***END SECTION 16180*** 16180.doc 4 SECTION 16190 SUPPORTING DEVICES PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Conduit supports PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 CONDUIT SUPPORTS NOTE: No black iron materials shall be used wet areas. All trapeze angles, support rods and fasteners shall be 304L stainless steel. All clamps shall be stainless steel, aluminum, or galvanized. A. Single Runs: Non -corrosive conduit straps or ring bolt type hangers with specialty spring clips in non -production areas. Do not use plumbers perforated. straps. B. Multiple conduits running horizontally at the same grade and elevation may be supported by trapezes of channels suspended on rods. All support components shall be adequate size for loaded weights being supported. Provide conduit racks with 25% spare capacity. C. Perforated strap iron or wire shall not be used for supporting conduits or equipment. D. Where large conduits are supported beneath bar joist, hanger rods shall be secured by angles of adequate size. Each angle shall be fastened to the joist and shall span two or more joist to distribute the weight properly. E. Supports shall be installed within three (3) feet of each coupling or connector. Support • systems for conduit run above the roof shall match support system, on the existing plant and shall consist of painted steel channel racks. • Vertical Runs: Channel supports 'with conduit fittings, .clamp type supports where conduits penetrate floors.. G. Hangers shall be made of durable materials suitable for the application involved and shall be of non -corrosive material. H. The use of perforated iron straps for supporting conduits will not be permitted. 16190.doc 1 I. The required strength of the supporting equipment, and the size and type of anchors, shall be based on the combined weight of conduit, hanger and cables. 2.02 ANCHOR METHODS A. Hollow Masonry: Toggle bolts or spider type expansion anchors. B. Solid Masonry: Lead expansion anchors or preset inserts. C. Metal Surfaces: Machine screws, bolts or welded studs. D. Wood Surfaces: Wood screws. E. Concrete Surfaces: Self drilling anchors or power driven studs. 2.03 METAL FRAMING SYSTEMS A. Provide metal framing systems for electrical equipment and conduits as required for proper support spacing and approved for the purpose. Powerstrut, Unistruct, Kindorf or equal. B. All members and fittings shall be non -corrosive, including screws, nuts, washers, inserts, springs, clamps, hangers, clips, fittings. 2.04 SLEEVES A. Where conduits pass through interior walls, install 22 -gauge galvanized sheet iron sleeves. Finish flush with each finished surface. Size sleeves to readily permit the subsequent insertion of conduits of the proper size. After conduits have been installed close opening with flushed escutcheon. B. Provide conduits passing through foundation walls below grade or exterior masonry walls with waterproof sleeves. Inside diameter of these sleeves shall be at least 1/2 -inch greater than outside diameters of conduit. After conduits are installed, make the annular space between conduit and its sleeve watertight. C. Do not sleeve grade beams. Install conduits and ducts under or over all grade beams. 16190.doc 2 PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Layout to maintain headroom, neat mechanical appearance, and to support equipment loads required. Electrical conduit systems shall be installed in production areas at an elevation as determined at the preconstruction meeting. B. Conduit Supports Exposed conduits shall be securely fastened in place on maximum 10 feet intervals; and hangers; supports or fastenings shall be provided at each elbow and at the end of each straight run terminating at a box or cabinet. Horizontal and vertical conduit runs may be • support by one -hole malleable straps, clamp -backs, or other approved devices with suitable bolts, expansion shields (where needed) or beam -clamps for mounting to building structure or special brackets. C. Provide a complete installation with all channels, accessories, screws, nuts, washers, inserts, springs, camps, hangers, clips, fittings, brackets, framing fittings, post bases and brackets to provide a structural rigid support or mounting system. D. Adjustable hangers may be used to suspend conduits where separately located. If adjustable trapeze hangers are used to support groups of parallel conduits, U -bolt or similar type 'clamps'shall be used at the end of a conduit run and at each elbow. Approved clamps shall be installed on each trapeze hanger to fasten each conduit. 16190.doc 3 (THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) ***END SECTION 16190*** 16190.doc 4 SECTION 16420 TRANSFORMERS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Extent of transformer work is indicated by drawings and schedules. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data on power/distribution transformers, including certification of transformer performance efficiency at indicated loads, percentage regulation at 100% and 80% power factor, no-load and full -load losses in watts, percentage impedance at 75 degree C, hot -spot and average temperature rise above 40 degree C ambient, sound level in decibels and standard published data. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. ' Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. General Electric 2. Square D 3. Westinghouse 2.02 POWER/DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer's standard materials and components as indicated by published product information, designed and constructed as recommended by manufacturer. Ground stepdown transformer 'secondaries as indicated on the drawings. Do not ground, to water pipes. 2.03 DRY -TYPE DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS A. Transformers 225 KVA or less: Provide factory assembled, general purpose, air cooled, dry type distribution transformers where shown, or sizes, characteristics and rated capacities indicated; 3 -phase, 60 Hz, 4.5% impedance with 480 volts connected primary and 208Y120 volts secondary. Provide primary winding with six taps, two above and 16420.doc 1 four below full rated voltage for a de -energized tap -changing operation. Insulation to be in accordance with NEMA ST20 Standards for a 220°C UL Component Insulation System and rate for continuous operation at rated KVA. Limit transformer surface temperature rise of the top of the enclosure to maximum of 35°C rise above 40°C ambient. Provide terminal enclosure with cover, to accommodate primary and secondary coil wiring, connections and electrical supply raceway terminal connector. Equip terminal leads with connectors installed. Limit temperature rise to 80°C when. transformer is operating continuously at rated load with ambient temperature of 40°C. Transformers shall be capable of carrying a 30% continuous overload without exceeding 150°C temperature rise above 40°C ambient. (See riser diagram for requirements ditterent from those listed herein.) Rated capacity shall be as noted herein on the plans. Transformers 15KVA and smaller shall have two 5% full -capacity taps below normal on the primary side. Transformers larger than 15KVA shall have six 2-1/2% full capacity taps - two below and two above normal on the primary side. Circuit connections shall be in flexible metal conduit in an approved manner. B. Provide wiring connections suitable for copper wiring. Mount transformers on Type SP- NRC Amber/Both ribbed neoprene vibration isolation pad. Sound level ratings not to exceed 45 db for transformers 225 KVA and less as determined in accordance with the latest ANSI C89 and NEMA standards. Electrically ground core and coils to transformer enclosure by means of flexible metal grounding strap. Provide transformers with full enclosed sheet steel enclosures. Apply manufacturer's standard light gray indoor enamel over cleaned and phosphatized steel enclosure. Provide transformers suitable for floor mounting, unless noted otherwise. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF TRANSFORMERS A. Install transformers as indicated, complying with manufacturer's written instructions, applicable requirements of NEC, NEMA and IEEE standards and in accordance with recognized industry practices and insure that products fulfill requirements. B. Coordinate transformer installation work with electrical raceway and wire/cable work, as necessary for proper interface. C. Install units on vibration mounts; comply with manufacturer's indicated installation method. Connect transformer with flexible conduit for both primary and secondary feeders. D. Connect transformer units to electrical wiring system. Comply with requirements of other Division 16 sections. Wiring connections to be in strict conformity with NEC. 16420.doc 2 3.02 GROUNDING A. Provide tightly fastened equipment grounding and bonding connections for transformers as indicated. 3.03 TESTING A. Upon completion of installation of transformers, energize primary circuit at rated voltage and frequency from normal power source and test transformers, including, but not limited to, audible sound levels, to demonstrate capability and compliance with requirements. Where possible, correct malfunctioning units at the site, then retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, remove and replace with new units and proceed with retesting. 16420.doc 3 (THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) ***END SECTION 16420*** 16420.doc 4 SECTION 16450 GROUNDING PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Power system grounding B. Communication system grounding 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 16111: Conduit B. Section 16120: Wire and Cables 1.03 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Install complete grounding system for the building(s) and all electrical equipment in accordance with National Electrical Code. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 GROUNDING A. Provide copper grounding conductors for grounding connections sized according to NEC. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 POWER SYSTEM GROUNDING A. Circuit Grounding: 1. Install grounding bushings, grounding studs and grounding jumpers at distribution centers and panelboards. Install NEC sized ground conductor, #12 AWG minimum, in all branch circuit and equipment conduits. B.' Bonding Jumpers: 1. Provide green insulated wire, size correlated with over -current device protecting the wire, attach to grounding bushings on conduit, to lugs on boxes and other enclosures. Connect to neutral only at service neutral bar, make separate lug. 16450.doc 1 C. Bonding Wires: 1. Install bonding wire in flexible conduit connected at each end to a grounding bushing. D. No strap type grounding clamps shall be used. All connections shall be made only after surfaces have been cleaned or ground to exposed metal. E. Metal raceways, metal enclosures of electrical devices, switchgear enclosures, transformer frames, and other equipment shall be completely ground in an approved manner prescribed by the NE code. All necessary conduit, conductors, clamps, connectors, etc. for the grounding system shall be furnished, installed and connected by the Electrical Contractor. F. Furnish and install a No. 4/0 Type "THWN" conductor in a 1 1/2 -inch (minimum) rigid galvanized conduit from the neutral bus in each main switch to a 1 -inch or larger metal cold water service pipe. Provide bond jumper at water meter. The water -pipe connection shall consist of an approved ground fitting that bonds both conduit and conductor to the pipe. Furnish and install an approved type bonding jumper secured by approved ground clamps around the water meter. G. Ground Rods: (If an approved metal cold water pipe does not exist.) 1. Grounding shall be accomplished by means of a driven ground rod 5/8 -inch in diameter and 10 feet long, with a clamp at the top and a #6 bare stranded copper conductor extending to the ground buss in the main switch. One (1) each for each main. Regardless, the ground buss shall be tied to the ground grid furnished for the transformer pads. Main switches shall be bonded together with a 500 MCM copper conductor in conduit. H. Provide a bare 4/0 Cu grounding grid around each building or structure. Provide a 5/8" x 10' ground rod every 50'. Bond to building/structure at every other column. All connections shall be "Cad -Weld" or equal. I. Bonding Methods: 1. All conduit runs are to have a properly sized insulated grounding conductor. ***END SECTION 16450*** 16450.doc 2 SECTION 16510 LIGHT FIXTURES PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Installation of luminaires, supports and accessories. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 16120: Wire and Cables B. Section 16190: Supporting Devices 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product. data in accordance with General Conditions, including pertinent physical characteristics and complete photometric data reports from independent testing laboratory. 1.04 COORDINATION A. Confirm compatibility and interface of other materials with luminaire and ceiling system. Report discrepancies to the Owner/Engineer and defer ordering until clarified. B. Supply plaster frames, trim rings and back boxes to other trades. C. Avoid conflicts between luminaires, supports, fittings and mechanical equipment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLEMANUFACTURERS A. Provide products of manufacturers as listed in the lighting fixture schedule or equal, subject -to compliance with requirements. B. Acceptable manufacturer of fluorescent fixtures: 1. Williams 2. Lithonia 3. Daybrite 4. Hubbell 16510.doc 1 C. The original bid shall be based on furnishing and installing the luminaires or lighting equipment as specified. With the original bid, the bidder may, if he so desires, submit an alternate proposal based on furnishing and installing luminaires or lighting equipment other than that specified. This alternate proposal shall contain detailed information (manufacturer's trade name and/or catalog number, construction details, data on light distribution, etc.) on the proposed substitute equipment and any price differential which applies. Within ten (10) days after award of the contract, the successful Electrical Contractor may make a written request to substitute comparable lighting equipment for that specified. Such an alternate proposal should clearly indicate any price differential which would apply and provide detailed information on the proposed substitute equipment to permit a careful comparison with original specifications (luminaire construction, light distribution, etc.). Any proposal for substitution of lighting equipment shall further meet all requirements of the provisions contained in the General Conditions section. Approval of specific lighting equipment substitutions shall be obtained in writing from the Engineer before equipment in ordered. Contractors seeking substitution of optional equipment shall be in a position to furnish samples of both specified and alternate equipment for comparison, if required. The Electrical Contractor shall furnish all luminaires, lighting equipment and components shown on the plans, listed in the Fixture Schedule, and specified herein. He shall furnish all labor and materials required to install specified equipment in the manner indicated. All luminaires and lighting equipment shall be delivered to the building complete with suspension accessories, canopies, hickeys, casings, sockets, holders, reflectors, ballasts, diffusing material, louvers, plaster frames, recessing boxes, etc., all wired and assembled as indicated. The Electrical Contractor shall furnish and install lamps and accessory wiring as indicated under the general provisions of the electrical specifications. Fluorescent luminaires shall be wired with no smaller than #16 Type AF asbestos - covered wire. No splice or tap shall be located within an arm, stem or chain. Wire shall be continuous from splice in outlet box of the building wiring system. to lamp socket of ballast terminals. All fluorescent ballasts, as indicated, shall be of the high -power -factor Class P type, and their design and construction shall conform to Certified Ballast Manufacturer's standards. 16510.doc 2 PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 SUPPORTS A. Support fluorescent luminaires directly from building structure by rod hangers and inserts or suspension wire. B. Support luminaires more than two (2) feet wide by four (4) hangers per luminaire minimum independent of ceiling structure or tee bars. 3.02 RECESSED LUMINAIRES A. Install recessed luminaires to permit removal from below to gain access to outlet or pre - wired fixture box. B. Install an accessible junction box not less than one (1) foot away from the fixture and connect to it by not less than four (4) feet nor more than six (6) feet of flexible conduit, using type of fixture wire approved for this purpose. C. Mount in suspended ceiling with exposed tee bar grid system, support directly from the building structure. D. Where an attached junction box is not used and the run from fixture to the nearest junction box exceeds six (6) feet, use Type AVA wire from fixture to the nearest junction box. 3.03 ALIGNMENT A. Align luminaires, clean diffusers and replace burned out lamps prior to final acceptance. 3.04 FIRE RATED CEILINGS A. Where recessed fixtures will penetrate either fire -rated ceilings or fire rated gypsum board located above suspended ceilings, the fire -rated ceiling or gypsum board shall be continuous over and around the fixture housing,and outlet box. Coordinate the ceiling and fixture installations to insure a continuous fire rated ceiling. 16510.doc 3 (THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) ***END SECTION 16510*** 16510.doc 4 APPENDIX A GEOTECHNICAL REPORT GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION for BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT SOLAR DRYING Prepared By: Aif insulting Engineers, Inc. forth Collecae Ave GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT SOLAR DRYING FACILITY FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS 1. . FOR CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS EXECUTIVE SUMMARY This is a report of the findings of subsurface exploration for the proposed Biosolids Management Solar Drying Facility to be located to the west of E. Wyman Rd. for the City of Fayetteville's Wastewater Treatment Facility in Fayetteville, AR. This report includes foundation recommendations for the addition. The following is a summary of significant findings: • Impenetrable rock was not encountered by any of the borings. • The solar drying facility may have a spread or a continuous footing system founded at a .minimum depth of three (3) feet below the finished ground elevation. The safe allowable bearing pressure for the footings in the native or structural embankment material is 2,500 pounds per square foot (psf). • Groundwater was not found by any of the borings. + The recommended pavement sections for plain (unreinforced) concrete are as follows: Jointed, Plain Concrete Compacted Class 7 Concrete Heavy Du 8" 8" INTRODUCTION McClelland Consulting Engineers, Inc. conducted an investigation of subsurface soil conditions for the Biosolids Management Solar Drying Facility in Fayetteville, Arkansas. This investigation was authorized by Mr. Shannon Jones, of the City of Fayetteville, to obtain subsurface soil conditions and to provide recommendations for the design of the foundation system for the proposed facility. It is our understanding that the solar drying facility will be an enclosed, green -house like structure constructed of a metal frame and translucent polyethylene panels. The floor of the facility will be spread with up to 2 feet of wet sludge to facilitate drying that material. The data was determined from the following three-phase program: A. An investigation of the subsurface conditions, and visual soil classification by use of sample borings. B. A laboratory testing program to determine the strength parameters and engineering properties of the soil strata. C. An engineering analysis of the laboratory and field data for bearing capacity and pavement recommendations. PROJECT DESCRIPTION The proposed site is located west of E. Wyman Road, east of the Paul R. Noland Wastewater Treatment Facility, in Fayetteville, Arkansas. The project will consist of the solar drying facility and associated concrete truck access to aid in the reduction of moisture in sludge generated by the wastewater treatment facility. The total project area is approximately 2.6 acres. X:109-GEO`R093so21BiosoAds RPT.doc 2 The project site is currently an open field covered in native grasses. It slopes to the west at approximately 1 %. The highest point on the site is along the eastern project boundary and has an elevation of 1190 feet. The lowest point on the site is along the northwestern project boundary and has an elevation of 1185 feet. FIELD INVESTIGATION The soil conditions at the location of the proposed lodge were investigated by seven (7) sample -borings. The borings were drilled to a depth of seven (7) to eleven (11) feet. The boring locations are indicated on Plate 1. Descriptions and classifications of the soil strata encountered and the results of the field and laboratory tests are given on the boring logs, Plates 2 through 8. A key to the terms and symbols used on the boring logs is presented on Plate 9. The borings were drilled using a truck -mounted rotary drilling rig and advanced by a 5 -1/2 -inch -continuous auger. Soil samples were obtained at the depths indicated on the boring logs by the use of a 2 -inch split -spoon sampler. The split -spoon sampler was driven by blows from a 140 -pound hammer dropped 30 inches. The number of blows required to drive the split -spoon sampler the final 12 inches of a 18 -inch drive, or portion thereof, is referred to as the Standard Penetration value, N, and is recorded on the boring logs in the blows -per -foot column. The field tests performed included visual soil classifications, hand penetrometer tests, and groundwater observations. Groundwater was not encountered in any of the borings X:109-GEOT1093802\Biosolids RPT.doc 3 at the time of drilling. Auger refusal was not reached in any of the borings. Results of hand penetrometer tests are included on the boring logs located within this report. LABORATORY TESTS Laboratory tests were performed on soil samples recovered from the borings. The laboratory tests are directed at determining the engineering properties of the soil strata. The test performed included moisture content, unit weight, gradation, Atterberg Limits, and unconfined compression tests. The natural soil moisture content was determined for the soil samples to provide a moisture profile for each boring. Unit weight determinations were performed on suitable undisturbed soil samples and the dry unit weight is given on the boring logs. Atterberg Limits tests (liquid and plastic limits) were performed on selected samples to aid in the soil classification and to help evaluate the volume change characteristics of each soil stratum. Unconfined .compression tests were performed on selected samples for evaluation of the shear strength of the soil strata. The cohesive shear strength reported on the boring logs is one half of the observed compressive stress. Gradation analyses were performed on representative soil samples to aid in the soil classification of the selected soil strata. The results of the gradation tests are given on the Laboratory Testing Results at the end of this report. X:109-GEOT109380216iosolids RPT.doc 4 The results of the laboratory tests are given on the boring logs and are also given on the summary of Laboratory Test Results, Plates 10 and 11, at the end of this report. GENERAL SOIL CONDITIONS According to the USDA soil survey map for the project area, the following soil types exist in the area of the proposed lodge: • Johnsburg Silt Loam over the entire project area. The soil stratum encountered by the borings consisted of very stiff to hard sandy clays with varying amounts of gravel The clay fractions of the CL and CH materials have a moderate to high plasticity and a potential for volumetric changes due ₹o changes and sensitivity to the soil moisture content. The clay fraction of the CL and CH materials makes up between 55 to 90 percent of the entire soil mass as indicated by the results of gradation analyses of materials from the borings. The clay fraction of the CL & CH soils have a low permeability of approximately 1x10-6 cm/sec and a very low vertical percolation rate into the soil mass. ANALYSIS AND RECOMMENDATIONS Foundation Design The foundation system recommended for the solar drying facility is a spread or a continuous footing system founded at a minimum depth of three (3) feet below the X:109-GEOT10938021BIosoIids RPT.doc 5 finished ground elevation. The safe allowable bearing pressure for the footings in the native or structural embankment material is 2,500 pounds per square.foot (psf). The allowable bearing pressure provides a minimum factor of safety of three (3) with respect to the measured and estimated strength properties of the bearing stratum. The frost depth for the Fayetteville, Arkansas area is a minimum of eighteen (18) inches. Foundation settlement under.the structure for the spread or continuous footing systems should be lessthan 1/4 -inch. Total and/or differential settlement between the building columns founded should be 1/8 -inch to 1/4 -inch. Adequate connections within the metal frame should be used to control any settlement that may occur between the foundation footings. The footings should be thoroughly cleaned of all loose material after excavation and before concrete placement. The footings should be observed by the Owner, Architect, Engineer and/or Geotechnical Engineer, or their representatives, to verify the adequacy of bearing at the planned depths. A slab on -grade maybe used for the floor slab provided a minimum 4 -inch cushion of sand,,crushed stone or gravel is placed below the slabs with a vapor barrier immediately below the slab. Structural fill, if required, should be controlled to maintain the moisture content within two (2) percent above or five (5) below the optimum moisture content. x:�09-GEOT 0938Q2\sjosoIlds RPT,doc 6 The soil profile at this project site is a Site Class C according to Section 1613.5.3 of the 2006 International Building Code. Site Grading and Subqrade Preparation The grading and excavation for the project area should include the removal of all topsoil and organic material within the area to be disturbed. Additional depth of excavation may be required in wet periods to remove any soft and/or unsuitable material from within the site of the building and parking areas due to the fine nature of the native soil. The native subgrade material should be compacted to a minimum density of 95 percent as determined by the Standard Proctor Test, ASTM D 698, at optimum moisture, before the placement of select fill material, foundations, drainage structures, or pavement. Alternatively, the native subgrade area may be proof -rolled using a minimum dual -axle, fully loaded dump truck weighing at least 60,000 lbs. The proof rolling, if used, should be performed in the presence of the Geotechnical Engineer and/or Owner. The building and paved areas may require additional placement of select structural embankment material above the native material to bring the site to the required subgrade elevations. Imported structural embankment material (select fill) is recommended to be locally available reddish -brown, silty clay with broken chert gravel and cobbles, or "Hillside Material", meeting Unified Solis Classification as a GC, GW or GM material, having a Plasticity Index of 30 or less, and having a Liquid Limit of 60 or less. The CBR value for any imported select material, including onsite excavated material, beneath pavement and sidewalks should be tested to ensure a minimum CBR x:109-GEM093802\.Bjosoirds RPT.doc 7 value of ten (10). The embankment slopes, if required, are recommended to have maximum 4:1 slopes for both cut and fill sections for the convenience of maintenance. However, 3:1 slopes may be used where absolutely required. All embankment and fill materials throughout the project should be compacted in place in maximum eight (8) -inch compacted lifts to a minimum density of 95 percent of the maximum density as determined by the Standard Proctor Test, ASTM D 698. The embankment and fill materials shouldbecompacted between five (5) percent below and two (2) percent above the optimum moisture content. All imported material shall be tested and approved for use by the Geotechnical Engineer and Architect. The surface drainage during construction should be carefully maintained during the site embankment and the building construction periods to minimize water ponding within and adjacent to the building and pavement areas. These areas should be provided with a minimum one (1) to one and one-half (1.5) percent slope during construction. The soil materials for embankment and subgrade should be controlled using frequent moisture -density tests for each compacted lift using a minimum of one (1) test per 5,000 square feet to a maximum of one (1) test per. 2,500 square feet. All trenching and excavation should be conducted in accordance with Arkansas State Law and OSHA guidelines and requirements. X:109-GEOT\0938021Blosolids RPT.doc Quality Control testing of the earthwork operation, concrete, paving and other phases is recommended to be utilized during construction to assure the Architect and Owner that i:- the construction complies with the specifications. Pavement Design The pavement in the truck access and turning area should be a Portland cement concrete pavement. A CBR value of 10 may be used for the select fill material in pavement design. The recommended pavement sections for plain (unreinforced) concrete are as follows: Jointed, Plain Concrete Compacted Class 7 Concrete L:::J,avy 8" 8" X:109-GEQ1\09380218iosolids RPT.doc UMiTATIONS AND RESERVED RIGHTS The recommendations and conclusions made in this report for the Blosolids Management Solar Drying Facility are based on the assumption that the subsoil conditions do not deviate appreciably from those disclosed in the test borings. Should significant subsoil variations or undesirable conditions be encountered during construction that are not described herein, the Geotechnical Engineer reserves the right to inspect these conditions for the purpose of reevaluating this report. A review of the final construction plans and specifications by this office is encouraged to ensure compliance with the intent of these recommendations. Sincerely yours, • McCLELLAND CONSULTING ENGINEERS, INC. Ju a K. Foreman, El Project Engineer • Enclosures: Boring 1 Testing RtGtST, RED. No_ 45 2 X:1{39-GIwOT 0938021Bfosolids RPT.doc 10 LOG OF BORING NO, B -I PROJECT OWNER: CITY OF FAYE1TEVILLE PROJECT NO.: FY093802 DESCRIPTION: BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT FACILITY DATE DRILLED: February 6, 2009 LOCATION: FAYEITEVILLE, ARKANSAS PROJECT ENGINEER: R. Wayne Jones DRILLING METHOD: 5-112" Continuous Au er BORING LOCATION: See Plate I . ar Description of Material : N o (Color, Type, Moisture, •I� (a and Consistency) re. Cy . 11.E `CH Very Stiff Brown and Tan Sandy Clay c xs 1 13.3 2.00 2 186 2 .y 18.6 200 105.2 .....e .... G s' s a" 1 a CH Very Stiff Brown Tan and Gray Clay 1900 60 17 33 0.20 2.75 100.3 with Sand, Trace Gravel and Organics w 6 1182 4 88 400 112.7 4 6 1180 5 CH Very Stiff Brown Clay with Gravel 18.7 300 ; o -. E 10.. 1178 ' 12.2 375 ' pR END OF BORING �� 117e Completion Depth: 11.0 feet Depth to Water: Dry Logged By: B. Therlault Fayetteville, Arkansas fflPrMcLELLAND` Little Rock, Arkansas CoNMNs PLATE 2 LOG OF BORING NO. B-2 PROJECT OWNER; CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE PROJECT NO.: FY093802 DESCRIPTION: BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT FACILITY DATE DRILLED: February 6, 2009 LOCATION: FAYETTEVILLE,ARKANSAS PROJECT ENGINEER: R. Wayne Janes DRILLING METHOD; 5-112" Continuous Au " BORING LOCATION: See Plate I Description of Material U ii c. o u� (Color, Type, Moisture, , z 0. and Consistency) a �? 3 tI U L o ` U..a tt. CL Very Stiff to Hard Brown, Tan and Gray Sandy Clay with Gravel 18.6 1.25 `1184 • 2 2. 191 32 18 14 0.21 3.50 112.4 a C • 1182 d �' s. a 21.8 4.50 105.3 ] m B . -1180 6 4 20.4 8 1.811 106.9 m 1178 • I 20.0. 3.50 1176 .. fi0 g. 5.3 2.75 END OF BORING 1174 1z - Completion Depth: 91.0 feet Depth to Water: Dr Logged By: B. Theriault Fayetteville, Arkansas IJIEEME4N0 Little Rock, Arkansas PLATE 3 LOG OF BORING NO. B-3 PROJECT OWNER: CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE PROJECT NO.: FY093802 DESCRIPTION. BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT FACILITY DATE DRILLED: February 6, 2009 LOCATION: FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS PROJECT ENGINEER: R. Wayne Jones DRILLING METHOD: 5-112" Continuous Au er BORING LOCATION: See Plate 1 o o as Description of Material e E r N in U. c � U. 4 1 (Color, Type, Moisture, . ' u, .c w rn and Consistency) .n a Cl a —' 0 ° 'a +A o R . CL Very Stiff Reddish Brown and Tan Sandy Clay with Organics 179 4.00 1186 2 1.25 108,4 CL Stiff Brown, Tan and Gray Sandy Ctay 19.3 with Gravel ; J1 4 j 1184k iII j1182� 8 4 E J1180k 5 Stiff to Very Stiff Brown Sandy Clay wit 18.9 Organics 17,8 0,19 13.50 1 111,8 1,501 97.5 Very Stiff Brown and Tan Gravelly 19.8 341 151191 0.13 2.00 101.4 Sandy Clay with Gray Seams 101. t} fl 6 14.2 2.75 END OF BORING 't 178: 14 ___: __ Completion Depth: 11.0 feet Depth to Water: Dry Logged By: B. Theriault Fayetteville, Arkansas fllprMccLWAND Little Rock, Arkansas PLATE 4 LOG OF BORING NO. B-4 PROJECT OWNER: CITY OF. FAYETTEVILLE PROJECT NO.: FY093802 DESCRIPTION: BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT FACILITY DATE DRILLED: February 6, 2009 LOCATION: FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS PROJECT ENGINEER: R. Wayne Jones DRILLING METHOD: 5-112" Continuous Auger BORING LOCATION: See Plate I Y o o t o Description of Material = c u r C d U. (Color, Type, Moisture, i v a rn and Consistency) 3 a &- 2 •49 Cat C'J p G W CI) m cA a LL . ii. O CL Very Stiff to Hard Brown and Tan Clay 1 with Sand and Gravel 20.2 2.75 1188 2 2 18.8 5.00 114.1 4 1-1184 3 1 1 1 18.5 1 1 5.00 107.4 .8 11 -1- F_.., -1182 2 L6 4 Ct VeryStiff Reddish Brown Cliih'T 18.5 31 18 13 0.16 3.00 101.1 Sand and Gravel Intermixed with Brow Clay with Sand and Organics 1180 2 8 5 CL Very Stiff to Hard Brown and Tan Clay 15.2 4;50 with Sand, Gravel, and Gray Seams 1178 c 1p,•8 .. 9,8 3.00 FC F., END OF BORING 1176 I Completion Depth: 9'f.,t feet Depth to Water: Dry . Logged By: B. lheriault Fayetteville, Arkansas I1II(McCL.EuANo Little Rock, Arkansas CONSUWN ENGINEER INC PLATE S LOG OF BORING NO. B-5 PROJECT OWNER: CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE PROJECT NO.: FY093802 DESCRIPTION: BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT FACILITY DATE DRILLED: February 6, 2009 LOCATION: FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS PROJECT ENGINEER: R. Wayne Jones DRILLING METHOD: 5-112" Continuous Auger BORING LOCATION: See Plate 1 oI } w o o di Description of Material = c u Zu°. (Color, Type, Moisture, j -. Jand Consistency) CY CJ 0 i o °e� ° 'a• to 'o 3 V 0 1186 CL Very Stiff Brown and Gray Silty Clay 1 with Gravel 14.0 2.75 2 .1184I 2 - 16.2 400 108.6 ill 4 't1182fl 31 Jjfj 119.01 111 0.17 Jso 1103.5 C Yl 4 16.7 450 112,6 I Ii S 8 1;918. CL Very Stiff to Hard Dark Yellow and Gra 18.8 2.00 Clay with Sand and Organics 0 irwi E L _ 11.76 13,2 4.50 OF BORING Completion Depth: 11.0 feet Depth to Water: Dry Logged By: B. Therlault Fayetteville, Arkansas fllL? 'ccIoNw Little Rock, Arkansas PLATE 6 LOG OF BORING NO. B-6 PROJECT OWNER: CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE PROJECT NO.: FY093802 DESCRIPTION: BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT FACILITY DATE DRILLED: February 6, 2009 LOCATION: FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS PROJECT ENGINEER: R. Wayne Jones DRILLING METHOD: 5-112" Continuous Auger BORING LOCATION: See Plate 1 Description of Material �°- Z e (Color, Type, Moisture, a and Consistency) rs i€t A 1188 CL Very Stiff Brown and Tan Sandy Clay _ with Gravel 9 5 3.00 2 1184 2. M 4 1182 a 6 11fl(J 4 - o - c 8 1178 - GI. Hard Reddish Dark Yellow And Gray 8.4 Clay with Sand 18.1140121126 21.1 4.50 1106.4 4.001 110.6 4,50 1105.1 O ', 1Q 1176......... .. . I 1174 Completion Depth: 7.0 feet Depth to Water: Dry Logged By: B. Theriault Fayetteville, Arkansas - flV(EMcCLELL4ND Little Rock, Arkansas INC PLATE 7 LOG OF BORING NO. B-7 ------------ PROJECT OWNER: CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE PROJECT NO.: FY093802 DESCRIPTION: BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT FACILITY DATE DRILLED: February 6, 2009 LOCATION: FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS PROJECT ENGINEER: R. Wayne Jones DRILLING METHOD: 51I2" ContinuousAuger BORING LOCATION: See Plate 1 x o Description of Material *' E i` ' LL c � (Color, Type, Moisture, , and Consistency) d a o i 31E7'p O CI-- Very Stiff Brown and Gray Ciayey Sift ML 1 JJ 16.3 . 184 2 2 23.7 1182. 26.8 110 0 a g.. 4 28.6 iI76 END OF BORING 0 . 8 4 w c t� a. 0 117.6 I 4174. 12 . Completion Depth: 7.0 feet Depth to Water:. Dry Logged By: B. Theriault 8.00 2.00 1101.8 :2.5 96,2 Fayetteville, Arkansas llI(EMCCLLLLANB Little Rock, Arkansas PLATE 8 SYMBOLS AND TERMS USED ON BORING LOGS Symbol Description Symbol Description Symbol Description SfAta s tr'�b©t,A t% Granite i Water table at boring completion H High plasticity Limestone Soil Samplers y Low plasticity III Organics Bulk sample taken clay from 6 in. auger Gravel .''".,,''�'Ec'�".x.'->, Sandstone Standard penetration test ffJfl Silt 19 St al ❑ iutwUndisturbed thin wall : Topsoil Shelby tube 11111 Elastic silt Rock core Poorly graded sand Fill Water table during drilling TERMS DESCRIBING CONSISTENCY OR CONDITION COARSE -GRAINED SOILS (major portion retained on #200 sieve): Includes (1) clean gravels and sands, and (2) silty or clayey gravels and sands. Condition is rated according to relative density, as determined by laboratory tests. DESCRIPTIVE TERM RELATIVE DENSITY Loose Medium Dense 0 to 70 % 40 t070% Dense 70 to 100% FINE-GRAINED SOILS (major portion passing #200 sieve): Includes (1) inorganic and organic silts and clays, (2) gravelly, sandy, or silty clays, and (3) clayey silts. Consistency is rated according to shearing strength, as indicated. DESCRIPTIVE TERM UNCONFINED COMPRESSION Very Soft STRENGTH (TSF) Soft Less than 0.25 0.25 to 0.50 Firm 0.50 to 1.00 Stiff 1.00to 2.00 Very Stiff 2.00 to 4.00 Hard 4.00 and higher Note: Slickensided and fissured clays may have lower unconfined compressive strengths than shown above because of planes of weakness or cracks in the soil. The consistency rating of such soils are based on penetration readings. TERMS CHARACTERIZING SOIL" STRUCTURE. Slickensided Fissured having Inclined planes of weakness that are snick and glossy in appearance containing shrin age cracks, frequently filled with fine. sand or silt, usually :vertical Laminated Interbedded composed of thin Layers of varyirip color and texture CO posed of alternate layers of tl lfierent soil types Calcareous Well Graded containing appreciable quantities of calcium carbonate having wide range in::grain :sizes and substantial amounts of all "intermediate Poorly Graded partite ".sizes. predominantly of one grain size, or having a range in sizes with some intermediate sizes missing Terms used in this report for describing soils according to their texture or grain size distribution are in accordance with the UNITED SOIL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM as described in ASTM D 2488 fl7EMcCLELLAND FCONSULTING ENGINEERS, INC. PLATE 9 PROJECT NUMBER: FY093802 LABORATORY TEST RESULTS PROJECT: BUOSOLIE3S MANAGEMENT FACILITY DATE: Monday, March 23 .20159 B S Descript€on Depth Moisture SIEVE ANALYSIS %FINER � # Feet !%e PL LL Fi USCS AASH ro UDW UJ I 2 I Brown, Gray and Tan Silty Sandy 6-196" Clay with Gravel 2 Brown and Tan Silty Sandy Clay 2-3 3 Brown, Tan and Gray Silty Lean 4'-5' Clay with Gravel and Organics 4 Brown and Tan Silty Gravelly Cla 6'-7' with Organics 5 Tan and Gray Silty Clay 8'-9' 6 Brown Silty Arne lkr ('Ivu Irn 4a, 1 Brown, Tan and Gray Silty Clay 6"-16" with Some Organics 2 Reddish Tan and Gray Silty 2•-3' Sandy Clay with Black Deposits and Gravel 3 Tan and Gray Silty Lean Clay - 4'-8' Black Seams 4 Brown and Tan Silty Clay with 6'-7' Organics and Gravel 5 Broom and Tani Silty Clay 8.9' 6 BR)" Silty Sandy Clay with 10•-11' 13.3 18.6 19.0 17 50 33 CH A -7-6(2A 8.8 19.7 X2.2 18.6 19.1 18 32 14 CL A-6(5) 21.8 20.4 20.0 5.3 T-112 IN 314 IN NO.4 NO. 10 NO.40 NO. 200 pcf tsf 105.2 99.2 98.9 96.7 74.8 100.3 0.26 112.7 87,7 84.2 79.3 54.6 112.4 0,21 105.3 106.9 0.08 IifcCLEi3ANR c r rna PLATE NO. 10 PROJECT NUMBER: FYI PROJECT:.BIOSOLID IV BATE: Mond March 23 V 1 9 description LABORATORY TEST RESULTS Dept Moisture PL LL Pi uses AASF{TO Feet (%) F11/2 IN 3 1 Reddish Brown and Tan Silty 6"-1'6" 17.9 Clay with Organics 2 Tan and Gray Gravelly Silty Clay 2'-S' 19.3 3 Red, Brown, Gray and Tan Silty 4'-5 18.9 CL Lean Clay with Gravel 4 Brown Silty Clay with Organics 6-7' 17.8 5 Brown, Tan and Gray Silty Lean 8'-9' 19.8 15 34 19 CL Clay with Gravel 6 Brown and Tan Gravelly Clay with 10-11' 14.2 4 1 Reddish Brown and Tan Clay . 6"-1'S" 202 2 Reddish Brown and Tan Silty 2'-3' 18.8 Clay with Gravel 3 Brown and Tan Clay with Gravel 4'-5' 18.5 4 Reddish Brown and Gray Silty 6'-7' 18.5 18 31 13 CL Sandy Clay with Gravel and Organics 5 Brown and Tan Silty Clay with 8'-9 15.2 Brown and Gray Seams and Gravel 6 Brow and Tan Sandy Silty Clay 10-11' 9.8 A-6(9) A.6(9) UDW uG NO.2001 pcF taf 108.4 111.6 0.19 97.5 94.6 9 .2 86.2 64.1 101.4 0.13 114.1 107.4 96.5 9 .9 84.5 78.1 101.1 0.16 McCLELLAND ENS NEEJS.JN PLATE NO. 11 LABORATORY TEST RESULTS PROJECT NUMBER: FY0938U2 PROJECT: BIOSOLIOS MANAGEMENT FACILITY DATE: Monday, Mar , 23.2009 Description Depth Moisture PL 'LL RI USCS AASHTO Feet f%1 5 I Brown and Tan Silty Clay with 6'-1'6" 14.0 Gravel 2 Brown and Gray Silty Clay with 2-3' 16.2 Gravel. Smells Like Decayed Organic Material. 3 Tan and Gray silty Clay with 4'-S' 19,0 Gravel 4 Tan, Gray and Brown Silty Lean 6-T 16.7 Clay 5 Tan and Gray Silty Clay with 8L9' 18.8 Organics• 6 Brown and Tan Silty Clay with . 10-11' 13.2 Gravel nd Gra Seams 6 1 {drawn and Tan Silty Clay with 6"-1'6" 9.5 Gravel 2 Brown and Tan Silty Clay 2-3' 9-4 3 Tan, Gray and Brown Silty Lean 4-5' 18.1 21 49 28 CL A-7-6(22) Clay 4 Tan anN 7 1 Gray Silty Clay 6'-1 6" 16.3 2 Brow Sandy Silty Clay 2'-3' 23.7 3 Brownish Tan Lean Clay 4-5' 26.8 4 Brown and Gray Clay with Gravel A.7' 7A R 0 SIt:VE ANALYSIS %FINER UDW pd U� tsf 1-112 IN 314 IN NO.4 NO.10 NO.40 NO.200 106.6 103.5 0.17 112.0 106.4 99.6 9B.9 96.7 78.7 110.6 105.1 99.4 95.7 89.7 101.8 96-2 Mt;=UANo 4ONS{N.i7NG - NGfN5i:R5, INC PLATE NO. 12 Bond Number B0338921 SECTION 00600 ARKANSAS STATUTORY PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND WE, Dean Crowder Construction Company, Inc_ as Principal, hereinafter called Principal, and The Cincinnati Insurance Company as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto City of Fayetteville in the amount of Four million, nine hundred sixty-three thousand, three hundred eighty-six and no/100 Dollars ($ 4,963,386.00 ) for the payment whereof Principal and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, personal representatives, and successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, and firmly by these presents. Principal has by written agreement dated May 4.2010 entered into a contract with Owner for Biosolids Mana egment - Solar Dryers which contract is by reference made a part hereof, and is hereinafter referred to as the Contract. The condition of this obligation is such that if the Principal shall faithfully perform the Contract on his part and shall fully indemnify and save harmless the City of Fayetteville from all cost and damage which he may suffer by reason of failure so to do and shall fully reimburse and repay the City of Fayetteville all outlay and expense which the City of Fayetteville may incur in making good any such default, and, further, that if the Principal shall pay all persons all indebtedness for labor or materials furnished or performed under said contract failing which such persons shall have a direct right of action against the Principal and Surety jointly and severally under this obligation, subject to the City of Fayetteville's priority, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. 00600.doc No suit, action or proceeding shall be brought on this bond outside the State of Arkansas. No suit, action or proceeding shall be brought on this bond except by the City of Fayetteville after six months from the date final payment is made on the Contract, not shall any suit, action or proceeding be brought by the City of Fayetteville after two years from the date on which the final payment under the Contract falls due. Any Alterations which may be made in the terms of the contract or in the work to be done under it, or the giving by the City of Fayetteville of any extension of time for the performance of the Contract, or any other forbearance on the part either of the City of Fayetteville or Principal to the other shall not in any way release the Principal and the Surety or Sureties, or either or any of them, their heirs, personal representatives, successors, or assigns from their liability hereunder, notice to the Surety of Sureties of any such alteration, extension, or forbearance being hereby waived. In no event shall the aggregate liability of the Surety exceed the sum set herein. Executed on the 6th day of May 20 10 By Principal Witness: Attest: The ncinnati Insurance Company Scott R. Clark -Attorney -in -Fact Surety This Bond is given in Compliance with Act 351 of 1953, as amended. END OF SECTION 00600 O06OO.doc 2 THE CINCINNATI INSURANCE COMPANY Fairfield, Ohio POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That THE CINCINNATI INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Ohio, and having its principal office in the City of Fairfield, Ohio, does hereby constitute and appoint Marty C. Clark; Sam B. Hiller; Larry R. Clark; Scott R. Clark; Janice A. Butler; Becky Tipton and/or Scott Taylor of Fort Smith, Arkansas its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact to sign, execute, seal and deliver on its behalf as Surety, and as its act and deed, any and all bonds, policies, undertakings, or other like instruments, as follows: Any such obligations in the United States, up to Twenty Million and No/100 Dollars ($20,000,000.00) This appointment is made under and by authority of the following resolution passed by the Board of Directors of said Company at a meeting held in the principal office of the Company, a quorum being present and voting, on the 6th day of December, 1958, which resolution is still in effect: "RESOLVED, that the President or any Vice President be hereby authorized, and empowered to appoint Attorneys -in - Fact of the Company to execute any and all bonds, policies, undertakings, or other like instruments on behalf of the Corporation, and may authorize any officer or any such Attorney -in -Fact to affix the corporate seal; and may with or without cause modify or revoke any such appointment or authority. Any such writings so executed by such Attorneys -in - Fact shall be binding upon the Company as if they had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the Company." This Power of Attorney is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company at a meeting duly called and held on the 7th day of December, 1973. "RESOLVED, that the signature of the President or a Vice President and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile on any power of attorney granted, and the signature of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any certificate of any such power and any such power of certificate bearing such facsimile signature and seal shall be valid and binding on the Company. Any such power so executed and sealed and certified by certificate so executed and sealed shall, with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached, continue to be valid and binding on the Company." IN WITNESS WHEREOF, THE CINCINNATI INSURANCE COMPANY has caused these presents to be sealed with its corporate seal, duly attested by its Vice President this 10"' day of October, 2008. CoTHE C TI INSURANCE COMPANY ORWPoUF DH} Vice Presiders STATE OF OHIO ) ss: COUNTY OF BUTLER ) On this 10"' day of October, 2008, before me came the above -named Vice President of THE CINCINNATI INSURANCE COMPANY, to me personally known to be the officer described herein, and acknowledged that the seal affixed to the preceding instrument is the corporate seal of said Company and the corporate seal and the signature of th.e officer were duly affixed and subscribed to said instrument by the authority and direction of said corporation. tAL MARK J. H LLER, Attorney at Law NOTARY PUBLIC - STATE OF OHIO My commission has no expiration cc date. Section 147.03 O.R.C. I, the undersigned Secretary or Assistant Secretary of THE CINCINNATI INSURANCE COMPANY, hereby certify that the above is a true and correct copy of the Original Power of Attorney issued by said Company, and do hereby further certify that the said Power of Attorney is still in full force and effect. GIVEN under my hand and seal of said Company at Fairfield, Ohio. this 6th day of May 2010 0 BN-1005 (10/08) Secretary CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE OPID JH2 /Y DATE(MMIDDYYY) CROWD - O5 07 10 PRODUCER Brown -Hiller -Clark & Assoc. THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE 5500 Euper Lane HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR P. O. Box 3529 ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. Fort Smith AR 72913-3529 Phone:479-452-4000 Fax:479-484-5185 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # INSURED INSURERA; United Fire & Casualty Company 13021 INSURER B; Interstate Fire 6 Casualty Co. INSURER C: Bridgefieid Casualty Ins. Co. Dean Crowder Construction, Inc 804 S.E. 21st Street Bentonville AR 72712 INSURER D: INSURER E: COVERAGES THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT. TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. LTR NSRI TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER DATE MMIDD DATE MMIDD LIMITS A GENERAL LIABILITY X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CLAIMS MADE X❑ OCCUR 60387711 10/31/09 10/31/10 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1 ,000, 000 PREMISES Eaoccurence $100, 000 MED EXP (Any one person) $ 5,000 PERSONAL&ADVINJURY $.,000,000 GENERAL AGGREGATE $2,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: POLICY }( PE LOC PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG s2,000,000 A AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY ANYAUTO ALL OWNED AUTOS SCHEDULED AUTOS HIREDAUTOS NON -OWNED AUTOS 60387711 1O/31/O9 1O/31/1O COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT (Ea aaident) $ 1 000 000 � � X BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ X BODILY INJURY (Peraccldent) $ X PROPERTY DAMAGE (Per accident) $ GARAGE LIABILITY ANYAUTO AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT $ OTHERTHAN EAACC AUTO ONLY: AGG $ $ B EXCESS I UMBRELLA LIABILITY X OCCUR CLAIMSMADE DEDUCTIBLE RETENTION $ PFX 000-7318-9920 10/31/09 10/31/10 EACH OCCURRENCE $5,000,000 AGGREGATE $5,000,000 $ $ C WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERSLIABIUTY YIN ANYPROPRIETOR/PARTNERIEXECUTIVE---( OFFICERtMEMBER EXCLUDED? Ll (Mandatory In NH) Ies, desCribe under SPECIAL PROVISIONS below 0196-11689 10/31/09 10/31/10 TORY LIMITS ER E.LF-ACHACCIOENT $1000000 E.L DISEASE - EA EMPLOY $ 1000000 E.L. DISEASE • POLICY LIMIT $ 1000000 OTHER DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS I LOCATIONS I VEHICLES/ EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT I SPECIAL PROVISIONS Re: Biosolids Management - Solar Dryers CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OFTHE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATIO CITY -12 DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 10 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT. BUT FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE INSURER, ITS AGENTS OR City of Fayetteville REPRESENTATIVES. Utilities Dept. AUTH ID REPRESENTArnE 113 West Mountain ACORD 25 (2009101) (f6W198.19&8 CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD IMPORTANT If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). DISCLAIMER This Certificate of Insurance does not constitute a contract between the issuing insurer(s), authorized representative or producer, and the certificate holder, nor does it affirmatively or negatively amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed thereon. ACORD 25(2009/01) City of Fayetteville Staff Review Form City Council Agenda Items and Contracts, Leases or Agreements N/A - Mayor's Approval City Council Meeting Date Agenda Items Only Shannon Jones Submitted By Utilities Capital Projects Division ACtlon )proval of of Change Order 1 to the construction contract with Dean e Biosolids Management - Solar Dryers project for $8,500.00. Is 8,5001 Cost of this request 4520.9530.5315.00 Account Number 02133.0600 Project Number Budgeted Item 0 $ 150,000 Category I Project Budget $ - Funds Used to Date $ 150,000 Remaining Balance Budget Adjustment Attached 0 Utilities Department Wastewater Impact Fee Improvement Program Category / Project Name Wastewater Impact Fee imrovement Program 1 Project Category Name Water/Sewer Fund Name 10 Previous Ordinance or Resolution # Date Original Contract Date: lo -1-1v Original Contract Number: Date ` cJ O. - . 10-g-2a1C Finance and Internal Services Director Date 4m -J Chief of S ff Ma r /( 75-10 5/4/2010 2137 Received in City10.0 8 --1 0 P1 2 :46 R CV D Clerk's Office Date Received in fIxER� Mayor's Office D e Revised January 15, 2009 • a e eville VS To: Mayor Lioneld Jordan Thru: David Jurgens, Utilities Directo Don Marr, Chief of Staff Fayetteville Water and Sewer Co ittee From: Shannon Jones, Utilities EngineerA Date: October 7, 2010 CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER MEMO THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS Subject: Change Order 1 to the construction contract with Dean Crowder Construction, Inc. for construction of the Biosolids Management - Solar Dryers project for $8,500.00. RECOMMENDATION Staff recommends approval of Change Order 1 to the construction contract with Dean Crowder Construction, Inc. for construction of the Biosolids Management - Solar Dryers project for $8,500.00. BACKGROUND The City currently hauls an average of 15 tractor trailer loads of biosolids weekly to either the Prairie View Landfill in Lamar, or the Ozark Ridge Landfill in Russellville. Fuel prices and tipping fees make the current landfill operation much more expensive than when selected in 2003. The solar dryer units are expected to dry the material to a range of 40 - 70% solids, depending upon weather conditions. The Contract provides for the construction of six solar drying houses at the. Noland farm site, to dry biosolids from both wastewater treatment plants. Upon installation, we will immediately begin drying biosolids in the houses and will stop hauling biosolids to landfills. After solar drying, we will be working the phase 2 portion of the work whereby the biosolids will be dried to over 90% solids. DISCUSSION The change order is for the construction of a wet well and dry well for a stormwater pump station at the biosolids management facility. The work is required to comply with the "no discharge" permit for the treatment plant. The work involves excavating for the stormwater pump station, constructing the foundations for the wet well and dry well, installing 6' wall sections, and remove trees from the site. BUDGET IMPACT Funds are available in the sewer impact fee fund and project budget. The council approved a $150,000 contingency for the project. $141,500 will remain in contingency once the change order is approved. Dean Crowder CO I CCMeino 7oct10.doe A?+A�SAS Change Order No. I Page 1 of 2 CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER City Contract # 2137 Schedule City Resoultion # 75-10 Date 10/7/2010 City Project No.: 02133-0600 Project Name: Biosolids Management - Solar Dryers Location: Fayetteville, AR Owner: City of Fayetteville Contractor: Dean Crowder Construction, Inc. Address: 113W. Mountain Address: 804 SE 21st Street Fayetteville, AR 72701 Bentonville, AR 72712 HE FOLLOWING CHANGES ARE HEREBY AMENDED INTO THE CONTRACT PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS: ITEM # DESCRIPTION DECREASE INCREASE I Change order to excavate for stormwater pump station, construct foundation for wet well and dry well, install 6' wall sections, and remove trees. See Attached for Cost Breakdown $8,500.00 TOTAL DECREASE AMOUNT $0.00 TOTAL INCREASE AMOUNT $8,500.00 $8,500.00 NET CHANGE ORDER ENGINEERS FINAL CHANGE TO CONTRACT AMOUNT: TOTAL AMOUNT ELIGIBLE AMOUNT Original Contract Amount $4.963386.00 $4.963386.00 Total Previous Change Order(s) $0_00 Net Amount This Change Order $8,500.00 $8,500.00 OTAL CONTRACT AMOUNT TO DATE $4.971.886.00 $4.971.886.00 ginal Completion Date February 3, 2011 vious Adjusted Completion Date ,rease)(Decrease) This Change Order 0 Calendar W CONTRACT COMPLETION DATE: February 3, 2011 COMMENDED: CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE Constructi Observer yt CONSTRUCTION & CONT. MGR. QQ S gnature Title � Date COMMENDED: CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE Engi UTILITIES ENGINEER 7 U Sign re Title ate CEPTED: De Construction, Inc. actor ienature itle Date Mayor 'f Cost Breakdown for Change Order Item Description Contract Unit Quantity Unit Cost Total Cost 1 Concrete for wet well and dry well foundations CY 3 $500.00 $1,500.00 2 Excavator & Operator DAY 2 $1,500.00 $3,000.00 3 Set 6' diameter barrel sections EA 5 $400.00 $2,000.00 4 Dig up and load trees onto trailer EA 8 $250.00 $2,000.00 Contract Totals $8,500.00 City of Fayetteville Staff Review Form City Council Agenda Items and Contracts, Leases or Agreements N/A - Mayor's Approval City Council Meeting Date Agenda Items Only Shannon Jones Submitted By Utilities Capital Projects Utilities Division Department Action Required: Approval of Change Order 2 to the construction contract with Dean Crowder Construction, Inc. for construction of the Biosolids Management - Solar Dryers for a time extension of 43 days. $ O - Cost of this request 4520.9530.5315.00 Account Number 02133.0600 Project Number Budgeted Item 0 $ 150,000 Category 1 Project Budget $ 8,500 Funds Used to Date $ 141,500 Remaining Balance Budget Adjustment Attached II Wastewater Impact Fee Improvement Program Category I Project Name Wastewater Impact Fee Imrovement Program 1 Project Category Name Water/Sewer Fund Name Previous Ordinance or Resolution # Date Date ct- . 'LL 3' 1^2O1 Finance and Internal Services Director Date of 3-,-// Date to Original Contract Date: Original Contract Number: 75-10 5/4/2010 2137 Received in City 0 2-28- 1 1 P04 : 4 8 R CV D Clerk's Office Received in Mayor's Office Revised January 15. 2009 • Zaye �ttVt1e 'ApKANSAS To: Mayor Lioneld Jordan Thru: David Jurgens, Utilities Director Don Marr, Chief of Staff Fayetteville Water and Sewer Corn ittee From: Shannon Jones, Utilities EngineerA'9 Date: February 25, 2011 CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER MEMO THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS Subject: Change Order 2 to the construction contract with Dean Crowder Construction, Inc. for construction of the Biosolids Management - Solar Dryers for a time extension of 43 days. RECOMMENDATION Staff recommends approval of Change Order 2 to the construction contract with Dean Crowder Construction, Inc. for construction of the Biosolids Management - Solar Dryers for a time extension of 43 days. BACKGROUND The City currently hauls an average of 15 tractor trailer loads of biosolids weekly to either the Prairie View Landfill in Lamar, or the Ozark Ridge Landfill in Russellville. Fuel prices and tipping fees make the current landfill operation much more expensive than when selected in 2003. The solar dryer units are expected to dry the material to a range of 40 - 70% solids, depending upon weather conditions. The Contract provides for the construction of six solar drying houses at the Noland farm site, to dry biosolids from both wastewater treatment plants. Upon installation, we will immediately begin drying biosolids in the houses and will stop hauling biosolids to landfills. After solar drying, we will be working the phase 2 portion of the work whereby the biosolids will be dried to over 90% solids. DISCUSSION Work has been delayed as a result of production and delivery delays for the solar drying equipment outside the control of the contractor by 28 calendar days. There have also been several documented rain, snow, and ice related weather days that the contract has been unable to work totaling 15 calendar days. Staff recommends extending the contract by 43 days, which results in a new final completion date of March 18, 2011. BUDGET IMPACT This is a no cost change order. $141,500 will remain in contingency once the change order is approved. Dean Crowder CO2 CCMemo 25Feb2Dl 1.doc Ve'ttVlle AFKANSA5 Change Order No. 2 Page 1 of I CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER City Contract # 2137 Schedule City Resoultion # 75-10 Date 2/25/201! ty Project No.: oiect Name: 02133-0600 Biosolids Management - Solar Dryers Location: Fayetteville, AR City of Fayetteville Contractor: Dean Crowder Construction, Inc. 113 W. Mountain Address: 804 SE 21st Street Fayetteville, AR 72701 Bentonville, AR 72712 THE FOLLOWING CHANGES ARE HEREBY AMENDED INTO THE CONTRACT PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS: ITEM # DESCRIPTION DECREASE INCREASE I Change order to add time to the contract for equipment delivery delays and weather related delays. TOTAL DECREASE AMOUNT $0.00 $0.00 TOTAL INCREASE AMOUNT NET CHANGE ORDER $0.00 ENGINEERS FINAL CHANGE TO CONTRACT AMOUNT: TOTAL AMOUNT $4.963.386.00 ELIGIBLE AMOUNT $4,963.386.00 Original Contract Amount Total Previous Change Order(s) $8,500.00 $8.500.00 Net Amount This Change Order 0.00 0.00 TOTAL CONTRACT AMOUNT TO DATE $4,971.886.00 $4,97.1.886.00 nal Completion Date February 3, 2011 ous Adjusted Completion Date -ase)(Deerease) This Change Order 43 Calendar March 18, 2011 ENDED: CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE Engineer W Signature an r der Construction, Inc. AT Contractor (/ Signature JATY OF FAYETTEVILLE UTILITIES ENGINEER a Title Title Mayor Date FULL LIEN WAIVER CONTRACTOR: Dean Crowder Construction, Inc. 804 S.E. 21St Street Bentonville, AR 72712 PROJECT NAME: City of Fayetteville Biosolids Management — Solar Dryers PROJECT ADDRESS: 16464 East Wyman Road Fayetteville, AR 72701 1. The undersigned does hereby release all Mechanic's Liens Rights, Stop Notice, Equitable Liens and Labor and Material Bond Rights resulting from labor and/or materials, subcontract work, equipment or other work, rents, services or supplies heretofore furnished in and for the construction, design, improvement, alteration, additions to or repair of the above described project. 2. This release is given for and in consideration of the sum of $4,963,386.00. (Upon receiving $ 38,418.00 Retainage). 3. In further consideration of the payment made or to be made as above set forth, and to induce the owner to make said payment, the undersigned agrees to defend and hold harmless the owner, and/or lender, and/or the principal and surety from any claim or claims hereinafter made by the undersigned and/or its material suppliers, subcontractors or employees, servants, agents or assigns of such persons against the project. 4. It is further warranted and represented that all such claims against the undersigned for the undersigned's subcontractors and/or materialsupplies' have been paid or that arrangements, satisfactory to the owner and contractor, have been made for such payments. 5. It is acknowledged that this release is for the benefit of and may be relied upon by the owner, and construction lender and the principal and surety on any labor and material bond for the project. 6. In addition to the foregoing, this instrument shall constitute a full, final and complete release of all rights, claims and demands of the undersigned against the owner arising out of or pertaining to the above referenced project. All rights and claims on the project are released up to and including the 1st day of August, 2011. Dated this 6th day of September, 2011. BY: TITLE: ;4 fft7�7 STATE OF ARKANSAS: COUNTY OF BENTON: he foregoing release was subscribed an4 sworn o before me this day of EPTFNt6 .20 l' , by (as of tLd! My Commission Expires: -"big i B0338921 THE CINCINNATI INSURANCE COMPANY 2r CINCINNATI, OHIO MAINTENANCE BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we Dean Crowder Construction, Inc. as Principal and THE CINCINNATI INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Ohio, with principal office at Cincinnati, Ohio, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto City of Fayetteville, Arkansas (hereinafter called the Obligee), in the penal sum of $2,480,152.00 TWO MILLION FOUR HUNDRED EIGHTY THOUSAND ONE HUNDRED FIFTY-TWO AND NO1100THS Dollars, for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we do hereby bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. Dated this 8th day of September 2011 WHEREAS, the said Principal has heretofore entered into a contract with the Obligee above named for Fayetteville Biosolids Management Solar Dryers, Fayetteville, Arkansas and, WHEREAS, the work called for under said contract has now been completed and accepted by said Obligee; NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, That if said Principal shall, for a period of TWO (2) year(s) from the date of comp letion and Owner acceptance of the project, indemnify the Obligee against any loss or damage directly arising by reason of any defect in the material or workmanship which may be discovered within the period, aforesaid, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to be and remain in full force and virtue in law. PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in the event of any default on the part of said Principal, written statement of the particular facts showing such default and the date thereof shall be delivered to the Su rety by registered mail, at its Home Office in the City of Cincinnati, Ohio, promptly and in any event within ten (10) days after the Obligee or his representative shall learn of such default, and that no claim, suit, or action by reason of any default of the Principal shall be brought hereunder after the expiration of thirty days from the end of the maintenance period as herein set forth. Dean Crowder Construction, Inc. ri i I (Seal) '(p (Title) T CI NCI A ! INSURANCE COMPANY By: Beth Solomon Attorney -in -fact 5-2400-A THE CINCINNATI INSURANCE COMPANY Fairfield, Ohio POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That THE CINCINNATI INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Ohio, and having its principal office in the City of Fairfield, Ohio, does hereby constitute and appoint Marty C. Clark; Sam B. Hiller; Larry R. Clark; Scott R. Clark; Janice A. Butler; Scott Taylor and/or Beth Solomon of Fort Smith, Arkansas its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact to sign, execute, seal and deliver on its behalf as Surety, and as its act and deed, any and all bonds, policies, undertakings, or other like instruments, as follows: Any such obligations in the United States, up to Twenty Million and No/10GDollars ($20,000,000.00). This appointment is made under and by authority of the following resolution passed by the Board of Directors of said Company at a meeting held in the principal office of the Company, a quorum being present and voting, on the 6h' day of December, 1958, which resolution is still in effect: "RESOLVED, that ₹he President or any Vice President be hereby authorized, and empowered to appoint Attorneys -in - Fact of the Company to execute any and all bonds, policies, undertakings, or other like instruments on behalf of the Corporation, and may authorize any officer or any such Attorney -in -Fact to affix the corporate seat; and may with or without cause modify or revoke any such appointment or authority. Any such writings so executed by such Attorneys -in - Fact shall be binding upon the Company as if they had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers o€ the Company." This Power of Attorney is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company at a meeting duly called and held on the 71' day of December, 1973. "RESOLVED, that the signature of the President or a Vice President and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile on any power of attorney granted, and the signature of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any certificate of any such power and any such power of certificate bearing such facsimile signature and seal shall be valid and binding on the Company. Any such power so executed and sealed and certified by certificate so executed and sealed shall, with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached, continue to be valid and binding on the Company." IN WITNESS WHEREOF, THE CINCINNATI INSURANCE COMPANY has caused these presents to be sealed with its'corporate seal, duly attested by its Vice President this 10th day of October, 2008. +u `"""•�• THE C 'I1 INSURANCE COMPANY ��cospawett . � � SEAL ti oHti4 Vice Presiders STATE OF OHIO ) as: COUNTY OF BUTLER ) On this 10u day of October, 2008, before me came the above -named Mice President of THE CINCINNATI INSURANCE COMPANY, to me personally known to be the officer described herein, and acknowledged that the seal affixed to the preceding instrument is the corporate seal of said Company and the corporate seal and the signature of the officer were duly affixed and subscribed to said instrument by the authority and direction of said corporation. tl m MARK J. H LLER, Attorney at Law NOTARY PUBLIC - STATE OF O15O My commission has no expiration of date. Section 147.03 O.R.C. I, the undersigned Secretary or Assistant Secretary of THE CINCINNATI INSURANCE COMPANY, hereby certify that the above is a true and correct copy of the Original Power of Attorney issued by said Company, and do hereby further certify that the said Power of Attorney is still in full force and effect. GIVEN under my hand and seal of said Company at Fairfield. Ohio. this 8th day of September, 2011 .x° cORPMTE 3 .SEAL t Ohio BN-1005 (10/08) ecretary City of Fayetteville Staff Review Form City Council Agenda Items and Contracts, Leases or Agreements N/A - Mayor's Approval City Council Meeting Date Agenda Items Only Shannon Jones Submitted By Utilities Capital Projects Utilities Division Department A►CTIOn of a Reconciliation Change Order to the construction contract with Dean Crowder Construction, Inc. for on of the Biosolids Management - Solar Dryers reducing the price by $11,582 and increasing construction Itime by 30 days. I $ 11,582 Cost of this request 4520.9530.5315.00 Account Number 02133.0600 Project Number Budgeted Item $ 150,000 Category / Project Budget $ 8,500 Funds Used to Date $ 141,500 Remaining Balance Budget Adjustment Attached Wastewater Impact Fee Improvement Program Category! Project Name Wastewater Impact Fee lmrovement Program / Project Category Name Water/Sewer Fund Name toAjr Ix Previous Ordinance or Resolution # Date Original Contract Date: " r i/ Original Contract Number: Date ` cJ FLL--16-2Oi1 Finance and Internal Services Director Date Date 74/a D to 75-10 5/4/2010 2137 Received in City 08-10-1 1 P01 :28 RCV Clerk's Office Received in Mayor's Office Revised January 15, 2009 Zayj:11e ® To: Mayor Lioneld Jordan Thru: David Jurgens, Utilities Director Don Marr, Chief of Staff Fayetteville Water and Sewer Co ittee From: Shannon Jones, Utilities Engineer. Date: August 8, 2011 CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER MEMO THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS Subject: Reconciliation Change Order to the construction contract with Dean Crowder Construction, Inc. for construction of the Biosolids Management - Solar Dryers. RECOMMENDATION Staff recommends approval of a Reconciliation Change Order to the construction contract with Dean Crowder Construction, Inc. for construction of the Biosolids Management - Solar Dryers reducing the price by $11,582 and increasing construction time by 30 days. BACKGROUND The Contract provides for the construction of six solar drying houses at the Noland farm site, to dry biosolids from both wastewater treatment plants. Prior to this installation, the City hauled an average of 15 tractor trailer loads of biosolids weekly to landfills in Lamar or Russellville. Fuel prices and tipping fees make the current landfill operation much more expensive than when selected in 2003. This summer, the solar dryer units have been able to dry the material to 85-90% solids, although normal operations expect to produce a range of 40 - 70% solids. Substantial completion was reached on May 12, 2011. DISCUSSION This change order, for a net contract reduction of $11,582 in the contract cost and an extension of 30 days for construction, reconciles the following: - changes in time and cost due to several documented rain, snow, and ice related weather days that the contract was unable to work totaling 12 calendar days installation of steel encasement pipes under the driveway for a potential future heat recovery system for $13,418 and 18 calendar days. Excess costs of $25,000 are being deducted from the total contract amount in accordance with the contract, 25 calendar days x $1,000 per day. BUDGET IMPACT This is a cost reduction cost change order. After change orders 1 and 2, the contract was completed $3,082 below the original contract amount approve by the City Council. The remaining funds will be returned to the Wastewater System Improvement Project fund. Dean Crowder RCO CCMemo 8Aug201 I dj.doe ville ARKANSAS Change Order No. 3 Page 1 of RECONCILIATION CHANGE ORDER city contract # 2137 Schedule City Resoultion # 75-10 Date 8/8/2011 Project No.: 02133-0600 :ct Name: Biosolids Management - Solar Dryers Location: Fayetteville, AR er: City of Fayetteville Contractor: Dean Crowder Construction, Inc. •ess: 113 W. Mountain Address: 804 SE 21st Street Fayetteville, AR 72701 Bentonville, AR 72712 THE FOLLOWING CHANGES ARE HEREBY AMENDED INTO THE CONTRACT PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS: ITEM # DESCRIPTION DECREASE INCREASE 1 Change order to install encasement pipe under the access drive $13,418 for future work and add 30 days to the contract related to the extra work and weather delays. 2 Deduct for excees costs $25,000 TOTAL DECREASE AMOUNT $25,000.00 TOTAL INCREASE AMOUNT $13,418.00 NET CHANGE ORDER -$11,582.00 original Contract Amount otal Previous Change Order(s) 'et Amount This Change Order TOTAL AMOUNT $4,963,386.00 $&500.00 -$11,582.00 AL CONTRACT AMOUNT TO DATE 1 $4,960,304.00 Completion Date Adjusted Completion Date )(Decrease) This Change Order CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE En in Signatu Deaq, Crowder Construction, Inc. ntractor Signature CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE ENGINEERS FINAL ELIGIBLE AMOUNT $4,963.386.00 $8500.00 -$11,582.00 $4,960,304.00 February 3, 2011 March 18, 2011 30 Calendar April 17, 2011 UTILITIES ENGINEER ' Title Date if :jff Title Date Mayor P DEAN CROWDER CONSTRUCTION, INC. 804 S.E. 21ST STREET BENTONVILLE, AR 72712 PHONE (479) 273-5304 FAX (479) 2730574 CHANGE SUBMITTED TO Name: City of Fayetteville Address: 113 West Mountain Phone Number: 479-718-7670 Fax Number The Contract Is Changed as Follows (Briefly Described): TO BE PERFORMED AT Project: Solar Dryers Address: Date of Plans: Architect: ADD: Sawcut Concrete (158 LF) $590.00 ADD: Remove Concrete (96 sy) $3,036.00 ADD: Excavation for Encasement Pipe (50 If) $949.00 ADD: Class 67 Stone Bedding for Encasement Pipe (20 tons) $483.00 ADD: Weld and Install Encasement Pipe (100 if) $3,450.00 ADD: Class 7 Base Backfill (23 tons) $555.00 ADD: Replace/Repair Concrete Drive (891 S $4,355.00 ADD: 18 Calendar Days to the contract time Original Contract Amount............................................................................................................. .$4,971,886.00 PreviousNet Changes...................................................:................................................................... . $0.00 This Change Order Amount.......................................................................................................... ;l`l3.418.0O Revised Contract Amount................................................................................................................. $4,985,304.00 Submitted by: Company: Dean Crowder Construction, Inc. Accepted by: Company: